Form 6-K
Table of Contents

Form 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR

15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March, 2013.

Commission File Number 001-04547

UNILEVER N.V.

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

WEENA 455, 3013 AL, P.O. BOX 760, 3000 DK, ROTTERDAM, THE NETHERLANDS

(Address of principal executive office)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of

Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F þ Form 40-F ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by

Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1): ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted

solely to provide an attached annual report to security holders.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by

Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7): ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted to furnish a report or other document that the registrant foreign private issuer must furnish and make public under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the registrant is incorporated, domiciled or legally organized (the registrant’s “home country”), or under the rules of the home country exchange on which the registrant’s securities are traded, as long as the report or other document is not a press release, is not required to be and has not been distributed to the registrant’s security holders, and, if discussing a material event, has already been the subject of a Form 6-K submission or other Commission filing on EDGAR.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ¨        No  þ

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with

Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-                     .


Table of Contents

Cautionary statement

This document may contain forward-looking statements, including ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as ‘will’, ‘aim’, ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘looks’, ‘believes’, ‘vision’, or the negative of these terms and other similar expressions of future performance or results, and their negatives, are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon current expectations and assumptions regarding anticipated developments and other factors affecting the Group. They are not historical facts, nor are they guarantees of future performance.

Because these forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Among other risks and uncertainties, the material or principal factors which cause actual results to differ materially are: Unilever’s global brands not meeting consumer preferences; increasing competitive pressures; Unilever’s investment choices in its portfolio management; inability to find sustainable solutions to support long-term growth; customer relationships; the recruitment and retention of talented employees; disruptions in our supply chain; the cost of raw materials and commodities; secure and reliable IT infrastructure; successful execution of acquisitions, divestitures and business transformation projects; economic and political risks and natural disasters; the debt crisis in Europe; financial risks; failure to meet high product safety and ethical standards; and managing regulatory, tax and legal matters. Further details of potential risks and uncertainties affecting the Group are described in the Group’s filings with the London Stock Exchange, Euronext Amsterdam and the US Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2012 and the Annual Report and Accounts 2012. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this announcement. Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in the Group’s expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

ANNUAL REPORT

AND ACCOUNTS 2012

 

         

 

 

MAKING

SUSTAINABLE LIVING

COMMONPLACE

 

  

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents
LOGO   LOGO   LOGO   LOGO
2   Chairman’s statement   42   Biographies   83   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities   144   Financial calendar
4   Chief Executive Officer’s review   44   Corporate governance   84   Auditors’ reports   144   Contact details
6   Operational highlights   56   Report of the Audit Committee   86   Consolidated income statement   145   Website
8   Our Compass strategy   58   Report of the Corporate Responsibility Committee   87   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income   145   Share registration
9   Our business model           145   Publications
10   Unilever Sustainable Living Plan   60   Report of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee   87   Consolidated statement of changes in equity   148   Index
12   Winning with brands and innovation            
16   Winning in the market place   62   Directors’ Remuneration Report   88   Consolidated balance sheet    
20   Winning through continuous improvement       89   Consolidated cash flow statement    
24   Winning with people       90   Notes to the consolidated financial statements    
28   Financial review 2012            
36   Risks       132   Company accounts    

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

 

2012 has been another strong year for Unilever, building further on the good performance in 2011. Despite a challenging economic environment, the Group continued to grow above its markets, delivering strong top and bottom line results. The transformation of Unilever to a sustainable growth company is well on track.

Unilever’s sustained performance in these difficult markets is testament to the strength and clarity of the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan (USLP) and the Compass strategy developed by Paul Polman and his management team. The USLP is providing the Group with an inspiring and highly differentiated growth model, which is driving performance, energising employees and increasingly being recognised externally as a standard for responsible business. The Boards have been impressed again this year by the ways in which the strategy is being brought to life in different parts of the Group, and the above average results versus our peer group is testimony to this.

Maintaining good governance

Good governance is essential for the long-term success of the Group, and I am pleased to introduce our Corporate Governance report on pages 44 to 81, which sets out how Unilever conducts its operations in accordance with internationally accepted principles of good corporate governance. We are very alert to the current environment around the remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors and we remain committed to linking pay to the longer-term objectives of Unilever and, in turn, the longer-term interests of shareholders. We set out more details on our approach in our Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 81.

Strengthening the Boards

A key role for the Boards is to provide adequately for their succession, and l am very pleased that Laura Cha, Mary Ma and

John Rishton have agreed to join us and are being proposed for election at the AGMs in 2013. Unilever continues to appoint directors based on their wide-ranging experience, backgrounds, skills, knowledge and insight, and I am confident that these three directors will further strengthen the diversity of gender and experience already on the Boards and improve it further. Additional information on these directors and the succession planning process undertaken is given in the Corporate Governance report and their biographies will be included in the 2013 AGM Notices which will be available on our website at www.unilever.com/agm from 2 April 2013. Sunil Bharti Mittal will not offer himself for re-election at the 2013 AGMs. I would like to thank Sunil for his contribution to Unilever as a Non-Executive Director.

We are committed to continuing to improve diversity at Board level and I am pleased that already 25% of Directors on your Boards are women. Last year we stated our aim to increase that percentage, and the introduction of these Non-Executive Directors, should they be elected, will achieve this.

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

 

2                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Board evaluation

Following the external evaluation in 2011, our internal process this year suggested minor recommendations to the operation of the Boards and confirmed that no major modifications were required. The process concluded that overall the Boards continued to operate in an effective manner. More information on previous evaluations and this year’s agreed actions is found within the Corporate Governance report.

Shareholder return

2012 has been yet another reliable year under our dividend policy. Unilever’s consistent improvement in profits has enabled us to pay a steady increase in dividends year on year. The full-year dividend in 2012 rose to 0.954 – an 8% increase from 2011.

Finally, on behalf of the Boards, I would like to extend my sincere thanks to all of Unilever’s 173,000 employees across the world. They have delivered exceptional

1  Michael Treschow

Chairman               

results in difficult economic conditions while at the same time reinforcing Unilever’s growing reputation as a business committed to sustainable and equitable growth.

 

LOGO

Michael Treschow

Chairman

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

The Unilever Group

Unilever N.V. (NV) is a public limited company registered in the Netherlands. It has listings of shares and depositary receipts for shares on Euronext Amsterdam and of New York Registry Shares on the New York Stock Exchange. Unilever PLC (PLC) is a public limited company registered in England and Wales. It has shares listed on the London Stock Exchange and, as American Depositary Receipts, on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

The two parent companies, NV and PLC, together with their group companies, operate as a single economic entity (the Unilever Group, also referred to as Unilever or the Group). NV and PLC and their group companies, regardless of legal ownership, constitute a single reporting entity for the purposes of presenting consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the accounts of the Unilever Group are presented by both NV and PLC as their respective consolidated financial statements. The same people sit on the Boards of NV and PLC and other officers are officers of both companies. Any references to the Board in this document mean the Boards of NV and PLC.

 

Names are listed in alphabetical order with the exception of the Chairman, Vice-Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

LOGO  

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                3


Table of Contents
CHIEF

EXECUTIVE

OFFICER’S

REVIEW

  

Unilever transformation on track

 

Our prediction that 2012 would be another challenging year for the global economy turned out to be accurate. We saw continued volatility in the world’s markets resulting in commodity cost rises significantly in excess of expectations. The threat of the world’s largest economy going over a ‘fiscal cliff’ and the euro crisis added uncertainty and undermined fragile consumer confidence.

 

Overall it is a ‘bi-polar’ economic world – one of sluggish growth in most developed markets contrasted by still relatively healthy consumption and growth in emerging markets.

 

Simultaneously we are facing challenges to the world’s social and environmental equilibrium. Growing issues of inequality and rising levels of unemployment – especially among young people – place added strains on social cohesion. But the biggest challenge is the continuing threat to planetary boundaries’, resulting in extreme weather patterns and growing resource constraints. These have an increasing impact on our business.

 

Volatility and uncertainty – the new normal

We remain convinced that businesses that both address the direct concerns of citizens and the needs of the environment will prosper over the long term. Companies need to show leadership to rebuild citizens’ trust – currently at an all time low. This thinking lies at the heart of the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan (USLP) and our Compass vision of doubling the business while reducing our environmental footprint and increasing our positive social impact. As it becomes embedded, there is growing evidence that it is also accelerating our growth. It certainly contributed to another strong year for Unilever in 2012.

 

Strong business performance in 2012

Turnover increased by 10.5%, taking Unilever through the 50 billion barrier, a significant milestone to becoming an 80 billion company. We have grown by nearly 30% in just four years. Growth was broad based – across all our markets and categories – and high quality, with a good balance of price and volume. Emerging markets continued to be the prime engine, growing for the second consecutive year by more than 11% and now accounting for 55% of total business.

 

Growth was ahead of our markets, with approximately 60% of the business gaining share. Personal Care and Home Care showed double digit growth, in line with our strategic priorities.

 

  

Despite commodity cost increases of over 1.5 billion, and the heavy investments made in supporting our brands, growth was profitable, with 0.3% improvement in core operating margin to 13.8%.

 

High impact innovations, rolled out globally at speed, continue to be key growth drivers. With the addition of Magnum and Sunsilk last year, we now have 14 brands with sales of more than 1 billion a year, and these brands accounted for almost 50% of Unilever’s growth in 2012. We delivered on our white space market strategy too. The launch of TRESemmé in Brazil last year was one of Unilever’s most successful ever, adding almost 150 million in turnover.

 

We continue to strengthen our portfolio, thanks to strategic acquisitions since 2011 in Personal Care – including Sara Lee, Alberto Culver and Kalina in Russia – and disposal of several slower-growing businesses, notably in Foods. This combination added over 1% to turnover growth in 2012.

 

The delivery of the Compass strategy and the embedding of the USLP are not only benefiting citizens and communities but also shareholders who have seen a Total Shareholder Return (TSR) of close to 100% over the past four years.

 

The year ahead

We expect 2013 and beyond to be as difficult and challenging. We believe this further validates our Compass strategy with the USLP at its heart. Re-establishing trust with citizens and meeting the needs of society will be the keys to ongoing success. Our brands should be a force for good in addressing global challenges – be it access to water, hygiene and sanitation or sustainable and nutritious food.

 

For example, the Lifebuoy handwashing campaigns target one of the biggest killers of children under five – diarrhoea. Domestos is helping improve sanitation in some of the most impoverished parts of the world through a combination of educational programmes and simply the building of toilets. Pureit is bringing safe drinking water to an increasing number of people. Dove is addressing one of the biggest issues facing adolescent girls around the world, self-esteem. Through our sustainable sourcing programmes, Rainforest Alliance certification of Lipton tea and Knorr’s Sustainability Partnership Fund, we are helping to improve the livelihoods of farmers and helping to guarantee future supplies. As our ambitions are high, working in partnership with others is key to delivery.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 

 

 

 

LOGO  

 

     


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

UNILEVER LEADERSHIP EXECUTIVE (ULE)

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

2      Doug Baillie

        Chief Human Resources Officer

3      David Blanchard

        Chief Category Research &  Development Officer

4      Professor Geneviève Berger

        Chief Science Officer

5      Kevin Havelock

        Refreshment

6      Jean-Marc HuëtD

        Chief Financial Officer

7      Alan Jope

        North Asia

8      Kees Kruythoff

        North America

9      Dave Lewis

        Personal Care

10    Harish Manwani

        Chief Operating Officer

11    Antoine de Saint-Affrique

        Foods

12    Pier Luigi Sigismondi

        Chief Supply Chain Officer

13    Ritva Sotamaa

        Chief Legal Officer

14    Keith Weed

        Chief Marketing and Communication  Officer

15    Jan Zijderveld

        Europe

 

LOGO

 

 

Our evolving business model

With scale comes responsibility – so we must continue to play a leadership role in seeking solutions for global transformational issues like climate change, food security and poverty alleviation. This is why I agreed to join the UN Secretary General’s High Level Panel to review the post-2015 Millennium Development Goals.

Our approach is gaining widespread external recognition. We were again named sector

leader in the Dow Jones Sustainability Indexes for the 14th consecutive year; listed as the world’s fifth most desired company to work for by Linkedln; and recognised for our work on diversity by The Catalyst organisation. We are proud now to be seen as the preferred employer in many of the key markets in which we operate.

We are on track to become a sustainable growth company. But this would not be possible without the dedication and hard

work of our 173,000 colleagues and many partners around the world. They are demonstrating the power of purpose, making Unilever again ‘fit to win’.

Warm regards

 

LOGO

Paul Polman

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                5


Table of Contents

 

OPERATIONAL

HIGHLIGHTS

 

In 2012, we continued to make good progress in the transformation of Unilever to a sustainable growth company. We exceeded 50 billion turnover, with all regions and categories contributing to growth. Despite further cost increases and volatile commodity markets, our gross margin rose by 0.1 percentage points and our core operating margin by 0.3 percentage points, reflecting the disciplined implementation of our strategy.

 

 

  Turnover is up 10.5% at 51.3 billion with net acquisitions contributing 1.1% and currency changes 2.2%
  Underlying sales growth of 6.9% is well balanced between volume +3.4% and price +3.3%
  Emerging markets grew underlying sales by 11.4%, now representing 55% of turnover
 

 

KEY FINANCIAL INDICATORS*

 

 

LOGO

KEY NON-FINANCIAL INDICATORS

 

 

LOGO

Basis of reporting: our accounting policies are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU) and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), as well as United Kingdom and Dutch law. Certain measures used in our reporting are not defined under lFRS or other generally accepted accounting principles. For further information about these measures, and the reasons why we believe they are important for an understanding of the performance of the business, please refer to our commentary on non-GAAP measures on pages 34 and 35.

 

*  Further details of our key financial indicators can be found in our Financial review starting on page 28.

 

  These key non-financial indicators form part of the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan. 2012 data is preliminary. Some of these KPIs will be independently assured in 2013. See our Unilever Sustainable Living Plan: Progress Report 2012 and our online Unilever Sustainable Living Report for 2012 at www.unilever.com/sustainable-living, to be published in April 2013.

 

¯  Measured January-September 2012. In 2012 we moved to full volume-based (tonnes sold) reporting for this target. This number is not comparable to previously reported numbers measured by product (stock keeping unit).

 

  NAMET refers to North Africa, Middle East and Turkey; AMET refers to Africa, Middle East and Turkey; and RUB refers to Russia, Ukraine and Belarus.

 

 

6                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

OUR COMPASS

STRATEGY

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

OUR

BUSINESS

MODEL

 

 

Our business model is designed to deliver sustainable growth. For us, sustainability is integral to how we do business. In a world where temperatures are rising, water is scarce, energy is expensive, sanitation is poor in many areas, and food supplies are uncertain and expensive, we have both a duty and an opportunity to address these issues in the way we do business.

The inputs to the model, like those of all major packaged goods manufacturers, are threefold: brands; people; and operations. These map directly on to our Compass ‘Winning with’ pillars – both continuous improvement and the market place pillars support the operations strand of the model.

The differentiator in our business model is our USLP and the goal of sustainable living.

The outputs of the model are threefold: sustained growth; lower environmental impact; and positive social impact. These align directly with our Vision statement.

The diagram below represents our virtuous circle of growth. It summarises, simply, how we derive profit from the application of our business model.

 

 

 

 

Our brands

Strong brands and innovation are central to our ambition to double in size. We are investing in brand equity, finding and strengthening the connections between consumers and the products they buy. Where equity is strong, we are leveraging it – creating efficiencies by focusing on fewer, bigger projects that enhance margins. And we are seeking superior products which consumers will prefer, driving profitable growth.

Our operations

On any given day 2 billion consumers use our products and we want to reach many more, by developing innovative products that address different consumer needs at different price points. To do this we use our global scale to help deliver sustainable, profitable growth by seeking to add value at every step in the value chain by enhancing product quality and customer service, and rolling out innovations faster across all markets.

Our people

Sustainable, profitable growth can only be achieved with the right people working in an organisation that is fit to win, with a culture in which performance is aligned with values. We are increasingly an agile and diverse business with people motivated by doing good while doing well. We are building capability and leadership among our people and attracting some of the best talent in the market place.

Sustainable living

For us, sustainable, equitable growth is the only acceptable business model. Business needs to be a regenerative force in the system that gives it life. For example, by reducing waste, we create efficiencies and reduce costs, helping to improve margins while reducing risk. Meanwhile, looking at more sustainable ways of developing products, sourcing and manufacturing opens up opportunities for innovation while improving the livelihoods of our suppliers.

 

LOGO

A VIRTUOUS CIRCLE OF GROWTH

 

 

Profitable volume growth

Profitable volume growth is the basis of the virtuous circle of growth. Stronger brands and innovation are the key drivers behind it. Consistently strong volume growth builds brand equity as we reach more consumers, more often.

Cost leverage + efficiency

Profitable volume growth allows us to optimise the utilisation of our infrastructure and spread fixed costs over a larger number of units produced, reducing the average cost per unit. It improves our profitability and allows us to invest in the business.

Innovation + marketing investment

Lower costs and improved efficiency enable us to strengthen our business further. New and improved products are the result of investment in R&D and, together with effective marketing, strengthen our brand equity. This results in profitable volume growth, self-perpetuating the virtuous circle of growth.

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                9


Table of Contents

LOGO

  

 

 

UNILEVER

SUSTAINABLE

LIVING PLAN

  

 

LOGO

 

 

10                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

With 7 billion people on our planet, the earth’s resources can be strained. This means sustainable, equitable growth is the only acceptable model of growth for our business. We believe growth and sustainability are not in conflict. In fact, in our experience, sustainability drives growth. By focusing on sustainable living needs, we can build brands with a significant purpose. By reducing waste, we create efficiencies and reduce costs, which helps to improve our margins. And we have found that once we start looking at product development, sourcing and manufacturing through a sustainability lens, it opens up great opportunities for innovation.

Our Unilever Sustainable Living Plan (USLP) sets out to decouple our growth from our environmental impact, while at the same time increasing our positive social impact. Our USLP has three big goals that by 2020 will enable us to:

 

  Help more than a billion people to improve their health and well-being.
  Halve the environmental footprint of our products.
  Source 100% of our agricultural raw materials sustainably and enhance the livelihoods of people across our value chain.

Underpinning these goals are seven commitments supported by around 50 targets spanning our social, environmental and economic performance across the value chain – from the sourcing of raw materials all the way through to the use of our products in the home.

In the second year of our USLP, we made steady progress across our commitments. Our USLP is ambitious and we have much more to do. We continue to strive to deliver our stretching goals.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Focusing innovation on fewer, bigger projects in the future will allow R&D breakthroughs to be translated into many markets in a short timeframe. For example, an innovative method of ‘cool blending’ spreads is set to transform our spreads brands (such as Becel) by reducing total fat and saturated fats by around 25%, which differentiates their nutritional profile even more from butter while still delivering great taste.

And this year we made great advances among consumers in the perceived quality of Lipton Yellow Label tea, by introducing a new process of cold-pressing some of the freshest tea leaves and adding the essence back into conventional dried leaves. Already launched through a celebrity-backed campaign in Russia, which saw retail sales grow by 26% in 12 months, this new technology will be rolled out in another 18 countries in 2013.

Winning market share

Big, fast, ambitious projects can have significant results, provided they are attuned to consumer needs. When we launched the TRESemmé brand into one of the world’s largest hair markets, Brazil, it became one of the leading hair brands in both hypermarkets and drugstore chains within five months. TRESemmé is available in a number of other countries and also includes a range of salon-

quality dry shampoos designed to rejuvenate hair without a single drop of water – good for the environment as well as helping grow our business. Alongside TRESemmé’s rapid launch, we introduced more than 80 new or renewed products in Brazil, including two new Dove variants and re-launches of the Seda and Clear ranges, resulting in substantial gains in a vital market.

 

LOGO

By making superior products with benefits people appreciate, we increasingly win consumer preference for premium brands where added value is greatest. Premiumisation, innovation and differentiation will be essential if we are to grow faster than our markets.

Superiority you can feel

The team behind every product in every category of our business is set a clear target for improvement: we want all our brands to be superior to the competition. At present, our global ‘Product Benchmarking Programme’ shows that 96% of our products in scope are considered equal to, or better than, our key competitors’. And where we have made

advances in product performance, we are increasingly able to tell consumers how they will benefit.

When we improved the Sunlight hand dishwash brand, for instance, we had thought carefully about the billions of hours spent every day across the world washing dishes, and the benefits that could come from a dishwash that degreases dishes faster and more easily. We made sure our marketing communicated these improvements, with the result that we converted millions of households to Sunlight, doubling turnover for the dishwash brand in six years.

Quality worth paying for

As well as driving volume growth, superior products can command premium prices, ensuring that growth is profitable. All around the world, we are offering products for which consumers are willing to trade up, with a corresponding rise in added value. In Russia, for example, we launched the Carte d’Or ice cream range in December 2011. The Carte d’Or products were made to premium recipes and marketed accordingly – creating additional value per serving. In just over six months, Carte d’Or sales grew profitably to represent some 25% of the premium segment.

 

 

 

Some

25%

 

of premium segment in Russia achieved by Carte d’Or in just over six months from launch

 

 

LOGO

IN 2012 WE WERE

MARKET LEADER

IN LIQUID LAUNDRY

DETERGENT SALES IN

EMERGING MARKETS,

WITH MARKET SHARE

OF OVER 25%

LOGO                     

  LOGO
 

In 2012 we were market leader in liquid laundry detergent sales in emerging markets, increasing our market share by over 10 percentage points since 2010. Consumers are increasingly convinced of the benefits of liquids like Omo and Surf – which not only offer a better wash experience but, especially when concentrated, create lower greenhouse gas emissions in their manufacture and

 

  

distribution than powders. And liquids are good for our business – great performance combined with premium prices and lower material and transport costs, especially for concentrates, mean higher gross margins.

 

More at: www.unilever.com/omo

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                15


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

For the last three years, we have worked on ‘A Better Future Begins at Home’, a joint shopper programme with retailer Tesco, to encourage sustainable behaviour. It combines advice with promotions around our brands, all carrying a strong sustainability message. By rewarding shoppers for making more sustainable choices, it is educating them in how small actions can make a big difference both to the environment and to their wallet. So far the programme has been implemented in nine markets from the UK to China. As well as growing our sales, it has delivered benefits ranging from consumers recycling more to people planting trees in the local community.

 

Taking care of our customers

We believe that customer satisfaction is the single most important measure of success for us in this area. And customers are more satisfied with us than ever. In 2012, Unilever was named supplier of the year in the drug store channel, in Boots and Superdrug (UK), Rite Aid (US), Shoppers DrugMart (Canada) and Farmacias Benavides (Mexico). Meanwhile, in emerging markets in Asia, Africa and the Middle East, we were rated the number one supplier in seven markets. In Brazil and Argentina, our most important markets in Latin America, we are frequently evaluated in the top three, while in the UK Unilever was named supplier of the year by almost all our customers.

 

 

 

11%

 

growth through drug stores

 

Rated

No.1

 

supplier across seven markets in Asia,
Africa and the Middle East

 

 

  

LOGO

 

As well as working with our customers on joint initiatives, we are also working with them to help drive sales of our products through our ‘Perfect Stores’ programme. This is a repeatable model which ensures the right products are available in stores and are marketed clearly to shoppers. Pilot studies in India and Argentina show that outlets enrolled for the ‘Perfect Stores’ programme grow on average 4% more than other outlets.

 

In 2012, we supported the development of another 2 million ‘Perfect Stores’ and extended our programme to more than 30 new markets. This means that at the end of 2012 we had 5 million ‘Perfect Stores’ in 75 markets – and we aim to have 20 million. Next, we will roll out

 

  

the next generation of the programme, ‘Perfect Store 2.0’, aimed at improving the way we market our brands to shoppers, improving shelf stand-out and ensuring we give shoppers more reasons to choose our brands in-store.

 

Improving the retail experience

Meanwhile, we’re helping our customers improve the retail experience in ‘Perfect Stores’ using hand-held technology and the power of analytics, suggesting salesmen for store-specific orders and promotions, plus tips on displays. We also empowered thousands of our Shakti entrepreneurs with mobile phones to book sales orders. We will continue to innovate and grow sustainably with our customers, whether they’re a small-scale distributor in rural India or a global retailer.

   LOGO
  

 

Almost 80,000 entrepreneurs, including 48,000 women, in over 135,000 villages across India have now joined our rural selling operation, Shakti. We improved the programme in 2012 by part funding mobile phones for a number of these sales people, equipping them with a simple application to drive sales. This low cost but very effective mobile technology helps them sell the

 

  

 

right products, saving time during sales calls while increasing sales and earnings. Shakti is just one example of the progress we are making towards our USLP goal of improving the livelihoods of people across our value chain.

 

More at: www.unilever.com/sustainable-living

 

  

 

 

LOGO

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                19


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

WINNING THROUGH CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT continued

 

Local relevance with low-cost business models

One of Unilever’s particular strengths is our ability to combine global scale with locally tailored solutions. We have identified several levers to improve our gross margin over the long term, one of which is the application of ‘low-cost business models’ to parts of the business such as laundry. We expect a significant profitability uplift once these measures are implemented, enabling us to invest back into the business, maintaining and accelerating the momentum of the virtuous circle of growth.

 

Working in partnership with our suppliers

Our scale also helps us to meet our ambitious targets for sustainable sourcing. In 2012, we sourced around one third of all agricultural raw materials sustainably, including 100% of our palm oil, our largest agricultural raw material, three years ahead of schedule. Elsewhere, 39% of all the tea we source comes from farms certified by the Rainforest Alliance. Sourcing sustainably means that farmers can improve their living conditions and earn an income they can live on. It also helps maintain and improve soil fertility, enhance water quality and availability, and protect biodiversity.

 

However, we cannot achieve our sustainable growth agenda alone. We work in partnership with our suppliers to support the growth and innovation we need. Through our ‘Partner to Win’ programme, we work with more than 150 strategic suppliers by sharing strategies and growth plans. This enables us to build capacity and create new technologies. Our suppliers are also key to generating new ideas and are partnering with us on over 65% of the deliverables in our medium and long-term innovation projects.

 

Improving eco-efficiency

We are also focusing on improving sustainability in our manufacturing network. Thanks to programmes to reduce, reuse, recycle and recover, over half our manufacturing sites now send zero non-hazardous waste to landfill. We sourced 26% of our energy used in manufacturing from renewables, and reduced our C02 emissions from energy by 838,000 tonnes in the period 2008 to 2012. These efforts have contributed towards the recognition by the Dow Jones Sustainability Indexes, which named Unilever a global super-sector leader in 2012.

  

LOGO

 

To meet our growth ambition we need to reach more consumers. We continue to work hard to ensure our products are always available wherever the consumer is shopping.

 

To reach different kinds of consumers we have developed segmented supply chains across categories, portfolios, geographies and channels to deliver the right service at the right cost. For example, in Indonesia, Pond’s is a premium brand that’s often sold by small specialist retailers with little space to showcase the entire range and as a result they have a tendency to run out of stock. Following a successful trial, we now offer a daily delivery service, extending the roll-out to Greater Jakarta – experiencing sales growth of more than 80%.

 

We have been increasing on-shelf availability (OSA), getting more products more quickly on to shelves. In 2012, stores in our OSA programme reduced empty shelves by 13%.

 

In 2012, our customers rated us higher than ever before. According to the global Advantage Group Survey, we improved in 70% of our key markets and are in the top third in ten out of 14 of our key markets.

 

We are also working hard to increase product quality – reducing both complaints and

 

  

incidents. Consumer complaints were down by 29% in 2012 versus 2009, while product incidents were down by 75%. In addition, we are making and designing better products. In 2012, 57% of our products scored higher than our competitors’ in blind tests, compared to just 21% in 2009.

 

LOGO

 

Our ability to deliver quality products, innovate, and make better decisions quickly is critical to our sustainable growth agenda. For example, we have almost halved the time it takes to launch key innovations into the market place. New capabilities and centralised processes are making it possible to almost halve the time it takes to build new factories. Unilever’s Global Engineering Services uses ‘cookie cutter’ templates for factories, design and suppliers, helping us to deliver consistent high quality products wherever in the world they are made, as well as improving our speed to market.

 

We are also investing for growth and are building world-class factories, enabling us to cater to the substantial volume growth so far. As well as increasing capacity and flexibility, our new plants create competitiveness through manufacturing excellence and by using sustainable technologies.

 

  

LOGO

 

   Over half of our 252 manufacturing sites across the world, from Costa Rica to Japan, send no non-hazardous waste to landfill, up from 74 at the start of the year. 100% of our sites send zero waste to landfill in 18 countries, the equivalent of removing over 1 million household bins of waste every year. This has been achieved by eliminating waste in the factories.   

We also reduced, reused, recycled and recovered waste. For example, in Russia, Unilever recycles tea bags to make animal bedding or wallpaper.

 

More at: www.unilever.com/sustainable-living

  

 

 

 

22                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Operational excellence

Enterprise Support, Unilever’s global shared services, is transforming our internal operations. By simplifying our internal processes, it is helping us both reduce costs and, by enabling us to act faster and with greater agility, improve our service to customers.

In Finance Services, for example, we have simplified our reporting processes, systems and tools, reducing our reporting time from 25 working days in 2010 to 19 today. We aim to reduce this still further.

In IT we are leveraging technology across Unilever which is helping us manage our growing business more efficiently. We have simplified 200 local IT transaction systems by replacing them with four global systems, managed as one for speed and resilience. This is delivering many benefits, for example helping us integrate acquisitions swiftly – both Alberto Culver and the Sara Lee personal care brands were integrated in just over six months.

We are also using technology to improve our service to customers. More than 50,000 of

our representatives in areas such as sales, merchandising and store auditing are connected to Unilever’s information systems. They use mobile devices to help them carry out sales transactions and record and upload up-to-date market data. This lets us monitor how our products are being presented to shoppers in over 4 million stores in our ‘Perfect Stores’ programme (see page 17).

It’s not just customers who are benefiting – we are talking directly to consumers too through our digital hub which is connecting them securely with our brands across multiple digital channels. For example, we launched our Dove digital presence in 30 countries in just 30 days – just one of 650 brand activations across 50 countries.

Bringing it all together, in May 2012 we opened a global operations centre in Bangalore, tapping into the talent and mindset of emerging markets. This is the heart of our global shared services operations, and will support our end-to-end IT, Finance and Information Management across the whole of Unilever.

LOGO

As part of our low-cost business model strategy, we analysed every link in the value chain for Wheel, our value washing powder in India. As a result of technology and productivity improvements in manufacturing as well as distributing the product from our factory direct to the customer, we delivered savings right across the value chain, ensuring our products are affordable to people on low incomes and reducing our carbon footprint.

More at: www.hul.co.in/wheel

 

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LOGO

Sustainable, profitable growth can only be achieved if the right people are working in an organisation that is fit to win, underpinned by a culture in which performance is always aligned with values. We are increasingly an agile, flexible and diverse business with people who are motivated by doing good while doing well. We are building capability and leadership among our people—and we are attracting some of the best talent in the market place.
To double the size of our business, we need to support the talented people we already employ so they can be the best they can be. We also need to attract the best people in the market place.
Employer of choice
This year, we were voted the number one FMCG (fast-moving consumer goods] employer of choice among graduates in 20 countries. Potential employees in markets as diverse as Russia and Vietnam Brazil and Bangladesh, or Indonesia and the UK think that we are the most attractive employer in our sector.
We achieved this top ranking in several countries for the very first time, including Mexico, Germany and Spain -while in ndia we were employer of choice, not just in our sector, but across the entire employment market.
We are leveraging our partnership with One Young World, an annual global summit where young ambassadors collaborate on projects to change the world for the better. This year it allowed us to introduce Unilever and its commitment to making sustainability commonplace to 1,200 delegates from 183 countries.
Employer brand
We have focused on ensuring that our standing as an employer-what we call our ‘employer brand’—has our commitment to sustainability at the core. We have built an employer brand development tool which leverages best practice, and adapted our recruitment models to reach the best people wherever they are in the world.
Our digital presence is a vital factor in this. Sustained investment and innovation in our social media interactions have seen us become the highest ranked FMCG company on Linked In’s global In Demand ndex. Our Facebook global careers page has attracted more than 110,000 Tikes’, with the highest numbers in India, Brazil Egypt and Indonesia of any global careers page. It is the second largest Facebook page dedicated to careers.
No.1 FMCG employer of choice among graduates in
20 ^^\0 countries


Table of Contents

WINNING WITH PEOPLE continued

 

Leadership for the future

We are committed to the growth of our people throughout their careers, and to ensuring that leadership skills in particular are developed at every level of management. Our new Four Acres Learning and Leadership Centre in Singapore, scheduled to open in mid-2013, is physical proof of this commitment. Like our long-standing Four Acres Centre in Kingston, UK, the facility will run a global curriculum to drive excellence and commitment to leadership development and sustainability.

 

We now have programmes for existing and future leaders at all levels. These are designed in a blended approach of leaders teaching leaders, senior executive sponsorship, academic rigour and application through job experience, mentors and coaches.

 

A diverse business for a diverse world

Two billion people use our products every day and, if we are to meet their needs, we need to reflect their diversity in our own workplaces. Through better recruitment, family-friendly working conditions, a

  

culture of accountability, and initiatives like employee networks and mentoring, our business is becoming increasingly gender-balanced. By the end of 2012, 41% of our management headcount were women, compared to 39% at the end of 2011. After a decade of steady improvement, achieving an increase of more than 1% in a single year shows progress – but we recognise there is still a long way to go.

 

We are working hard to improve further and it is encouraging that we have received external recognition for our efforts. For example, we were: awarded the prestigious 2013 Catalyst Award; awarded Company of the Year in the Vodafone European Diversity Awards 2012; named Top Employer by workingmums.co.uk; winners of Japanese magazine Toyo Keizai’s Female Management Appointment Award for 2012; named among the 2012 Working Mother 100 Best Companies in the US; and our US business was given a 100% rating in the Human Rights Campaign’s Corporate Equality Index.

  

LOGO

 

Ours has always been a business based on values. We aim to ensure that integrity, responsibility, respect and pioneering spirit underpin our activities. In the last two years we have found new ways to express those values through the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan (USLP).

 

Engaged employees

We have been encouraged by what our people are telling us about our culture. Our Global People Survey (GPS) measures the level of engagement of all employees. Over 114,000 eligible employees participated in the 2012 survey, representing an 87% response rate. Our engagement score of 75%, up from 73% in the 2010 GPS, is now in line with the scores of high-performing employers in our class.

 

Other key aspects of the survey also showed good progress: scores rose by 5% for people management, and by 4% for performance culture, bias for action and diversity. We believe that the USLP and our values are significant factors in keeping employees fully engaged in our business – and therefore driving performance.

 

Everyday heroes

Our values are exemplified every day by thousands of employees, without whom our business could not meet its ambitions for sustainable growth. But even amidst all this good work, some actions stand out. This year we honoured six employees nominated by their colleagues as ‘Unilever heroes’ – one of the ways in which we recognise significant contributions to society and our business.

 

LOGO

  

 

In 2011, we began work on the Unilever Four Acres Learning and Leadership Centre in Singapore. The facility is on course to open in mid-2013, and will provide learning and capability development from our new global curriculum, designed to ensure that our people have the skills to meet our growth ambitions.

Four Acres Singapore has accommodation for 55 students and includes two flexible training rooms, a teaching amphitheatre and a multi-purpose hall for up to 200 people.

More at: www.unilever.com/

developing-and-engaging-our-people

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Our 2012 heroes include people such as Samwel Nyagucha (pictured on page 24), a tea picker on the Kaptien estate in Kenya, whose initiative has transformed the working life of colleagues on his plantation; Koray Kezer, a customer development manager in Turkey, who spent nights sleeping in his car while he helped customers and colleagues affected by a 7.2 magnitude earthquake in the Van region last year; and Abdullah Toseef, who used scrap materials to implement a water conservation project which is saving 28 million litres of fresh water each year at the Rahim Yar Khan factory in Pakistan, where Abdullah is assistant manager.

 

LOGO

We have substantially improved the structure of our business over several years, aiming to create an agile, flexible and diverse organisation that can meet the needs of consumers all over the world.

Dynamic structure for dynamic markets

We are already seeing results from changing our approach to the global market place. Where we formerly dealt with 22 geographical sub-entities, we now divide our business between eight markets, six of which are primarily made up of developing economies. This streamlined structure has allowed us to focus sharply on growth, particularly in emerging markets. We can now re-allocate resources quickly between markets, share best practice more easily and concentrate our efforts on a larger number of bigger projects.

LOGO

We enhanced our standing as an employer by developing the Employer Brand Development Wheel, putting potential employees at the heart of our thinking. This repeatable model, used in every market, is designed to exceed expectations – and beat the competition. For example, our Future Leaders Programme allows young graduates to take on real challenges like shaping the messaging behind Lifebuoy’s handwashing campaign, bringing hygiene benefits to millions of people and contributing to the brand’s consistent sales growth over the past five years.

More at: www.unilever.com/careers

 

 

 

75%

Our employee engagement score, now in line with high-performing employers in our class

110,000

‘likes’ of our Facebook global careers page within six months of launch

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

FINANCIAL

REVIEW 2012

   The virtuous circle of growth continues to work for us. We delivered consistent and strong top-line growth, well-balanced between volume and price and improved core operating margin.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   

Strong underlying sales growth, led by solid volume growth

Growth of our markets remained positive in 2012. This was primarily driven by strong growth in emerging markets which grew in volume and value terms, while developed markets remained largely unchanged due to continued weak consumer confidence in Western Europe and North America.

 

Despite the challenging environment, we have delivered strong underlying sales growth of 6.9% (2011: 6.5%). We accelerated volume growth to 3.4% (2011: 1.6%), well balanced with a 3.3% contribution from price (2011: 4.8%). All of our categories and each of our three geographical areas reported positive growth.

 

As in the prior year, emerging markets were the key growth drivers with underlying sales up 11.4%. We achieved double-digit growth in many countries, including Indonesia, China, Brazil and Vietnam. In developed markets we managed to grow the business despite difficult markets: our underlying sales were up 1.6%, split equally between volume and price.

 

Our focus on bigger and better innovation, rolled out faster to more markets is a key driver behind our performance. The rollout of our brands to new markets, including the more recently acquired brands, such as the launch of TRESemmé in Brazil also contributed strongly.

 

Amongst our categories, Home Care and Personal Care grew ahead of the markets, up 10.3% and 10.0% respectively; resulting in solid market share gains. In Home Care, we outperformed market growth in laundry and household cleaning. In Personal Care, our hair care business garnered market shares around the world, and skin care as well as deodorants reflected the success of innovations.

 

In Foods, underlying sales growth of 1.8% reflects a mixed performance, benefiting from the rollout of new products and our marketing campaigns to introduce new uses of our products to consumers. At the same time, declining markets in our spreads business and the impact of price rises we took in 2011 to counter sharply increased raw material costs impacted growth momentum.

 

6.3% underlying sales growth in Refreshment reflects the continued success of the global rollout of our ice cream brands and innovations, as well as improved growth momentum in tea, especially in emerging markets.

 

Solid progress in core operating margin

Despite further increases in input costs and adverse currency changes, gross margin improved by 0.1% to 40.0% at constant exchange rates, reflecting disciplined cost management and our increased focus on improving gross margin consistently.

 

Core operating margin was up 0.3% to 13.8%, driven by the progress in gross margin, continued savings programmes and lower expenses for restructuring. Advertising and promotional expenses increased by 470 million, at constant exchange rates.

 

Strong free cash flow generation

Free cash flow of 4.3 billion was up by 1.2 billion, driven by higher operating profit and improvement in working capital management.

 

Consistent management focus has resulted in negative working capital for 13 consecutive quarters with further progress in all its components: inventories, trade receivables and trade payables.

 

Net capital expenditure of 2.1 billion was in line with last year, at 4.2% of turnover, reflecting investment in the capacity required for our growing business.

 

 

28                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

Consolidated income statement

(highlights) for the year ended 31 December

 

      2012      2011      % change  

Turnover ( million)

     51,324         46,467         10.5%   

Operating profit ( million)

     6,989         6,433         9%   

Core operating profit* ( million)

     7,062         6,289         12%   

Profit before tax ( million)

     6,683         6,245         7%   

Net profit ( million)

     4,948         4,623         7%   

Diluted earnings per share ()

     1.54         1.46         5%   

Core earnings per share* ()

     1.57         1.41         11%   

Turnover at 51.3 billion increased 10.5%, including a positive impact from foreign exchange of 2.2% and acquisitions net of disposals of 1.1%. Underlying sales growth increased to 6.9%, well balanced between volume growth of 3.4% and price contributions of 3.3%. As in the prior year, emerging markets grew strongly, with underlying sales up 11.4% and now representing 55% of total turnover.

Operating profit was 7.0 billion, compared with 6.4 billion in 2011, up 9%. The increase was driven by higher gross profit and improved cost discipline. Core operating profit was 7.1 billion, up 12% from 6.3 billion in 2011, reflecting the additional impact of lower one-off credits within non-core items.

The cost of financing net borrowings was 390 million, 58 million less than in 2011. The average level of net debt increased by 0.7 billion to 8.9 billion, reflecting the full-year impact of financing prior year acquisitions such as Alberto Culver. The average interest rate was 3.5% on debt and 2.9% on cash deposits. The pensions financing cost was a charge of 7 million, compared to a 71 million credit in 2011.

The effective tax rate was 26.4% compared with 26.5% in 2011.

Net profit from joint ventures and associates, together with other income from non-current investments, contributed 91 million in 2012, compared to 189 million in the prior year. Assets related to businesses sold in previous years recorded positive adjustments to fair value in 2011, whilst similar but unrelated assets were impaired in 2012.

Fully diluted earnings per share were 1.54, up 5% from 1.46 in the prior year. Higher operating profit was the key driver with lower profits from business disposals and one-off items, partially offset by higher minority interests and pension costs and a lower contribution from non-current investments. Core earnings per share were 1.57, up 11% from 1.41 in 2011, reflecting the additional impact of lower one-off credits within non-core items.

Key performance indicators*

 

      2012      2011      2010  

Underlying sales growth (%)

     6.9         6.5         4.1   

Underlying volume growth (%)

     3.4         1.6         5.8   

Core operating margin (%)

     13.8         13.5         13.6   

Free cash flow ( million)

    

 

4,333

 

  

 

    

 

3,075

 

  

 

    

 

3,365

 

  

 

We report our performance against four key financial indicators:

  underlying sales growth;
  underlying volume growth;
  core operating margin; and
  free cash flow.

The performance of the KPIs is described on page 28, on this page and within the segmental commentaries on pages 30 to 31. The KPIs are described on pages 34 to 35. The non-financial KPIs are described on pages 6 and 27.

Acquisitions and disposals

On 30 July 2012 the Group announced a definitive agreement to sell its North America frozen meals business to ConAgra Foods, Inc. for a total cash consideration of US$265 million. The deal was completed on 19 August 2012. All other acquisitions or disposals during the year were not material.

Further details of acquisitions and disposals during 2011 and 2012 can be found in note 21 on pages 126 and 127.

 

 

 

We have presented some parts of the financial review within other sections of this Annual Report and Accounts, including the financial statements section. We believe this integrated approach provides a better flow of information and avoids duplication.

* Certain measures used in our reporting are not defined under IFRS. For further information about these measures, please refer to the commentary on non-GAAP measures on pages 34 to 35.
 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                29


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW 2012 continued

 

LOGO

 

Personal Care

 

      2012      2011     

%

Change

 

Turnover ( million)

     18,097         15,471         17.0   

Operating profit ( million)

     2,928         2,536         15.5   

Core operating margin (%)

     17.1         17.6         (0.5

Underlying sales growth (%)

     10.0         8.2      

Underlying volume growth (%)

     6.5         4.2      

Effect of price changes (%)

     3.3         3.8            

Key developments

  Personal Care grew strongly again in 2012, with market outperforming growth spurred by innovation and the rollout of our brands in new markets, complemented by a strong contribution of the recently acquired brands.
  Underlying sales growth of 10.0% was driven by both higher volumes and a positive price contribution. Market shares increased, benefiting from gains in all geographies and strong performance in the haircare, deodorants and skin cleansing categories.
  Core operating margin was down 0.5%, reflecting continued investments in building beauty capabilities and infrastructure.

Refreshment

 

      2012      2011     

%

Change

 

Turnover ( million)

     9,726         8,804         10.5   

Operating profit ( million)

     911         723         26.0   

Core operating margin (%)

     9.4         7.7         1.7   

Underlying sales growth (%)

     6.3         4.9      

Underlying volume growth (%)

     2.4         1.4      

Effect of price changes (%)

     3.9         3.4            

Key developments

  Performance in Refreshment improved in growth momentum as well as profitability. Underlying sales growth of 6.3% reflects good contribution from volume growth and from price changes. Core operating margin improved by 1.7%. This was driven by higher gross margin, strong savings programmes and cost discipline.
  In ice cream, growth momentum was driven by powerful performance in Latin America, Asia, North America and Europe and benefited from innovation behind our global brands such as Magnum, which is now a brand with sales in excess of 1 billion.
  In tea, innovation improved growth momentum in particular in emerging markets, such as Russia, Arabia and India.

Foods

 

     2012     2011    

%

Change

 

Turnover ( million)

    14,444        13,986        3.3   

Operating profit ( million)

    2,605        2,693        (3.3

Core operating margin (%)

    17.5        17.5          

Underlying sales growth (%)

    1.8        4.9     

Underlying volume growth (%)

    (0.9     (1.2  

Effect of price changes (%)

    2.7        6.2           

Key developments

  Underlying sales growth in Foods was 1.8%. Volume growth was slightly negative, continuing to reflect the impact of a contracting spreads market and the price rises we took in 2011 to counter significant increases in input prices.
  Growth was supported by the rollout of innovations such as Knorr Jelly Bouillon and Knorr Baking Bags, as well as solid results delivered by our Food Solutions business.
  Core operating margin was flat with lower gross margin, reflecting the impact of higher commodity costs, offset by improved cost discipline and savings delivery.

 

Home Care

 

      2012      2011     

%

Change

 

Turnover ( million)

     9,057         8,206         10.4   

Operating profit ( million)

     545         481         13.3   

Core operating margin (%)

     5.9         5.4         0.5   

Underlying sales growth (%)

     10.3         8.1      

Underlying volume growth (%)

     6.2         2.2      

Effect of price changes (%)

     3.9         5.8            

Key developments

  Home Care delivered a strong performance with underlying sales growth of 10.3%, ahead of market growth and balanced between volume growth of 6.2% and price changes contributing 3.9%.
  We improved value market shares in our laundry business across geographies and in particular in a number of highly competitive markets such as UK, France, China and South Africa on the back of continued innovation and the rollout of our brands.
  Household care growth was equally supported by the rollout of new and improved products, driving strong growth momentum for our global brands Domestos, Cif and Sunlight.
  Core operating margin was up by 0.5%, benefiting from successful new business models.
 

 

30                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Asia/AMET/RUB

 

      2012      2011      %
Change
 

Turnover ( million)

     20,357         17,723         14.9   

Operating profit ( million)

     2,637         2,109         25.0   

Core operating margin (%)

     13.1         12.0         1.1   

Underlying sales growth (%)

     10.6         11.2      

Underlying volume growth (%)

     5.7         5.0      

Effect of price changes (%)

     4.6         5.9            

Key developments

  Strong underlying sales growth of 10.6% continued at a similar level as the prior year with an even stronger volume component of 5.7%, despite a higher base and some softness in economic growth in the region. Innovation and the rollout of our brands into new markets supported the growth momentum, which resulted in double-digit growth in a number of countries, including Indonesia, China, Thailand and India.
  Gains in value market share were primarily driven by the Personal Care and Home Care categories, on the back of strong sustained momentum in haircare, deodorants and household care. Foods value shares were slightly down.
  Core operating margin was up 1.1%, benefiting from improved gross margin and cost discipline.

The Americas

 

      2012      2011      %
Change
 

Turnover ( million)

     17,088         15,251         12.0   

Operating profit ( million)

     2,433         2,250         8.1   

Core operating margin (%)

     14.2         13.9         0.3   

Underlying sales growth (%)

     7.9         6.3      

Underlying volume growth (%)

     3.1         0.4      

Effect of price changes (%)

     4.8         5.9            

Key developments

  Underlying sales growth of 7.9% was well balanced between volume growth of 3.1% and price contributions of 4.8% and benefited from continued strong growth in Latin America.

Double-digit growth in markets such as Brazil and Argentina was driven by continued excellent performance in Personal Care and Home Care. Value market shares in these categories are up, as are shares in parts of Foods.

  Underlying sales growth in North America improved on the prior year, with positive contributions from volume and price, despite flat market volume growth. Market share gains were driven by strong performance in Personal Care and they also improved in Foods.
  Core operating margin increased by 0.3% to 14.2%, benefiting from improved gross margin and better cost control, partly offset by increased advertising and promotions expenditure.
  Other key developments include the disposal of our remaining frozen foods business in North America.

Europe

 

      2012     2011    

%

Change

 

Turnover ( million)

     13,879        13,493        2.9   

Operating profit ( million)

     1,919        2,074        (7.5

Core operating margin (%)

     14.2        15.1        (0.9

Underlying sales growth (%)

     0.8        0.7     

Underlying volume growth (%)

     0.9        (1.4  

Effect of price changes (%)

     (0.1     2.1           

Key developments

  Market conditions in Europe remained challenging, particularly in Southern Europe. Economic conditions continued to have a negative impact on consumer demand, resulting in negative volume growth and intense competition.
  Underlying sales growth of 0.8% was entirely volume driven and benefited from ongoing strong performance in France and the UK while Southern European markets such as Greece and Spain continued to suffer.
  In this context, we managed to increase market shares to some extent driven by gains in Personal Care and Home Care.
  Core operating margin declined by 0.9%. This reflects negative gross margin development on the impact of higher commodity costs and a strong prior year comparator.
 

 

  Unilever Group

 

       

Turnover

million

2012

      

USG

%

2012

      

UVG

%

2012

      

Turnover

million

2011

      

USG

%

2011

      

UVG

%

2011

      

Turnover

million

2010

      

USG

%

2010

      

UVG

%

2010

 

Unilever Total

       51,324           6.9           3.4           46,467           6.5           1.6           44,262           4.1           5.8   

Developed markets

       22,993           1.6           0.8           21,470           0.8           (1.6        20,990           0.4           2.0   

Emerging markets

       28,331           11.4           5.7           24,997           11.5           4.4           23,272           7.9           9.7   

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 

 

Report of the Directors About Unilever                31


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW 2012 continued

 

Balance sheet

 

       million
2012
      million
2011
 

Goodwill and intangible assets

     21,718         21,913   

Other non-current assets

     12,301         11,308   

Current assets

     12,147         14,291   

Total assets

     46,166         47,512   

Current liabilities

     15,815         17,929   

Non-current liabilities

     14,635         14,662   

Total liabilities

     30,450         32,591   

Shareholders’ equity

     15,159         14,293   

Non-controlling interest

     557         628   

Total equity

     15,716         14,921   

Total liabilities and equity

     46,166         47,512   

Non-current assets increased by 0.8 billion, mainly due to an increase in property, plant and equipment and deferred tax assets offset by lower pension assets for funded schemes in surplus.

Cash and cash equivalents were lower by 1.0 billion and other financial assets decreased by 1.1 billion as short-term deposits were withdrawn.

Current liabilities were 2.1 billion lower due to a 3.2 billion reduction in other financial liabilities, partially offset by a 0.7 billion increase in trade payables and other current liabilities and a 0.4 billion increase in current tax liabilities.

Non-current liabilities were broadly in line with the previous year. The overall net liability for all pension arrangements was 3.7 billion at the end of 2012, up from 3.2 billion at the end of 2011. The increase was mainly due to a decrease in the discount rate, offset to some extent by good investment performance increasing pension assets. Cash expenditure on pensions was 0.7 billion, compared to 0.6 billion in the prior year.

Contractual obligations at 31 December 2012

 

     million      million      million      million      million  
          Due                 Due in  
          within     Due in     Due in     over  
     Total     1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years  

Long-term debt

    9,920        2,539        2,521        2,076        2,784   

Interest on financial liabilities

    2,839        341        515        380        1,603   

Operating lease obligations

    1,947        383        588        427        549   

Purchase obligations(a)

    354        294        37        11        12   

Finance leases

    350        28        73        46        203   

Other long-term commitments

    1,889        865        740        221        63   

Total

    17,299        4,450        4,474        3,161        5,214   

(a) For raw and packaging material and finished goods.

Contractual obligations

Unilever’s contractual obligations at the end of 2012 included capital expenditure commitments, borrowings, lease commitments and other commitments. A summary of certain contractual obligations at 31 December 2012 is provided in the preceding table. Further details are set out in the following notes to the consolidated financial statements: note 10 on pages 107 to 108, note 15C on page 115, and note 20 on pages 125 to 126.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

SIC interpretation 12 ‘Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities’ (SIC 12) requires that entities are considered for consolidation in the financial statements based on risks and rewards. In line with this, all appropriate entities are included in Unilever’s consolidated financial statements. Information concerning guarantees given by the Group is stated in note 16A on page 117.

Finance and liquidity

The Group’s financial strategy provides the financial flexibility to meet strategic and day-to-day needs. Our current long-term credit rating is A+/A1 and our current short-term credit rating is A1/P1. We aim to maintain a competitive balance sheet which we consider to be the equivalent of a credit rating of A+/A1 in the long term. This provides us with:

  appropriate access to equity and debt markets;
  sufficient flexibility for acquisitions;
  sufficient resilience against economic and financial uncertainty ensuring ample liquidity; and
  optimal weighted average cost of capital, given the constraints above.

Unilever aims to concentrate cash in the parent and central finance companies in order to ensure maximum flexibility in meeting changing business needs. Operating subsidiaries are financed through the mixture of retained earnings, third-party borrowings and loans from parent and central finance companies. Unilever maintains access to global debt markets through an infrastructure of short-term debt programmes (principally US domestic and euro commercial paper programmes) and long-term debt programmes (principally a US Shelf Registration programme and a European markets Debt Issuance Programme). Debt in the international markets is, in general, issued in the name of NV, PLC, Unilever Finance International BV or Unilever Capital Corporation. NV, PLC and Unilever United States Inc. will normally guarantee such debt where they are not the issuer.

In this uncertain environment, we have continued to closely monitor all our exposures and counterparty limits. We were comfortable with a high cash balance in 2012.

Unilever has committed credit facilities in place for general corporate purposes. The undrawn committed credit facilities in place on 31 December 2012 were US $6,250 million. Bilateral committed credit facilities totalled US $6,140 million. Bilateral money market commitments totalled US $110 million. Further details are given in note 16A on page 116.

 

 

32                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

On 17 January 2012 we redeemed our Swiss francs 350 million notes. On 2 August 2012 we issued two series of senior notes:

(a) US $450 million at 0.45% maturing in 2015; and

(b) US $550 million at 0.85% maturing in 2017.

On 14 November 2012 we redeemed our 750 million five-year bond which was issued in 2007 at 4.625%.

The main source of liquidity continues to be cash generated from operations. Unilever is satisfied that its financing arrangements are adequate to meet its working capital needs for the foreseeable future.

Treasury

Unilever Treasury’s role is to ensure that appropriate financing is available for all value-creating investments. Additionally, Treasury delivers financial services to allow operating companies to manage their financial transactions and exposures in an efficient, timely and low-cost manner.

Unilever Treasury is governed by standards approved by the Unilever Leadership Executive. In addition to guidelines and exposure limits, a system of authorities and extensive independent reporting covers all major areas of activity. Performance is monitored closely. Reviews are undertaken periodically by the corporate internal audit function.

The key financial instruments used by Unilever are short-term and long-term borrowings, cash and cash equivalents, and certain plain vanilla derivative instruments, principally comprising interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts. The accounting for derivative instruments is discussed in note 16 on page 116 and on page 120. The use of leveraged instruments is not permitted.

Unilever Treasury manages a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and liquidity. Further details of the management of these risks are given in note 16 on pages 116 to 120.

Cash flow

 

       million
2012
     million
2011
     million
2010
 

Net cash flow from operating activities

     6,836        5,452        5,490   

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

     (755     (4,467     (1,164

Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities

     (6,622     411        (4,609

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (541     1,396        (283

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

     2,978        1,966        2,397   

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

     (220     (384     (148

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

     2,217        2,978        1,966   

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by 0.5 billion before the impact of exchange rates on year end balances. After recognising changes in exchange rates, cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet at 31 December 2012 were 0.8 billion lower at 2.2 billion.

Net cash flow from operating activities of 6.8 billion was 1.4 billion higher than 2011. Whilst net capital expenditure and interest were broadly in line with the prior year, the net inflow of acquisitions, disposals and other investing activities was 1.2 billion compared to an outflow of 2.6 billion in 2011. The movement in financing activities is due to a repayment of borrowings and lower new debt being issued as compared to the prior year.

At 31 December 2012, the net debt position was 7.4 billion, a decrease of 1.4 billion compared to 2011. The cash inflow from operating activities and disposals exceeded the outflow from dividends, net capital expenditure, tax, acquisitions and interest.

Market capitalisation and dividends

Unilever N.V.’s and Unilever PLC’s combined market capitalisation rose from 73.9 billion at the end of 2011 to 81.9 billion at 31 December 2012.

Information on dividends is set out in note 8 on page 105.

Basis of reporting and critical accounting policies

The accounting policies that are most significant in connection with our financial reporting are set out in note 1 on pages 90 to 91.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                33


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW 2012 continued

 

LOGO

Certain discussions and analyses set out in this Annual Report and Accounts include measures which are not defined by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) such as IFRS. We believe this information, along with comparable GAAP measurements, is useful to investors because it provides a basis for measuring our operating performance, ability to retire debt and invest in new business opportunities. Our management uses these financial measures, along with the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, in evaluating our operating performance and value creation. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures as reported by us may not be comparable with similarly titled amounts reported by other companies.

In the following sections we set out our definitions of the following non-GAAP measures and provide reconciliations to relevant GAAP measures:

  underlying sales growth;
  underlying volume growth;
  core operating profit and core operating margin (including acquisition and disposal related costs, gain/(loss) on disposal of group companies, impairments and other one-off items (non-core items));
  core earnings per share (core EPS);
  free cash flow; and
  net debt.

Underlying sales growth (USG)

USG reflects the change in revenue from continuing operations at constant rates of exchange, excluding the effects of acquisitions and disposals. It is a measure that provides valuable additional information on the underlying performance of the business. In particular, it presents the organic growth of our business year on year and is used internally as a core measure of sales performance.

The reconciliation of USG to changes in the GAAP measure turnover is as follows:

Total Group

 

      2012
vs 2011
    2011
vs 2010
 

Underlying sales growth (%)

     6.9        6.5   

Effect of acquisitions (%)

     1.8        2.7   

Effect of disposals (%)

     (0.7     (1.5

Effect of exchange rates (%)

     2.2        (2.5

Turnover growth (%)

     10.5        5.0   

Personal Care

 

      2012
vs 2011
    2011
vs 2010
 

Underlying sales growth (%)

     10.0        8.2   

Effect of acquisitions (%)

     4.4        7.3   

Effect of disposals (%)

     (0.5     (0.2

Effect of exchange rates (%)

     2.3        (2.9

Turnover growth (%)

     17.0        12.4   

Foods

 

                 
      2012
vs 2011
    2011
vs 2010
 

Underlying sales growth (%)

     1.8        4.9   

Effect of acquisitions (%)

            0.2   

Effect of disposals (%)

     (1.5     (4.3

Effect of exchange rates (%)

     3.0        (1.9

Turnover growth (%)

     3.3        (1.3

Refreshment

 

                 
      2012
vs 2011
     2011
vs 2010
 

Underlying sales growth (%)

     6.3         4.9   

Effect of acquisitions (%)

     0.8         0.3   

Effect of disposals (%)

     0.7         (0.3

Effect of exchange rates (%)

     2.4         (2.5

Turnover growth (%)

     10.5         2.3   

Home Care

 

                 
      2012
vs 2011
    2011
vs 2010
 

Underlying sales growth (%)

     10.3        8.1   

Effect of acquisitions (%)

     0.6        1.3   

Effect of disposals (%)

     (1.1     0.1   

Effect of exchange rates (%)

     0.6        (3.1

Turnover growth (%)

     10.4        6.2   

Underlying volume growth (UVG)

Underlying volume growth is underlying sales growth after eliminating the impact of price changes. The relationship between the two measures is set out below:

 

                 
      2012
vs 2011
    

2011

vs 2010

 

Underlying volume growth (%)

     3.4         1.6   

Effect of price changes (%)

     3.3         4.8   

Underlying sales growth (%)

     6.9         6.5   

The UVG and price effect for category and geographical area are shown in the tables on pages 30 to 31.

Free cash flow (FCF)

Free cash flow represents the cash generated from the operation and financing of the business. The movement in FCF measures our progress against the commitment to deliver strong cash flows. FCF is not used as a liquidity measure within Unilever. FCF includes the cash flow from group operating activities, less income tax paid, net capital expenditure, net interest and preference dividends paid.

 

 

34                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

The reconciliation of FCF to net profit is as follows:

 

                             
        million
2012
     million
2011
 

Net profit

     4,948        4,623   

Taxation

     1,735        1,622   

Share of net profit of joint ventures/associates and other income from non-current investments

     (91     (189

Net finance costs

     397        377   

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     1,199        1,029   

Changes in working capital

     822        (177

Pensions and similar provisions less payments

     (381     (553

Provisions less payments

     (43     9   

Elimination of (profits)/losses on disposals

     (236     (215

Non-cash charge for share-based compensation

     153        105   

Other adjustments

     13        8   

Cash flow from operating activities

     8,516        6,639   

Income tax paid

     (1,680     (1,187

Net capital expenditure

     (2,143     (1,974

Net interest and preference dividends paid

     (360     (403

Free cash flow

     4,333        3,075   

Core operating profit and core operating margin

Core operating profit and core operating margin means operating profit and operating margin, respectively, before the impact of business disposals, acquisition and disposal related costs, impairments and other one-off items, which we collectively term non-core items, on the grounds that the incidence of these items is uneven between reporting periods.

The reconciliation of core operating profit to operating profit is as follows:

 

                     
        million
2012
     million
2011
 

Operating profit

     6,989        6,433   

Acquisition and disposal related cost

     190        234   

(Gain)/loss on disposal of group companies

     (117     (221

Impairments and other one-off items

            (157

Core operating profit

     7,062        6,289   

Turnover

     51,324        46,467   

Operating margin

     13.6     13.8

Core operating margin

     13.8     13.5

Further details of non-core items can be found in note 3 on page 94.

Core earnings per share

The Group also refers to core earnings per share (core EPS). In calculating core earnings, net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity is adjusted to eliminate the post tax impact of non-core items. Refer to note 7 on page 105 for reconciliation of core earnings to net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity.

Net debt

Net debt is defined as the excess of total financial liabilities, excluding trade and other payables, over cash, cash equivalents and current financial assets, excluding trade and other receivables. It is a measure that provides valuable additional information on the summary presentation of the Group’s net financial liabilities and is a measure in common use elsewhere.

The reconciliation of net debt to the GAAP measure total financial liabilities is as follows:

 

       million
2012
     million
2011
 

Total financial liabilities

    

 

(10,221

 

 

   

 

(13,718

 

 

Current financial liabilities

     (2,656     (5,840

Non-current financial liabilities

     (7,565     (7,878

Cash and cash equivalents as per balance sheet

 

    

 

2,465

 

  

 

   

 

3,484

 

  

 

Cash and cash equivalents as per cash flow statement

     2,217        2,978   

Add bank overdrafts deducted therein

     248        506   

Current financial assets

     401        1,453   

Net debt

     (7,355     (8,781

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                35


Table of Contents

 

RISKS

 

 

LOGO

The following discussion of the risk outlook and our principal risk management activities includes ‘forward-looking’ statements that reflect Unilever’s view of the operating risk environment. The actual results could differ materially from those projected. See the ‘Cautionary statement’ on the inside back cover.

Outlook

Market conditions for our business were challenging in 2012 and we do not anticipate this changing significantly in 2013.

Economic pressures are expected to continue. We expect consumer markets to remain flat to slightly down in developed markets. In emerging markets consumer demand remains robust but there is nonetheless the risk of modest slowdown in key markets such as China, India and Brazil. Currency markets remain volatile and uncertain. Although we have seen rather more stable conditions in key commodity markets in 2012 we remain watchful for further periods of volatility in 2013. A worsening economic scenario could be triggered by a major Eurozone crisis prompted by countries leaving the euro or by a break-up of the euro leading to significant contraction in financial markets, followed by a severe recession in Europe and knock-on effects globally. Terrorist activity and political unrest may also result in business interruptions and a decreased demand for our products.

The competitive environment for our business is likely to remain intense in 2013. Our competitors, both global and local, will continue to shift resources into emerging markets. We expect continued high levels of competitive challenge to our many category leadership positions. Some of this may be price based, but we also expect strong innovation based competition. With the improvements we have been making to our business we are well prepared for these challenges.

In a period of significant uncertainty and downside risk, we believe Unilever’s operational and financial flexibility, and speed of response to a fast changing environment are vital assets. We will continue to focus on our long term strategic priority of driving volume growth ahead of our markets whilst providing a steady improvement in core operating margin and strong cash flow. We are well placed in emerging markets and we expect these markets to continue to drive growth. Our portfolio strategy defines the role of our categories and our 2013 outlook fully reflects the choices made. This gives us confidence that Unilever is fit to win, whatever the circumstances.

Principal risk factors

Our business is subject to risks and uncertainties. The risks that we regard as the most relevant to our business are identified below. We have also commented on certain mitigating actions that we believe help us to manage these risks. However, we may not be successful in deploying some or all of these mitigating actions. If the circumstances in these risks occur or are not successfully mitigated, our cashflow, operating results, financial position, business and reputation could be materially adversely affected. In addition risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to vary from those described below, which may include forward-looking statements, or could impact on our ability to meet our targets or be detrimental to our profitability or reputation.

 

 

    

 

Description of risk

 

         

What we are doing to manage the risk

 

    
   

 

Consumer Preference

 

          
   

As a branded goods business, Unilever’s success depends on the value and relevance of our brands and products to consumers across the world and on our ability to innovate.

 

Consumer tastes, preferences and behaviours are constantly changing and Unilever’s ability to respond to these changes and to continue to differentiate our brands and products is vital to our business.

 

We are dependent on creating innovative products that continue to meet the needs of our consumers. If we are unable to innovate effectively, Unilever’s sales or margins could be materially adversely affected.

        

We continuously monitor external market trends and collate consumer, customer and shopper insight in order to develop category and brand strategies.

 

Our Research and Development function actively searches for ways in which to translate the trends in consumer preference and taste into new technologies for incorporation into future products.

 

Our innovation management process deploys the necessary tools, technologies and resources to convert category strategies into projects and category plans, develop products and relevant brand communication and successfully roll out new products to our consumers.

 

   

 

 

36                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

    

 

Description of risk

 

       

What we are doing to manage the risk

 

    
   

 

Competition

 

The activities of our competitors may adversely impact our business.

 

Unilever operates globally in competitive markets where other local, regional and global companies are targeting the same consumer base.

 

Our retail customers frequently compete with us through private label offerings.

 

Industry consolidation amongst our direct competitors and in the retail trade can bring about significant shifts in the competitive landscape. Increased competition and actions by competitors or customers could lead to downward pressure on prices and/or a decline in Unilever’s market share in the affected category, which could adversely affect Unilever’s results and hinder its growth potential.

 

      

 

Our strategy focuses on investing in markets and segments which we identify as attractive because we have already built, or are confident that we can build, competitive advantage.

 

We continue to monitor developments in our markets across the world and to direct our resources accordingly to respond to competitive threats and opportunities.

   
   

 

Portfolio Management

 

        
   

Unilever’s strategic investment choices will determine the long-term growth and profits of our business.

 

Unilever’s growth and profitability are determined by our portfolio of categories, geographies and channels and how these evolve over time. If Unilever does not make optimal strategic investment decisions then opportunities for growth and improved margin could be missed.

 

      

Our Compass strategy and our business plans are designed to ensure that resources are prioritised towards those categories and markets having the greatest long term potential for Unilever.

 

Our acquisition activity is driven by our portfolio strategy with a clear, defined evaluation process.

   
   

 

Sustainability

 

        
   

The success of our business depends on finding sustainable solutions to support long-term growth.

 

Unilever’s vision to double the size of our business while reducing our environmental footprint and increasing our positive social impact will require more sustainable ways of doing business. This means reducing our environmental footprint while increasing the positive social benefits of Unilever’s activities. We are dependent on the efforts of partners and various certification bodies to achieve our sustainability goals. There can be no assurance that sustainable business solutions will be developed and failure to do so could limit Unilever’s growth and profit potential and damage our corporate reputation.

      

The Unilever Sustainable Living Plan sets clear long-term commitments for health and well-being, environmental impact and enhancing livelihoods. These are underpinned by specific targets in areas such as sustainable sourcing, water usage, waste generation and disposal and greenhouse gas emissions. These targets are being integrated into Unilever’s day-to-day business operations.

 

The Unilever Sustainable Development Group, comprising five external specialists in corporate responsibility and sustainability, monitors the execution of this strategy.

 

Progress towards the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan is monitored by the Unilever Leadership Executive and the Boards.

 

   
   

 

Customer Relationships

 

        
   

Successful customer relationships are vital to our business and continued growth.

 

Maintaining strong relationships with our customers is necessary for our brands to be well presented to our consumers and available for purchase at all times.

 

The strength of our customer relationships also affects our ability to obtain pricing and secure favourable trade terms. Unilever may not be able to maintain strong relationships with customers and failure to do so could negatively impact the terms of business with the affected customers and reduce the availability of our products to consumers.

 

      

We build and maintain trading relationships across a broad spectrum of channels ranging from centrally managed multinational customers through to small traders accessed via distributors in many developing countries.

 

We develop joint business plans with all our key customers that include detailed investment plans and customer service objectives and we regularly monitor progress.

 

We have developed capabilities for customer sales and outlet design which enable us to find new ways to improve customer performance and enhance our customer relationships.

 

   
   

 

People

 

        
   

A skilled workforce is essential for the continued success of our business.

 

Our ability to attract, develop and retain the right number of appropriately qualified people is critical if we are to compete and grow effectively.

      

Resource committees have been established and implemented throughout our business. These committees have responsibility for identifying future skills and capability needs, developing career paths and identifying the key talent and leaders of the future.

 

We have an integrated management development process which includes regular performance reviews underpinned by a common set of leadership behaviours, skills and competencies.

 

   

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 

 

Report of the Directors About Unilever                37


Table of Contents

RISKS continued

 

 

    

 

Description of risk

 

       

What we are doing to manage the risk

 

    
   
   

This is especially true in our key emerging markets where there can be a high level of competition for a limited talent pool. The loss of management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel could make it difficult to manage the business and could adversely affect operations and financial results.

 

      

We have targeted programmes to attract and retain top talent and we actively monitor our performance in retaining talent within Unilever.

   
   

 

Supply Chain

 

        
   

Our business depends on securing high quality materials, efficient manufacturing and the timely distribution of products to our customers.

 

Our supply chain network is exposed to potentially adverse events such as physical disruptions, environmental and industrial accidents or bankruptcy of a key supplier which could impact our ability to deliver orders to our customers.

 

The quality and safety of our products are of paramount importance for our brands and our reputation. Nevertheless, the risk that raw materials are accidentally or maliciously contaminated throughout the supply chain or that other product defects occur due to human error or equipment failure cannot be fully excluded. Such incidents can impact on both results and the reputation of our business.

 

The cost of our products can be significantly affected by the cost of the underlying commodities and materials from which they are made. Fluctuations in these costs cannot always be passed on to the consumer through pricing.

      

We have contingency plans designed to enable us to secure alternative key material supplies at short notice, to transfer or share production between manufacturing sites and to use substitute materials in our product formulations and recipes.

 

These contingency plans also extend to an ability to intervene directly to support a key supplier should it for any reason find itself in difficulty or be at risk of negatively affecting a Unilever product.

 

We have policies and procedures designed to ensure the health and safety of our employees and the products in our facilities and to deal with major incidents or crises including business continuity and disaster recovery.

 

Our product quality controls are extensive and are regularly tested to ensure that they are effective. All of our key suppliers are periodically reviewed to ensure they meet the rigorous quality standards that our products demand.

 

Commodity price risk is actively managed through forward-buying of traded commodities and other hedging mechanisms. Trends are monitored and modelled regularly and integrated into our forecasting process.

 

   
   

 

Systems and Information

 

        
   

Unilever’s operations are increasingly dependent on IT systems and the management of information.

 

We interact electronically with customers, suppliers and consumers in ways which place ever greater emphasis on the need for secure and reliable IT systems and infrastructure and careful management of the information that is in our possession.

 

Disruption of our IT systems could inhibit our business operations in a number of ways, including disruption to sales, production and cash flows, ultimately impacting our results.

 

There is also a threat from unauthorised access and misuse of sensitive information. Unilever’s information systems could be subject to unauthorised access which disrupts Unilever’s business and/or leads to loss of assets.

 

      

Hardware that runs and manages core operating data is fully backed up with separate contingency systems to provide real time back-up operations should they ever be required.

 

We maintain a global system for the control and reporting of access to our critical IT systems. This is supported by an annual programme of testing of access controls.

 

We have policies covering the protection of both business and personal information, as well as the use of IT systems and applications by our employees. Our employees are trained to understand these requirements.

 

We have standardised ways of hosting information on our public web-sites and have systems in place to monitor compliance with appropriate privacy laws and regulations, and with our own policies.

   
   

 

Business Transformation

 

        
   

Successful execution of business transformation projects is key to delivering their intended business benefits and avoiding disruption to other business activities.

 

Unilever is continually engaged in major change projects, including acquisitions and disposals and outsourcing, to drive continuous improvement in our business and to strengthen our portfolio and capabilities.

 

Failure to execute such transactions or change projects successfully, or performance issues with third party outsourced providers on which we are dependent, could result in under-delivery of the expected benefits. Furthermore, disruption may be caused in other parts of the business.

      

All acquisitions, disposals and global restructuring projects are sponsored by a Unilever Leadership Executive member. Regular progress updates are provided to the Unilever Leadership Executive.

 

Sound project disciplines are used in all merger, acquisitions, restructuring and outsourcing projects and these projects are resourced by dedicated and appropriately qualified personnel. The performance of third party outsourced providers is kept under constant review, with potential disruption limited to the time and cost required to instal alternative providers.

 

Unilever also monitors the volume of change programmes underway in an effort to stagger the impact on current operations and to ensure minimal disruption.

 

   

 

 

38                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

    

 

Description of risk

 

       

What we are doing to manage the risk

 

    
   

 

External economic and political risks,
and natural disasters

 

        
   

Unilever operates across the globe and is exposed to a range of external economic and political risks and natural disasters that may affect the execution of our strategy or the running of our operations.

 

Adverse economic conditions may result in reduced consumer demand for our products, and may affect one or more countries within a region, or may extend globally.

 

Government actions such as fiscal stimulus, changes to taxation and price controls can impact on the growth and profitability of our local operations.

 

Social and political upheavals and natural disasters can disrupt sales and operations.

 

In 2012, more than half of Unilever’s turnover came from emerging markets including Brazil, India, Indonesia, Turkey, South Africa, China, Mexico and Russia. These markets offer greater growth opportunities but also expose Unilever to economic, political and social volatility in these markets.

    

The breadth of Unilever’s portfolio and our geographic reach help to mitigate our exposure to any particular localised risk to an extent. Our flexible business model allows us to adapt our portfolio and respond quickly to develop new offerings that suit consumers’ and customers’ changing needs during economic downturns.

 

We regularly update our forecast of business results and cash flows and, where necessary, rebalance investment priorities.

 

We have continuity planning designed to deal with crisis management in the event of political and social events and natural disasters.

 

We believe that many years of exposure to emerging markets has given us experience operating and developing our business successfully during periods of economic, political or social change.

   
   
   

Eurozone risk

 

        
   

Issues arising out of the debt crisis in Europe could have a material adverse effect on Unilever’s business in a number of ways.

 

Uncertainty, lack of confidence and any further deterioration in the situation could lead to lower growth and further recession in Europe and elsewhere.

 

Our operations would be affected if Eurozone countries were to leave the euro. In particular:

•   our European supply chain would face economic and operational challenges;

•   our customers and suppliers may be adversely affected, leading to heightened counterparty credit risk; and

•   our investment in the country concerned could be impaired and may be subject to exchange controls and translation risks going forward.

    

Unilever is committed to maintaining its operations in all European countries.

 

We have conducted scenario planning in respect of a Eurozone break-up, or of countries leaving the Eurozone, and this has been reviewed by the Boards.

 

We are taking measures designed to minimise the impact of the potential scenarios whilst continuing to trade as normal, including:

•   developing contingency plans in respect of our supply chain operations;

•   exercising additional caution with our counterparty exposures;

•   taking prudent balance sheet measures in relation to high risk countries; and

•   strengthening our short term liquidity positions.

   
                  
   

 

Financial

 

        
   

Unilever is exposed to a variety of external financial risks.

 

Changes to the relative value of currencies can fluctuate widely and could have a significant impact on business results. Further, because Unilever consolidates its financial statements in euros it is subject to exchange risks associated with the translation of the underlying net assets and earnings of its foreign subsidiaries.

 

We are also subject to the imposition of exchange controls by individual countries which could limit our ability to import materials paid in foreign currency or to remit dividends to the parent company.

 

Currency rates, along with demand cycles, can also result in significant swings in the prices of the raw materials needed to produce our goods.

 

      

Currency exposures are managed within prescribed limits and by the use of forward foreign exchange contracts. Further, operating companies borrow in local currency except where inhibited by local regulations, lack of local liquidity or local market conditions. We also hedge some of our exposures through the use of foreign currency borrowing or forward exchange contracts.

 

Our interest rate management approach aims to achieve an optimal balance between fixed and floating rate interest exposures on expected net debt.

 

We seek to manage our liquidity requirements by maintaining access to global debt markets through short-term and long-term debt programmes. In addition, we have high committed credit facilities for general corporate purposes.

 

   

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 

 

Report of the Directors About Unilever                39


Table of Contents

RISKS continued

 

    

 

Description of risk

 

       

What we are doing to manage the risk

 

    
   
   

Unilever may face liquidity risk, i.e. difficulty in meeting its obligations, associated with its financial liabilities. A material and sustained shortfall in our cash flow could undermine Unilever’s credit rating, impair investor confidence and also restrict Unilever’s ability to raise funds.

 

We are exposed to market interest rate fluctuations on our floating rate debt. Increases in benchmark interest rates could increase the interest cost of our floating rate debt and increase the cost of future borrowings.

 

In times of financial market volatility, we are also potentially exposed to counterparty risks with banks, suppliers and customers.

 

Certain businesses have defined benefit pension plans, most now closed to new employees, which are exposed to movements in interest rates, fluctuating values of underlying investments and increased life expectancy. Changes in any or all of these inputs could potentially increase the cost to Unilever of funding the schemes and therefore have an adverse impact on profitability and cash flow.

 

      

Group Treasury regularly monitors exposure to our banks, tightening counter party limits where appropriate. Unilever actively manages its banking exposures on a daily basis.

 

We regularly assess and monitor counterparty risk in our customers and take appropriate action to manage our exposures.

 

Our pension investment standards require us to invest across a range of equities, bonds, property, alternative assets and cash such that the failure of any single investment will not have a material impact on the overall value of assets.

 

The majority of our assets, including those held in our ‘pooled’ investment vehicle, Univest, are managed by external fund managers and are regularly monitored by pension trustees and central pensions and investment teams.

 

Further information on financial instruments and capital and treasury risk management is included in note 16 on pages 116 to 120.

 

   
   

 

Ethical

 

        
   

Acting in an ethical manner, consistent with the expectations of customers, consumers and other stakeholders is essential for the protection of the reputation of Unilever and its brands.

 

Unilever’s brands and reputation are valuable assets and the way in which we operate, contribute to society and engage with the world around us is always under scrutiny both internally and externally. Despite the commitment of Unilever to ethical business and the steps we take to adhere to this commitment, there remains a risk that activities or events cause us to fall short of our desired standard, resulting in damage to Unilever’s corporate reputation and business results.

 

      

Our Code of Business Principles (the ‘Code’) and our Code Policies govern the behaviour of our employees, suppliers, distributors and other third parties who work with us.

 

Our processes for identifying and resolving cases of unethical practice are clearly defined and regularly communicated throughout Unilever. Data relating to instances of unethical practice is reviewed by the Unilever Leadership Executive and by relevant Board committees and helps to determine the allocation of resources for future policy development, training and awareness initiatives.

   
   

 

Legal, Regulatory and Other

 

        
   

Compliance with laws and regulations is an essential part of Unilever’s business operations.

 

Unilever is subject to local, regional and global laws and regulations in such diverse areas as product safety, product claims, trademarks, copyright, patents, competition, employee health and safety, the environment, corporate governance, listing and disclosure, employment and taxes.

 

Failure to comply with laws and regulations could expose Unilever to civil and/or criminal actions leading to damages, fines and criminal sanctions against us and/or our employees with possible consequences for our corporate reputation.

 

Changes to laws and regulations could have a material impact on the cost of doing business.

 

Unilever is also exposed to varying degrees of risk and uncertainty related to other factors including environmental, political, social and fiscal risks. All these risks could materially affect Unilever’s business. There may be other risks which are unknown to Unilever or which are currently believed to be immaterial.

 

      

The Code of Business Principles sets out our commitment to complying with the laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate. In specialist areas the relevant teams at global, regional or local level are responsible for setting detailed standards and ensuring that all employees are aware of and comply with regulations and laws specific and relevant to their roles.

 

Our legal specialists are heavily involved in monitoring and reviewing our practices to provide reasonable assurance that we remain aware of and in line with all relevant laws and legal obligations.

 

Various mitigating processes exist within Unilever operating systems that are designed to help mitigate other areas of risk including terrorism, fiscal and other forms of regulatory change or economic instability.

   

 

 

40                Report of the Directors About Unilever   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Our Risk Appetite and Approach to Risk Management

Risk management is integral to Unilever’s strategy and to the achievement of Unilever’s long-term goals. Our success as an organisation depends on our ability to identify and exploit the opportunities generated by our business and the markets we are in. In doing this we take an embedded approach to risk management which puts risk and opportunity assessment at the core of the leadership team agenda, which is where we believe it should be.

Unilever adopts a risk profile that is aligned to our vision to double the size of our business while reducing our environmental footprint and increasing our positive social impact. Our available capital and other resources are applied to underpin our priorities. We aim to maintain a strong single A credit rating on a long term basis, reflecting the strength of our balance sheet and cash flows.

Our approach to risk management is designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that our assets are safeguarded, the risks facing the business are being assessed and mitigated and all information that may be required to be disclosed is reported to Unilever’s senior management including, where appropriate, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Organisation

The Unilever Boards assume overall accountability for the management of risk and for reviewing the effectiveness of Unilever’s risk management and internal control systems.

The Boards have established a clear organisational structure with well defined accountabilities for the principal risks that Unilever faces in the short, medium and longer term. This organisational structure and distribution of accountabilities and responsibilities ensures that every country in which we operate has specific resources and processes for risk review and risk mitigation. This is supported by the Unilever Leadership Executive, which takes an active responsibility for focusing on the principal areas of risk to Unilever. The Boards regularly review these risk areas, including consideration of environmental, social and governance matters, and retain responsibility for determining the nature and extent of the significant risks that Unilever is prepared to take to achieve its strategic objectives.

Foundation and Principles

Unilever’s approach to doing business is framed by our Corporate Purpose. Our Code of Business Principles sets out the standards of behaviour that we expect all employees to adhere to. Day-to-day responsibility for ensuring these principles are applied throughout Unilever rests with senior management across categories, geographies and functions. A network of Code Officers and Committees supports the activities necessary to communicate the Code, deliver training, maintain processes and procedures (including ‘hotlines’) to report and respond to alleged breaches, and to capture and communicate learnings.

We have a framework of Code Policies that underpin the Code and set out the non-negotiable standards of behaviour expected from all our employees.

Unilever’s functional standards define mandatory requirements across a range of specialist areas such as health and safety, accounting and reporting and financial risk management.

Processes

Unilever operates a wide range of processes and activities across all its operations covering strategy, planning, execution and performance management. Risk management is integrated into every stage of this business cycle. These procedures are formalised and documented and are increasingly being centralised and automated into transactional and other information technology systems.

Assurance and Re-Assurance

Assurance on compliance with the Code of Business Principles and all of our Code Policies is obtained annually from Unilever management via a formal Code declaration. In addition, there are specialist compliance programmes which run during the year and vary depending on the business priorities. These specialist compliance programmes supplement the Code declaration. Our Corporate Audit function plays a vital role in providing to both management and the Boards an objective and independent review of the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems throughout Unilever.

Boards’ assessment of compliance with the Risk Management frameworks

The Boards, advised by the Committees where appropriate, regularly review the significant risks and decisions that could have a material impact on Unilever. These reviews consider the boundaries to the risks that Unilever is prepared to take in pursuit of the business strategy and the effectiveness of the management controls in place to mitigate the risk exposure.

The Boards, through the Audit Committee, have reviewed the assessment of risks, internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures in operation within Unilever. They have also considered the effectiveness of any remedial actions taken for the year covered by this document and up to the date of its approval by the Boards.

Details of the activities of the Audit Committee in relation to this can be found in the Report of the Audit Committee on pages 56 and 57.

Further statements on compliance with the specific risk management and control requirements in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, the UK Corporate Governance Code, the US Securities Exchange Act (1934) and the Sarbanes-Oxley (2002) Act can be found on pages 52 to 54.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors About Unilever                41


Table of Contents

 

BIOGRAPHIES

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Treschow

  Kees Storm  

Paul Polman

 

Jean-Marc Huët

Chairman

  Vice-Chairman and Senior Independent  

Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

  Director  

Executive Director

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nationality Swedish Age 69

  Nationality Dutch Age 70  

Nationality Dutch Age 56

 

Nationality Dutch Age 43

Appointed Chairman May 2007

 

Appointed May 2006

 

Appointed CEO January 2009

 

Appointed CFO February 2010

Committee membership: Nominating

  Committee membership:  

Appointed Director October 2008

 

Appointed Director May 2010

& Corporate Governance, Compensation

  Audit, Nominating & Corporate  

Key areas of prior experience:

 

Key areas of prior experience:

& Management Resources

  Governance, Compensation  

Finance, consumer, sales/marketing

 

Finance, consumer

Key areas of prior experience:

  & Management Resources  

Current external appointments:

 

Current external appointments:

Consumer, science & technology

  Key areas of prior experience: Finance  

Non-executive director, The Dow

 

Non-executive director, Delta

Current external appointments:

 

Current external appointments:

 

Chemical Company. President,

 

Topco Limited

Non-executive director, ABB Group. Chairman, Dometic group.   Chairman, supervisory board, and audit  

Kilimanjaro Blind Trust. Vice-chairman,

 

Previous relevant experience:

Board member, Knut and Alice

  committee member, KLM Royal Dutch  

executive committee, World Business

 

Executive vice president and chief

Wallenberg Foundation. Member of the

  Airlines N.V. Member, supervisory  

Council for Sustainable Development

 

financial officer, Bristol-Myers Squibb

European Advisory, Eli Lilly and Company

  board, AEGON N.V. Chairman and audit  

Previous relevant experience:

 

Company 2008-2009. Non-executive

Previous relevant experience:

  committee member, Anheuser-Busch  

Procter & Gamble Co. 1979-2001, group

 

director, Mead Johnson Nutrition 2009.

Chairman, Telefonaktiebolaget L M

  InBev S.A. Board member and audit  

president Europe and officer, Procter &

 

Chief financial officer, Royal Numico

Ericsson 2002-2011. Chairman, AB

  committee member, Baxter  

Gamble Co. 2001-2006. Chief financial

 

NV 2003-2007. Investment Banking,

Electrolux 2004-2007, Confederation

  International, Inc. Vice-chairman,  

officer, Nestlé S.A. 2006-2008. Director,

 

Goldman Sachs International 1993-2003.

of Swedish Enterprise 2004-2007. CEO,

  supervisory board, Pon Holdings B.V.  

Alcon Inc 2006-2008. Executive vice

 

Clement Trading 1991-1993

AB Electrolux 1997-2002, Atlas Copco

 

Previous relevant experience:

 

president and zone director for the

 

1991-1997

  Chairman, executive board, AEGON  

Americas 2008

 
  N.V. 1993-2002    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louise Fresco

  Ann Fudge  

Charles E Golden

 

Byron E Grote

Non-Executive Director

  Non-Executive Director  

Non-Executive Director

 

Non-Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nationality Dutch Age 61

  Nationality American Age 61  

Nationality American Age 66

 

Nationality American/British Age 64

Appointed May 2009

  Appointed May 2009  

Appointed May 2006

 

Appointed May 2006

Committee membership:

  Committee membership: Nominating  

Committee membership: Audit

 

Committee membership:

Corporate Responsibility

  & Corporate Governance, Compensation  

Key areas of prior experience: Finance

 

Audit (Chairman)

Key areas of prior experience:

  & Management Resources  

Current external appointments:

 

Key areas of prior experience: Finance

Science/technology, academia

  Key areas of prior experience:  

Non-executive director Indiana

 

Current external appointments:

Current external appointments:

  Consumer, sales/marketing  

University Health, Hill-Rom Holdings,

 

Executive vice president, Corporate

Professor of international

  Current external appointments:  

Eaton Corporation and the Lilly

 

Business Activities, BP p.l.c.

development and sustainability

  Non-executive director, Infosys,  

Endowment. Member of finance

 

Previous relevant experience: Chief

at the University of Amsterdam.

  Novartis AG, General Electric Co.  

committee, Indianapolis Museum

 

financial officer, BP p.l.c. 2002-2011.

Supervisory director, RABO Bank.

  Chairman, US Programs Advisory  

of Art

 

Member, UK Business – Government

Member, Social and Economic

  Panel of Gates Foundation. Honorary  

Previous relevant experience:

 

Forum on Tax and Globalisation 2008-

Council of the Netherlands (SER)

  director of Catalyst. Member, Foreign  

Executive vice-president, chief

 

2010. Vice-chairman, UK Government’s

Previous relevant experience: Director

  Affairs Policy Board, U.S. State  

financial officer and director,

 

Public Services Productivity Panel

of research (1997-1999) and assistant

  Department. Member, finance  

Eli Lilly and Company 1996-2006

 

1998-2000

director-general for agriculture (2000-

  committee of Harvard University    

2006), the Agriculture Department

  Previous relevant experience:    

of the UN’s Food and Agriculture

  Non-executive director, Buzzient Inc.    

Organisation (FAO), president of the

  2010-2013. Chairman & CEO, Young &    

Advisory Council, Research on Nature

  Rubicam 2003-2006. Various positions    

and Environment, vice-chair, Council

  at General Mills 1977-1986, Kraft General    

of the United Nations University

  Foods 1986-2001    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sunil Bharti Mittal

  Hixonia Nyasulu  

Sir Malcolm Rifkind

 

Paul Walsh

Non-Executive Director

  Non-Executive Director  

Non-Executive Director

 

Non-Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nationality Indian Age 55

  Nationality South African Age 58  

Nationality British Age 66

 

Nationality British Age 57

Appointed May 2011

  Appointed May 2007  

Appointed May 2010

 

Appointed May 2009

Committee membership: None

  Committee membership:  

Committee membership: Corporate

 

Committee membership: Nominating

Key areas of prior experience:

  Corporate Responsibility  

Responsibility (Chairman)

 

& Corporate Governance (Chairman),

Science/technology, sales/marketing

  Key areas of prior experience:  

Key areas of prior experience:

 

Compensation & Management

Current external appointments:

  Sales/marketing  

Government, legal and

 

Resources (Chairman)

Founder, chairman and group CEO,

  Current external appointments:  

regulatory affairs

 

Key areas of prior experience: Finance,

Bharti Enterprises. Prime Minister’s

  Director, Barloworld Ltd.  

Current external appointments:

 

consumer, sales/marketing

Council on Trade & Industry (India).

  Member, advisory board of  

Non-executive director, Adam

 

Current external appointments:

Member, Board of SoftBank, Carnegie

  JP Morgan S.A. Beneficiary,  

Smith International and Continental

 

Chief executive officer and director,

Endowment, International

  Sequel Property Investments  

Farmers Group plc

 

Diageo PLC. Non-executive director,

Telecommunication Union, Harvard

  Previous relevant experience:  

Previous relevant experience:

 

FedEx Corporation Inc. and Avanti

University’s Global Advisory Council,

  Chairman, Sasol Ltd, Ithala  

A Queen’s Counsel. Served in

 

Communications Group PLC.

Harvard Business School’s Dean’s

  Development Finance Corporation.  

Cabinets of Margaret Thatcher

 

Ambassador, Business Ambassador

Advisory Board. Commissioner of

  Deputy chairman, Nedbank Limited.  

and John Major, last position

 

Network, adviser to the Department of

Broadband Commission at ITU.

  Non-executive director, AVI Ltd  

being that of Foreign Secretary

 

Energy and Climate Change. Member,

Previous relevant experience:

     

International Business Leaders Forum.

Non-executive director, Standard

     

Previous relevant experience:

Chartered Bank PLC; president,

     

Chief operating officer, Diageo plc

Confederation of Indian Industry

     

2000. CEO, The Pilsbury Company.

     

Non-executive director, Centrica plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

For Paul Polman and Jean-Marc Huët see page 42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Doug Baillie

  Professor Geneviève Berger  

David Blanchard

 

Kevin Havelock

Chief HR Officer

  Chief Science Officer  

Chief Category R&D Officer

 

Refreshment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nationality British Age 57

  Nationality French Age 58  

Nationality British Age 48

 

Nationality British Age 55

Appointed Chief HR Officer in

  Appointed to ULE July 2008  

Appointed to ULE February 2013.

 

Appointed to ULE November 2011.

February 2011

  Previous posts include: Non-executive  

Joined Unilever 1986

 

Joined Unilever 1985

Appointed to ULE as President

  director, Smith & Nephew plc 2010-  

Previous Unilever posts include:

 

Previous Unilever posts include:

of Western Europe in May 2008.

  2012. Chairman of the Health Advisory  

Senior Vice President for Unilever

 

Chairman, Unilever Arabia and

Joined Unilever 1978

  Board for the European Commission;  

Research & Development. Chairman

 

President Unilever USA

Previous Unilever posts include:

  Professor at the University of Paris  

of Unilever Canada Inc. SVP Marketing

 

CEO Hindustan Unilever Limited;

  and La Pitié-Salpêtriére Teaching  

Operations Foods America. VP R&D

 

Group-Vice President South Asia 2006;

  Hospital; and director general of  

for Global Dressings. Director of

 

Group Vice-President – Africa, Middle

  the French Centre National de la  

Product Development for Margarine

 

East & Turkey 2005; President Africa

  Recherche Scientifique  

and Spreads

 

Regional Group 2004; National Manager

  Current external appointments:    

Unilever South Africa 2000

  Non-executive director,    

Current external appointments:

  AstraZeneca PLC    

Board member, Synergos

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alan Jope

  Kees Kruythoff  

Dave Lewis

 

Harish Manwani

North Asia

  North America  

Personal Care

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nationality British Age 48

  Nationality Dutch Age 44  

Nationality British Age 47

 

Nationality Indian Age 59

Appointed to ULE November 2011.

  Appointed to ULE November 2011.  

Appointed to ULE May 2010.

 

Appointed Chief Operating Officer in

Joined Unilever 1985

  Joined Unilever 1993  

Joined Unilever 1987

 

September 2011

Previous Unilever posts include:

  Previous Unilever posts include:  

Previous Unilever posts include:

 

Appointed to ULE April 2005 as

Chairman of Unilever Greater China;

  Executive vice president Brazil 2008;  

President, Americas; Chairman,

 

President Asia Africa. Joined Unilever

Global Category Leader for SCC and

  Chairman of Unilever Foods South  

Unilever UK and Ireland; Managing

 

1976. Non-Executive Chairman,

Dressings; Chief operating officer and

  Africa 2004; and a member of the board  

Director, UK home and personal care

 

Hindustan Unilever

subsequently president of Unilever’s

  of Unilever Bestfoods Asia 2002  

business; Senior Vice President for

 

Previous Unilever posts include:

combined Home and Personal Care

  Current external appointments:  

Home and Personal Care, Central and

 

President Asia, Africa, Central & Eastern

business in North America; and vice

  Member of the Worldwide board of  

Eastern Europe; Managing Director and

 

Europe 2008; and Group President, Home

president, Personal Care Thailand

  directors, Enactus; Board member, USA  

innovation leader, Indonesia/South East

 

and Personal Care, North America 2004

Current external appointments:

  Grocery Manufacturing Association.  

Asia; Marketing Director and innovation

 

Current external appointments:

Member of the advisory board for

   

leader, Homecare South America

 

Member of executive board, Indian School

China, Enactus

   

Current external appointments: Non-

 

of Business; non-executive director,

   

executive director, British Sky

 

Whirlpool Corporation; board member,

   

Broadcasting Group PLC

 

Singapore Economic Development

     

Board; board member, The Human

     

Capital Leadership Institute

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Antoine de Saint-Affrique

  Pier Luigi Sigismondi  

Ritva Sotamaa

 

Keith Weed

Foods

  Chief Supply Chain Officer  

Chief Legal Officer

 

Chief Marketing and

Communication Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nationality French Age 48

  Nationality Italian Age 47  

Nationality Finnish Age 49

 

Nationality British Age 51

Appointed to ULE November 2011.

  Appointed to ULE September 2009  

Appointed to ULE February 2013

 

Appointed to ULE April 2010.

First joined Unilever 1989 until 1997;

  Previous posts include: Nestlé S.A.  

Previous posts include: General

 

Joined Unilever 1983

re-joined Unilever 2000

  in 2002. Moved to Nestlé Mexico in 2005  

Counsel for Siemens AG – Siemens

 

Previous Unilever posts include:

Previous Unilever posts include:

  as Vice-President of Operations and  

Healthcare; various posts at General

 

Executive Vice President for Global

Executive Vice President Skin category;

  R&D. Prior to Nestlé S.A. he was Vice  

Electric - GE Healthcare (the most recent

 

Home Care & Hygiene; Chairman of

Executive Vice President Unilever Central

  President of Operations for A T Kearney  

being General Counsel, GE Healthcare

 

Lever Fabergé; SVP Hair and Oral Care

& Eastern Europe. Vice President

  Current external appointments: Board  

Systems); General Counsel,

 

Current external appointments: Non-

Marketing for Liebig Maille Amora,

  member, GS1  

Instrumentarium Corporation

 

executive director, Sun Products

Danone Group/PAI 1997-2000

     

Corporation; board member, Business

Current external appointments: French

     

in the Community International Board,

State Foreign Trade Adviser, Comité

     

World Economic Forum Consumer

National des Conseillers du Commerce

     

Industry Board

Extérieur de la France; non-executive

     

director, Essilor International

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jan Zijderveld

     

Europe

     

 

     

Nationality Dutch Age 48

     

Appointed to ULE February 2011.

     

Joined Unilever 1988

     

Previous Unilever posts include:

     

Executive Vice President South East Asia

     

and Australasia; Chairman of Unilever

     

Middle East North Africa; Chairman of

     

Nordic ice cream business; Marketing

     

Director Italy; European Olive Oil

     

Category Director; and General Manager

     

– Sauces and Dressings Europe

     

Current external appointments:

     

Board member, AIM, FoodDrinkEurope,

     

Pepsi/Unilever Lipton JV; board member

     

and co-chair, ECR Europe (Efficient

     

Consumer Response); member, Groupe

     

d’Ouchy; member, Dutch Advisory

     

Council, INSEAD

     

 

     

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                43


Table of Contents

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

LOGO

Dear shareholders,

At Unilever we believe that good corporate governance is integral to the structures and processes that the Boards have put in place to inform, advise, manage and supervise the activities of the Group toward the achievement of its strategic objectives.

Unilever constantly monitors developments and trends in corporate governance. We are subject to various jurisdictional requirements, the most relevant being those in the Netherlands, UK and US, and therefore we conduct our operations in accordance with internationally accepted principles of good corporate governance and best practices, ensuring compliance with the highest of each of those standards.

2012 has been another dynamic year for corporate governance, with the release of many government and regulatory consultations, a number of which Unilever has responded to. The most important of these being the UK Financial Reporting Council (FRC) publishing the updated UK Corporate Governance Code, including Guidance on Audit Committees (September 2012) and updates to the FRC’s Stewardship Code, the future of narrative reporting and various consultations by the Dutch Corporate Governance Code Monitoring Committee. Each of the Committee Chairmen has reported on the highlights and activities in 2012, and priorities for 2013, and for the Compensation and Management Resources Committee (formerly the Remuneration Committee) in particular, the statutory and regulatory requirements for the reporting of directors’ remuneration, which has been the subject of widespread debate this year.

As Chairman, I recognise that effective Boards are central to Unilever’s ongoing success and my leadership of the Boards plays a significant role. The following governance report includes descriptions of Unilever’s corporate governance structures and procedures, along with an explanation of the work of the Boards and how they have applied the principles of leadership, effectiveness, accountability, remuneration, and relations with shareholders within the Dutch, UK and US Corporate Governance Codes. Our corporate governance framework and practice described in the following pages include each of the sections contained within the applicable Corporate Governance Codes, to provide an understanding of how we apply the main principles.

 

LOGO

 

    Succession planning resulting in three new Non-Executive Director candidates proposed for election at the 2013 AGMs, to broaden the diversity and knowledge base of the Boards
    2012 internal Board evaluation concluded that the Boards continue to operate effectively
    International locations for Board meetings, providing Directors with a greater understanding of local businesses and their customers
    Continued engagement with shareholders and stakeholders
    Consideration of changes to Dutch and UK Corporate Governance Codes

 

LOGO

 

LOGO Unilever conducts its operations in accordance with internationally accepted principles of good corporate governance and best practice, aiming to achieve compliance with the highest of each of those standards.

 

Michael Treschow

Chairman

   LOGO

Effectiveness

The effectiveness of Unilever’s Boards is assessed primarily by an annual Board evaluation process. During the year I met with De Leeuw Management, the external consultancy engaged to perform the 2011 Board evaluation, to follow up on the recommendations made, and I am pleased to say that it is agreed that the Boards continue to make satisfactory progress, details of which can be found under ‘Ongoing Evaluation’ on pages 47 and 48. In 2012, our internal evaluation concluded that the Boards continued to operate proficiently. Comments made by Directors in the evaluations were discussed by the Boards to address any issues or areas for improvement. Following the 2012 evaluation process, I am pleased to confirm that each of the Directors’ performance and contribution continues to be effective and the Boards will be nominating each of them for re-election at the 2013 AGMs.

Diversity

This year diversity at Board level has continued to be a key topic of governance for companies within the EU and remains high on the agenda of Unilever’s Boards and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (formerly the Nomination Committee). We have long understood the importance of diversity within our workforce because of the wide range of consumers we connect with globally. This goes right through our organisation, starting with the Boards. Looking at gender diversity, we currently have three female Board members, and, in addition, two female Non-Executive Directors are being nominated by the Boards for election at the 2013 AGMs. However, Unilever feels that gender is only one part of diversity and Unilever Directors will continue to be selected on the basis of their wide-ranging experience, backgrounds, skills, knowledge and insight. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews Unilever’s Diversity Policy on an annual basis. Our current Board members represent six nationalities, all of which bring with them experience from a wide range of international business, professional and public office backgrounds.

 

 

 

44                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

Changes to the Boards

The current Directors, with their biographies, are shown on page 42. Sunil Bharti Mittal will not offer himself for re-election at the 2013 AGMs. During 2012 the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee engaged the services of an executive search agency to assist with Non-Executive Director succession planning. Russell Reynolds Associates, who also assist in the recruitment of senior executives as appropriate, employed a rigorous search process, by firstly gaining a thorough understanding of the strategic goals of Unilever, the specific leadership roles and competencies needed to meet those goals, and the culture of our organisation, in which to identify potential candidates. As a result of this, it is the Boards’ intention to nominate Laura Cha, Mary Ma and John Rishton for election to the Boards as Non-Executive Directors at the 2013 AGMs. They are all distinguished in their respective fields and will bring additional expertise to the Boards. In particular, they will all bring knowledge and an understanding of emerging markets, a prime driver of Unilever’s growth, and further strengthen the financial expertise of the Boards. With three Non-Executive Directors due to reach Unilever’s usual nine-year maximum tenure in 2015, we felt it prudent to appoint Non-Executive Directors at this time to enable them to become familiar with the operations and governance of the business in the meantime. The Boards believe that the increase in the size of the Boards for this reason will improve its effectiveness. I am sure together the three Non-Executive Director candidates, if appointed at the 2013 AGMs, will add considerably to the business. The 2013 AGM Notices will be available on our website at www.unilever.com/agm from 2 April 2013. The three Non-Executive Director candidates will participate in a tailored induction programme and join the ongoing training programme in which all Directors participate.

Board Committees

In 2012 the Boards reviewed the names of the Board Committees in light of governance requirements and general practice in the Netherlands, UK and US, and with effect from 1 January 2013 the Committees are: the Audit Committee (no change), Compensation and Management Resources Committee, the Corporate Responsibility Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Annual General Meetings

This year we held the AGMs of NV and PLC on the same day. The Chief Executive Officer and I attended both meetings in person, with half the Board members present attending in person in Rotterdam and the other half in person in London and a satellite link between the two venues to facilitate Directors’ attendance at both meetings. Following the introduction of this successful format in 2012 we have decided to follow the same format for the 2013 AGMs, further details of which are contained in the 2013 Chairman’s Letter and Notices of Annual General Meetings. At the 2012 AGMs all resolutions were passed with votes ranging between 98.74% and 99.98% for NV and votes ranging between 89.01% and 99.94% for PLC.

Shareholder and Stakeholder Engagement

Unilever values open, constructive and effective communication with our shareholders. During 2012 I met with a number of investors and industry representatives to answer their questions and to gain a better understanding of their policies on governance and voting. We expect and welcome further engagement with our institutional investors. My dialogue with investors this year has taken the form of corporate governance issues engagements, attending investor events, together with engagement with major investors on a number of occasions, and a meeting with the Foundation Unilever NV Trust Office. The AGMs are also a great opportunity for myself and the rest of the Board to engage with shareholders. We provide a great deal of information on our website that aims to answer any queries about the Group and shareholders are also invited to write to me at any time should they have a matter they wish to discuss.

Michael Treschow

Chairman

 

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                45


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

 

 

About Unilever

Since 1930 when the Unilever Group was formed, NV and PLC, together with their group companies, have operated as nearly as practicable as a single economic entity. This is achieved by a series of agreements between NV and PLC (the Foundation Agreements, further described on page 52), together with special provisions in the Articles of Association of NV and PLC.

However, NV and PLC remain separate legal entities with different shareholder constituencies and separate stock exchange listings. Shareholders cannot convert or exchange the shares of one for the shares of the other.

NV and PLC have the same Directors, adopt the same accounting principles and pay dividends to their respective shareholders on an equalised basis. NV and PLC and their group companies constitute a single reporting entity for the purposes of presenting consolidated accounts. Accordingly, the accounts of the Unilever Group are presented by both NV and PLC as their respective consolidated accounts.

Unilever is subject to various corporate governance requirements and best practice codes, the most relevant being those in the Netherlands, the UK and the US. As stated in our Code of Business Principles, Unilever “will conduct its operations in accordance with internationally accepted principles of good corporate governance”. It is therefore Unilever’s practice to comply where practicable with the best practice represented by the aggregate of these best practice codes.

NV and PLC are holding and service companies, and the business activity of Unilever is carried out by their subsidiaries around the world. Shares in Group companies may ultimately be held wholly by either NV or PLC or by the two companies in varying proportions.

The Boards

It has always been a requirement of Unilever that the same people be on the Boards of the two parent companies. This guarantees that all matters are considered by the Boards as a single intellect, reaching the same conclusions on the same set of facts save where specific local factors apply. It is essential that in reaching the same decisions the NV and PLC Boards identify and resolve any potential conflicts of interest between NV and PLC.

The Boards are one-tier boards, comprising Executive Directors and, in a majority, Non-Executive Directors. The Boards have ultimate responsibility for the management, general affairs, direction, performance and long-term success of our business as a whole. The responsibility of the Directors is collective, taking into account their respective roles as Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors.

The Boards have, with the exception of certain matters which are reserved for them, delegated the operational running of the Group to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible to the Boards and is able to sub-delegate any of his powers and discretions. Matters reserved for the Boards include structural and constitutional matters, corporate governance, approval of dividends, approval of overall strategy for the Group and approval of significant transactions or arrangements in relation to mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures and disposals, capital expenditure, contracts, litigation, financing and pensions.

The Boards have also established committees whose actions are regularly reported to and monitored by the Boards, and these are described on page 50. Further details of how our Boards effectively operate as one Board, govern themselves and delegate their authorities, are set out in the document entitled ‘The Governance of Unilever’, which can be found at
www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance

Board meetings

A minimum of five face-to-face meetings is planned throughout the calendar year to consider, for example, the half-year and full-year results statements of the Group and the Annual Report and Accounts. Other Board meetings and telephone conferences are held to discuss matters that arise as well as Group strategic issues. The Non-Executive Directors meet independently to consider agenda items set by them, usually four or five times a year. The Chairman, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman/Senior Independent Director, presides over such meetings.

During the year the Boards will consider important corporate events and actions, such as:

  oversight of the performance of the business;
  review of risks and controls;
  authorisation of major transactions;
  declaration of dividends;
  convening of shareholders’ meetings;
  nominations for Board appointments;
  approval of Directors’ remuneration policy;
  review of the functioning of the Boards and their Committees; and
  review of corporate responsibility and sustainability, in particular the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan.

Our risk management approach and associated systems of internal control are of utmost importance to the Boards and are described further on pages 36 to 41.

Attendance

The following table shows the attendance of Directors at Board meetings for the year ended 31 December 2012. If Directors are unable to attend a Board meeting they have the opportunity beforehand to discuss any agenda items with the Chairman. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number eligible to attend. In 2012 we brought forward our financial reporting timetable which required us to reschedule a number of Board meetings in 2012. As a consequence, certain Non-Executive Directors were unable to attend these rescheduled Board meetings.

 

      Main
Board
 

Michael Treschow(a)

     9/9   

Kees Storm

     9/9   

Paul Polman(b)

     9/9   

Jean-Marc Huët(b)

     9/9   

Louise Fresco

     9/9   

Ann Fudge

     8/9   

Charles Golden

     7/9   

Byron Grote

     9/9   

Sunil B Mittal

     6/9   

Hixonia Nyasulu

     9/9   

Sir Malcolm Rifkind

     9/9   

Paul Walsh

     9/9   

(a) Chairman

(b) Executive Director

 

 

 

46                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

Meetings of the Boards may be held either in London or Rotterdam or such other locations as the Boards think fit, with one or two off-site Board meetings a year. In 2012, Board meetings were held in Port Sunlight, UK; Istanbul, Turkey; and Paris, France. In these locations the Boards learnt more about the business in the UK, the politico-economic view of Turkey and the trading environment in France. Visits such as these allow the Non-Executive Directors to meet senior managers around Unilever’s global business and in turn allow them to gain a deeper understanding of the business.

Appointment of Directors

Upon consideration and recommendation from the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee for a candidate to be nominated by the Boards as an independent Director, Directors are appointed by shareholders at the AGMs. All existing Directors, unless they are retiring, submit themselves for re-election every year, and shareholders vote to re-appoint them by a simple majority vote. A list of our current Directors and the periods during which they have served as such is set out on page 42.

In order to seek to ensure that NV and PLC have the same Directors, the Articles of Association of NV and PLC contain provisions which are designed to ensure that both NV and PLC shareholders are presented with the same candidates for election as Directors. This is achieved through a nomination procedure operated by the Boards of NV and PLC through Unilever’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Based on the evaluation of the Boards, its Committees and its individual Directors, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommends to each Board a list of candidates for nomination/re-election at the AGMs of both NV and PLC. In addition, shareholders are able to nominate Directors. To do so they must put a resolution to both AGMs in line with local requirements. However, in order to ensure that the Boards remain identical, anyone being elected as a Director of NV must also be elected as a Director of PLC and vice versa. Therefore, if an individual fails to be elected to both companies then he or she will be unable to take their place on either Board.

The provisions in the Articles of Association for appointing Directors cannot be changed without the permission, in the case of NV, of the holders of the special ordinary shares numbered 1 to 2,400 inclusive and, in the case of PLC, of the holders of PLC’s deferred stock. The NV special ordinary shares may only be transferred to one or more other holders of such shares. The joint holders of both the NV special ordinary shares and the PLC deferred stock are N.V. Elma and United Holdings Limited, which are joint subsidiaries of NV and PLC. The Boards of N.V. Elma and United Holdings Limited comprise the members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which comprise Non-Executive Directors of Unilever only.

Board induction, training and support

Upon election, Directors receive a comprehensive Directors’ Information Pack and are briefed thoroughly on their responsibilities and the business with a tailored induction programme. The Chairman ensures that ongoing training is provided for Directors by way of site visits, presentations and circulated updates at Board and Board Committee meetings on, among other things, Unilever’s business, environmental, social and corporate governance, regulatory developments and investor relations matters. In 2012 the Board knowledge sessions were on digital strategy, Unilever’s Foods strategy and the supply chain.

A procedure is in place to enable Directors, if they so wish to seek independent advice at Unilever’s expense.

Board evaluation

Unilever’s Chairman, in conjunction with the Vice-Chairman/ Senior Independent Director, leads the process whereby the Boards formally assess their own performance, with the aim of helping to improve the effectiveness of the Boards and their Committees. The evaluation process consists of an internal exercise performed annually with an independent third-party evaluation carried out at least once every three years.

This year we took a more rigorous approach to our internal evaluation process by engaging an independent governance specialist. This external source challenged and provided insight into the questions in our Board, CEO and Chairman’s evaluation questionnaires and resulted in the creation of three full and confidential questionnaires for all Directors to complete, hosted for the first time using online facilities. The detailed questionnaire invited comments on a number of key areas including board responsibility, operations, effectiveness, training and knowledge. In addition, each year the Chairman conducts a process of evaluating the performance and contribution of each Director that includes a one-to-one performance and feedback discussion with each Director. The evaluation of the performance of the Chairman is led by the Vice-Chairman/Senior Independent Director and the Chairman leads the evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer, both using the bespoke questionnaires. Committees of the Boards evaluate themselves annually under supervision of their respective chairmen taking into account the views of respective Committee members and the Boards.

 

Ongoing evaluation

In the table on the following page we report progress on the key actions agreed by the Boards on a year-on-year basis, in order to provide a meaningful assessment of the challenges the Boards face as they evolve and an insight into how well they respond to those challenges.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                47


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

 

 

   

 

Date

 

  

 

Action

    

 

Progress

   
   
    2012 evaluation     (internal)    Shape the meeting agendas to enable Directors to bring more of their personal experience and insight to the discussions      2013 agendas structured around strategic priorities and operational topic areas rather than being weighted towards category and geographical performance    
   
       Directors to receive more regular feedback from the Chairman on their personal contributions      The comprehensive personal and Board evaluations performed at year end are to be supplemented by a mid-year discussion between the Chairman and each Director    
   
       Enhance the ways of working for the Committees      Information flows from management have been defined and priorities for each Committee agreed for the year    
   
       Further interaction between Non-Executive Directors and Senior Executives around site visits or otherwise      Time to be built into personal and Board agendas throughout the year for Non-Executive Directors to interact with Senior Executives    
   
        

Greater periodic review by the Board of historic decisions taken and actions agreed

 

    

More frequent periodic reviews of historic decisions taken and actions agreed to be built into the agendas

 

   
   

 

2011 evaluation (external)

  

 

Build some sessions into the agenda during which the Directors can share experiences on a specific topic

    

 

Strategic discussions have been expanded to include ‘blue sky’ thinking around topics influenced by Unilever’s strategy including e-commerce, Eurozone and looking ahead to 2020

   
   
        

Build into the end of each Board meeting agenda a five-minute session during which actions taken can be reviewed and feedback given on the Meeting

 

     Meetings are now concluded with a summary by the Chairman of key decisions and actions taken    
   

 

2010 evaluation (internal)

  

 

Increase Board representation from China and India

    

 

Sunil Bharti Mittal from India was appointed to the Boards following shareholder approval at the AGMs in May 2011, and two Non-Executive Directors from China are being proposed at the 2013 AGMs

   
   
       Consider using electronic methods of receiving Board meeting materials      Unilever now uses an online tool for dissemination of Board meeting materials with no hard copy meeting packs now being produced    
   
       Meetings to focus more on gaining knowledge/experience from the Directors rather than simply providing them with information      Presentations are now shorter to allow more time for feedback from Directors and discussion between Directors    
   
         Continue to hold important educational sessions     

Board knowledge sessions are built into the meeting timetable and held at least three times each year

 

   

 

 

48                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

Non-Executive Directors

Chairman

Unilever has an independent Non-Executive Chairman and a Chief Executive Officer. There is a clear division of responsibilities between their roles.

The Chairman is primarily responsible for leadership of the Boards and ensuring their effectiveness. The Chairman sets the Boards’ agenda, ensures the Directors receive accurate, timely and clear information, promotes effective relationships and open communication between the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and maintains effective communication with major shareholders. With the Group Secretary, the Chairman will take the lead in providing a properly constructed induction programme for new Directors that is comprehensive, formal and tailored.

Vice-Chairman/Senior Independent Director

Kees Storm is Vice-Chairman/Senior Independent Director. He acts as the Boards’ spokesman, and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors when necessary. He is also a point of contact for shareholders if they have concerns which cannot be resolved through the Chairman or Chief Executive Officer.

Non-Executive Directors

The Non-Executive Directors share responsibility, together with the Executive Directors, for the execution of the Boards’ duties. The role of Non-Executive Directors is essentially supervisory. As they make up the Committees of the Boards, it is important that they can be considered to be independent.

Role and Responsibilities

The key elements of the role and responsibilities of the Non-Executive Directors are:

  supervision of, and advice to, the Chief Executive Officer;
  developing strategy with the Chief Executive Officer;
  scrutiny of performance of the business and the Chief Executive Officer;
  oversight of risks and controls;
  reporting of performance;
  remuneration of and succession planning for Executive Directors; and
  governance and compliance.

The Non-Executive Directors are chosen individually for their broad and relevant experience and international outlook, as well as for their independence and details of their various appointments can be found in their biographies on page 42. In consultation with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Boards review both the adequacy of succession planning processes and succession planning itself at both Board and Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE) level. The profile set by the Boards for the Non-Executive Directors provides guiding principles for the composition of the Boards in line with the recommendations of applicable governance regulations and best practice, and takes into account the balance of skills, diversity, knowledge and experience on the Boards. The profile set by the Boards for the Non-Executive Directors and the schedule used for orderly succession planning can be found in ‘The Governance of Unilever’ document and on our website at

www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

 

Meetings

The Non-Executive Directors meet as a group, without the Executive Directors present, under the leadership of the Chairman to consider specific agenda items and wide-ranging business matters of relevance to the Group. In 2012 they met five times.

Independence

Following the conclusion of a thorough review of all relevant relationships of the Non-Executive Directors, and their related or connected persons, our Boards consider all of our Non-Executive Directors to be independent of Unilever by reference to the criteria set out in ‘The Governance of Unilever’ and derived from the relevant best practice guidelines in the Netherlands, UK and US.

None of our Non-Executive Directors are elected or appointed under any arrangement or understanding with any major shareholder, customer, supplier or otherwise.

Remuneration

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is determined by the Boards, within the overall limit set by the shareholders at the AGMs in 2007, and is reported on page 80. We do not grant our Non-Executive Directors any personal loans or guarantees nor are they entitled to any severance payments.

Tenure

Subject to individual review, the Boards propose the Non-Executive Directors for re-election each year at the AGMs. Although the Dutch Corporate Governance Code sets the suggested length of tenure at a maximum of 12 years for Non-Executive Directors, they normally serve for a maximum of nine years. Their nomination for re-election is subject to continued good performance which is evaluated by the Boards, based on the recommendations of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Directors

Chief Executive Officer

The Chief Executive Officer has the authority to determine which duties regarding the operational management of the companies and their business enterprises will be carried out under his responsibility, by one or more Executive Directors or by one or more other persons. This provides a basis for the ULE that is chaired by and reports to the Chief Executive Officer. For ULE members’ biographies see page 43.

Executive Directors

During 2012, Unilever continued to have two Executive Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who were also members of the ULE and are full-time employees of Unilever.

The Executive Directors submit themselves for re-election at the AGMs each year, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee carefully considers each nomination for re-appointment. Executive Directors stop holding executive office on ceasing to be Directors.

We do not grant our Executive Directors any personal loans or guarantees.

There are no family relationships between any of our Executive Directors, members of the ULE or Non-Executive Directors, and none of our Executive Directors or other key management personnel are elected or appointed under any arrangement or understanding with any major shareholder, customer, supplier or otherwise.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                49


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

 

 

Outside appointments

Unilever recognises the benefit to the individual and to the Group of involvement by Unilever senior executives acting as directors of other companies outside the Unilever Group, broadening their experience and knowledge. For our Executive Directors, the number of outside directorships of listed companies is generally limited to one per individual, and in the case of publicly listed companies approval is required from the Chairman. Outside directorships must not involve an excessive commitment or conflict of interest. Fees paid in connection with an outside directorship may be retained by the individual, reflecting that any outside directorship is the responsibility of the individual and that Unilever takes no responsibility in this regard.

Director matters

Conflicts of interest

We attach special importance to avoiding conflicts of interest between NV and PLC and their Directors. The Boards are responsible for ensuring that there are rules in place to avoid conflicts of interest by Board members. Conflicts of interest are understood not to include transactions and other activities between companies in the Unilever Group.

Authorisation of situational conflicts is given by the Boards to the relevant Director. The authorisation includes conditions relating to keeping Unilever information confidential and to their exclusion from receiving and discussing relevant information at Board meetings. Situational conflicts are reviewed annually by the Boards as part of the determination of Director independence. In between those reviews Directors have a duty to inform the Boards of any relevant changes to the situation. A Director may not vote on, or be counted in a quorum in relation to, any resolution of the Boards in respect of any contract in which he or she has a material interest. The procedures that Unilever has put in place to deal with conflicts of interest have operated effectively.

Borrowing powers

The borrowing powers of NV Directors on behalf of NV are not limited by the Articles of Association of NV. PLC Directors have the power to borrow on behalf of PLC up to three times the PLC proportion of the adjusted capital and reserves of the Unilever Group, as defined in PLC’s Articles of Association, without the approval of shareholders (by way of an ordinary resolution).

Indemnification

The terms of Directors’ indemnification are provided for in NV’s Articles of Association. The power to indemnify Directors is provided for in PLC’s Articles of Association and deeds of indemnity have been issued to all PLC Directors. Appropriate qualifying third-party Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance was in place for all Unilever Directors throughout 2012 and is currently in force.

In addition, PLC provides indemnities (including, where applicable, a qualifying pension scheme indemnity provision) to the Directors from time to time of two subsidiaries that act as trustee respectively of two of Unilever’s UK pension schemes. Appropriate trustee liability insurance is also in place.

Group Secretary

The Group Secretary is available to advise all Directors on matters relating to the governance of the Group and ensures that Board procedures are complied with. The Group Secretary is Tonia Lovell.

 

LOGO

Tonia Lovell

Group Secretary

 

LOGO

Board Committees

The Boards have established four Board Committees, the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Management Resources Committee, the Corporate Responsibility Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, all formally set up by Board resolutions with defined remits. They are all made up solely of Non-Executive Directors and report regularly to the Boards.

All Committees are provided with sufficient resources to undertake their duties, and the terms of reference for each Committee are contained within ‘The Governance of Unilever’ which is available at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

The reports of each Committee can be found on pages 56 to 81.

Attendance

Attendance tables can be found within each Committee Report. If Directors are unable to attend a Committee meeting, they have the opportunity beforehand to discuss any agenda items with the chairman of the meeting.

Management Committee

Disclosure Committee

The Boards have set up, through the Chief Executive Officer, a Disclosure Committee which is responsible for helping the Boards ensure that financial and other information required to be disclosed publicly is disclosed in a timely manner and that the information that is disclosed is complete and accurate in all material aspects.

The Committee comprises the Controller (Chairman), the Group Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, the Treasurer and the NV and PLC Deputy Secretaries.

 

 

 

50                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

Shareholder matters

Shareholder and Stakeholder Engagement

The Chief Financial Officer has lead responsibility for investor relations, with the active involvement of the Chief Executive Officer. They are supported by our Investor Relations department which organises presentations for analysts and investors, and such presentations are generally made available on our website. Briefings on quarterly results are given via teleconference and are accessible by telephone or via our website. For further information visit our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations.

The Boards are briefed on reactions to quarterly results announcements. They, or the relevant Board Committee, are briefed on any issues raised by shareholders that are relevant to their responsibilities. Our shareholders can raise issues directly with the Chairman and, if appropriate, the Vice-Chairman/Senior Independent Director.

Both NV and PLC communicate with their respective shareholders at the AGMs as well as responding to their questions and enquiries during the course of the year. We take the views of our shareholders into account and, in accordance with all applicable legislation and regulations, may consult them in an appropriate way before putting proposals to our AGMs.

General Meetings of shareholders

At the AGMs, a review is given of the progress of the business over the last year and there is a discussion of current issues. Shareholders are encouraged to attend the meetings and ask questions, and the question and answer sessions form an important part of the meetings. The business generally conducted includes approval/adoption of the Annual Report and Accounts, appointment of directors, appointment of external auditors, and authorisation for the Boards to allot and repurchase shares.

General Meetings of shareholders of NV and PLC are held at times and places decided by our Boards. NV meetings are normally held in Rotterdam and PLC meetings are normally held in London.

The external auditors are welcomed to the AGMs and they are entitled to address the meetings.

Voting rights

NV shareholders can cast one vote for each 0.16 nominal capital that they hold. This means that they can cast one vote for each NV ordinary share or NV New York Registry Share. Shareholders can vote in person or by proxy. Similar arrangements apply to holders of depositary receipts issued for NV shares and the holders of NV preference shares. PLC shareholders can cast one vote for each 31/9p nominal capital that they hold. This means shareholders can cast one vote for each PLC ordinary share or PLC American Depositary Receipt of shares.

The Trustees of the PLC employee share trusts may vote or abstain in any way they think fit and in doing so may take into account both financial and non-financial interests of the beneficiaries of the employee share trusts or their dependants. Historically the Trustees tend not to exercise this right.

More information on the exercise of voting rights can be found in NV’s and PLC’s Articles of Association and in the respective Notices of Meetings which can be found on our website at www.unilever.com/agm.

 

Shareholder proposed resolutions

Shareholders of NV may propose resolutions if they individually or together hold 1% of NV’s issued capital in the form of shares or depositary receipts for shares, or if they individually or together hold shares or depositary receipts worth 50 million. Shareholders who together represent at least 10% of the issued capital of NV can also requisition Extraordinary General Meetings to deal with specific resolutions.

Shareholders of PLC who together hold shares representing at least 5% of the total voting rights of PLC, or 100 shareholders who hold on average £100 each in nominal value of PLC share capital, can require PLC to propose a resolution at a General Meeting. PLC shareholders holding in aggregate 5% of the issued PLC ordinary shares are able to convene a General Meeting of PLC.

Required majorities

Resolutions are usually adopted at NV and PLC shareholder meetings by an absolute majority of votes cast, unless there are other requirements under the applicable laws or NV’s or PLC’s Articles of Association. For example, there are special requirements for resolutions relating to the alteration of the Articles of Association, the liquidation of NV or PLC and the alteration of the Equalisation Agreement.

A proposal to alter the Articles of Association of NV can only be made by the Board of NV. A proposal to alter the Articles of Association of PLC can be made either by the Board of PLC or by approval of shareholders by special resolution in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006. Unless expressly specified to the contrary in the Articles of Association of PLC, PLC’s Articles of Association may be amended by a special resolution. Proposals to alter the provisions in the Articles of Association of NV and PLC respectively relating to the unity of management require the prior approval of meetings of the holders of the NV special ordinary shares and the PLC deferred stock. The Articles of Association of both NV and PLC can be found on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

Right to hold shares

Unilever’s constitutional documents place no limitations on the right to hold NV and PLC shares. There are no limitations on the right to hold or exercise voting rights on the ordinary shares of NV and PLC imposed by Dutch or English law.

Electronic communication

Shareholders of NV and PLC can electronically appoint a proxy to vote on their behalf at the respective AGM. Shareholders of PLC can also choose to receive electronic notification that the Annual Report and Accounts and Notice of AGMs have been published on our website, instead of receiving printed copies.

Share capital matters

Margarine Union (1930) Limited: Conversion Rights

The first Viscount Leverhulme was the founder of the company which became PLC. When he died in 1925, he left in his will a large number of PLC shares in various trusts.

When the will trusts were varied in 1983, the interests of the beneficiaries of his will were also preserved. Four classes of special shares were created in Margarine Union (1930) Limited, a subsidiary of PLC. One of these classes can be converted at the end of the year 2038 into 70,875,000 PLC ordinary shares of 31/9p each. As at 4 March 2013 this represents 5.4% of PLC’s issued ordinary capital. These convertible shares replicate the rights which the descendants of the first Viscount would have had under his will. This class of the special shares only has a right to dividends in specified circumstances, and no dividends have yet been paid.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                51


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

 

 

Foundation Unilever NV Trust Office

The Foundation Unilever NV Trust Office (Stichting Administratiekantoor Unilever N.V.) is a trust office with a board independent of Unilever. As part of its corporate objects, the Foundation issues depositary receipts in exchange for the NV ordinary shares and NV 7% preference shares it holds in NV. These depositary receipts are listed on Euronext Amsterdam, as are the NV ordinary and 7% preference shares themselves.

Holders of depositary receipts can under all circumstances exchange their depositary receipts for the underlying shares (and vice versa) and are entitled to dividends and all economic benefits on the underlying shares held by the Foundation. They can attend all General Meetings of NV, either personally or by proxy, and also have the right to speak. They can under all circumstances and without limitation exercise their voting rights. The Foundation only votes shares that are not represented at a General Meeting. The Foundation votes in such a way as it deems to be in the interests of the holders of the depositary receipts. This voting policy is laid down in the Conditions of Administration that apply to the depositary receipts.

The Foundation’s shareholding fluctuates daily. Its holdings on 4 March 2013 were 1,321,784,807 NV ordinary shares (77.08%) and 9,776 NV 7% cumulative preference shares (33.71%).

The members of the board at the Foundation are Mr J H Schraven (chairman), Mr P P de Koning, Prof Emeritus Dr L Koopmans and Mr A A Olijslager. The Foundation reports periodically on its activities. Further information on the Foundation, including its Articles of Association and Conditions of Administration, can be found on its website at www.administratiekantoor-unilever.nl.

Unilever considers the arrangements of the Foundation appropriate and in the interest of NV and its shareholders given the size of the voting rights attached to the financing preference shares and the relatively low attendance of holders of ordinary shares at the General Meetings of NV.

Further information on the share capital of NV and PLC is given on pages 54 and 55.

 

LOGO

Foundation Agreements

The Unilever Group is created and maintained by a series of agreements between the parent companies, NV and PLC, together with special provisions in their respective Articles of Association, which are together known as the Foundation Agreements. These agreements enable Unilever to achieve unity of management, operations, shareholders’ rights, purpose and mission. Further information on these agreements is provided below and in the document entitled ‘The Governance of Unilever’ which is available on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

NV’s Articles of Association contain, among other things, the objects clause, which sets out the scope of activities that NV is authorised to undertake. They are drafted to give a wide scope and provide that the primary objectives are: to carry on business as a holding company; to manage any companies in which it has an interest; and to operate and carry into effect the Equalisation Agreement. At the 2010 PLC AGM, the shareholders agreed that the objects clause be removed from PLC’s Articles of Association so that there are no restrictions on its objects.

NV’s and PLC’s Articles of Association, together with the additional three Foundation Agreements detailed below, can be found on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

Equalisation Agreement

The Equalisation Agreement makes the economic position of the shareholders of NV and PLC, as far as possible, the same as if they held shares in a single company. The Equalisation Agreement regulates the mutual rights of the shareholders of NV and PLC. Under the Equalisation Agreement, NV and PLC must adopt the same financial periods and accounting policies.

Each NV ordinary share represents the same underlying economic interest in the Unilever Group as each PLC ordinary share.

The Deed of Mutual Covenants

The Deed of Mutual Covenants provides that NV and PLC and their respective subsidiary companies shall co-operate in every way for the purpose of maintaining a common operating policy. They shall exchange all relevant information about their respective businesses – the intention being to create and maintain a common operating platform for the Unilever Group throughout the world. The Deed also contains provisions for the allocation of assets between NV and PLC.

The Agreement for Mutual Guarantees of Borrowing

Under the Agreement for Mutual Guarantees of Borrowing between NV and PLC, each company will, if asked by the other, guarantee the borrowings of the other. The two companies also jointly guarantee the borrowings of their subsidiaries. These arrangements are used, as a matter of financial policy, for certain significant public borrowings. They enable lenders to rely on our combined financial strength.

 

LOGO

Requirements and compliance – general

Unilever is subject to corporate governance requirements in the Netherlands, the UK and the US. In this section we report on our compliance with the corporate governance regulations and best practice codes applicable in the Netherlands and the UK and we also describe compliance with corporate governance standards in the US.

Under the European Takeover Directive as implemented in the Netherlands and the UK, the UK Companies Act 2006 and rules of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, Unilever is required to provide information on contracts and other arrangements essential or material to the business of the Group. Other than the Foundation Agreements discussed above, we believe we do not have any such contracts or arrangements.

Our governance arrangements are designed and structured to promote and further the interests of our companies and their shareholders. The Boards however reserve the right, in cases where they decide such to be in the interests of the companies or our shareholders, to depart from that which is set out in the present and previous sections in relation to our corporate governance. Any such changes will be reported in future Annual Reports and Accounts and, when necessary, through changes to the relevant documents published on our website. As appropriate, proposals for change will be put to our shareholders for approval.

 

 

 

52                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

Our principal risks and our approach to risk management and systems of internal control are described on pages 36 to 41.

Requirements - The Netherlands

NV complies with almost all of the principles and best practice

provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (Dutch Code), a copy of which is available at www.commissiecorporategovernance.nl.

Unilever places a great deal of importance on corporate responsibility and sustainability as is evidenced by our vision to double the size of the company while reducing our environmental impact. Unilever is keen to ensure focus on key financial performance measures which we believe to be the drivers of shareholder value creation and relative total shareholder return. Unilever therefore believes that the interests of the business and shareholders are best served by linking the long-term share plans to the measures as described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report and has not included a non-financial performance indicator (Principle II.2 and bpp II.2.3).

Risk management and control

As a result of the review of the Audit Committee (as described in its report on pages 56 and 57) the Boards believe that as regards financial reporting risks, the risk management and control systems provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements do not contain any errors of material importance and the risk management and control systems have worked properly in 2012 (bpp ll.1.5).

The aforesaid statements are not statements in accordance with the requirements of Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Retention period of shares

The Dutch Code recommends that shares granted to Executive Directors must be retained for a period of at least five years (bpp ll.2.5). Our shareholder-approved remuneration policy requires Executive Directors to build and retain a personal shareholding in Unilever. The Boards believe that this is in line with the spirit of the Dutch Code.

Severance pay

It is our policy to set the level of severance payments for Directors at no more than one year’s salary, unless the Boards, at the proposal of the Compensation and Management Resources Committee, find this manifestly unreasonable given circumstances or unless otherwise dictated by applicable law (bpp II.2.8).

Compensation and Management Resources Committee

The Compensation and Management Resources Committee (formerly the Remuneration Committee) may not be chaired by a Board member who is a member of the management board of another listed company (bpp lll.5.11). Paul Walsh is Chairman of the Compensation and Management Resources Committee and has been CEO of Diageo Plc since 2000. Paul has profound knowledge and understanding of remuneration matters at companies operating globally and understands how remuneration policies support the growth objective. His experience and insight of remuneration matters is very valuable to Unilever. The Boards believe that Mr Walsh is ideally placed for the position of Chairman of the Compensation and Management Resources Committee.

Financing preference shares

NV issued 6% and 7% cumulative preference shares between 1927 and 1964. Their voting rights are based on their nominal value, as prescribed by Dutch law. The Dutch Code recommends that the voting rights on such shares should, in any event when they are newly issued, be based on their economic value rather than on their

 

nominal value (bpp IV.1.2). NV agrees with this principle but cannot unilaterally reduce voting rights of its outstanding preference shares.

Anti-takeover constructions and control over the company

NV confirms that it has no anti-takeover constructions, in the sense of constructions that are intended solely, or primarily, to block future hostile public offers for its shares (bpp IV.3.11). Nor does NV have any constructions whose specific purpose is to prevent a bidder, after acquiring 75% of the capital, from appointing or dismissing members of the Board and subsequently altering the Articles of Association. The acquisition through a public offer of a majority of the shares in a company does not under Dutch law preclude in all circumstances the continued right of the board of the company to exercise its powers.

Meetings of analysts and presentations to investors

We have extensive procedures for handling relations with and communicating with shareholders, investors, analysts and the media (see also page 51). The important presentations and meetings are conducted as far as practicable in accordance with the Dutch Code (bpp IV.3.1). Due to their large number and overlap in information, however, some of the less important ones are not announced in advance, made accessible to everyone or put on our website.

Corporate Governance Statement

NV is required to make a statement concerning corporate governance as referred to in article 2a of the decree on additional requirements for annual reports (Vaststellingsbesluit nadere voorschriften inhoud jaarverslag) with effect from 1 January 2010 (the ‘Decree’). The information required to be included in this corporate governance statement as described in articles 3, 3a and 3b of the Decree can be found in the following sections of this Annual Report and Accounts:

  the information concerning compliance with the Dutch Code, as required by article 3 of the Decree, can be found under ‘Corporate Governance’ within the section ‘Requirements – the Netherlands’;
  the information concerning Unilever’s risk management and control frameworks relating to the financial reporting process, as required by article 3a(a) of the Decree, can be found under ‘Outlook and risks’ on pages 36 to 41 and within the relevant sections under ‘Corporate Governance’;
  the information regarding the functioning of NV’s General Meeting of shareholders, and the authority and rights of NV’s shareholders, as required by article 3a(b) of the Decree, can be found within the relevant sections under ‘Corporate Governance’;
  the information regarding the composition and functioning of NV’s Board and its Committees, as required by article 3a(c) of the Decree, can be found within the relevant sections under ‘Corporate Governance’; and
  the information concerning the inclusion of the information required by the decree Article 10 European Takeover Directive, as required by article 3b of the Decree, can be found within the relevant sections under ‘Corporate Governance’.

Requirements - The United Kingdom

PLC is required, as a company that is incorporated in the UK and listed on the London Stock Exchange, to state how it has applied the main principles and how far it has complied with the provisions set out in the 2010 UK Corporate Governance Code, a copy of which is available at www.frc.org.uk.

In the preceding pages we have described how we have applied the main principles and the provisions of the UK Code. In 2012, PLC complied with all UK Code provisions.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                53


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

 

Risk management and control

Our approach to risk management and systems of internal control is in line with the recommendations in the report on ‘Internal Control – Revised Guidance for Directors on the UK Combined Code’ (‘The Turnbull guidance’). It is Unilever’s practice to bring acquired companies within the Group’s governance procedures as soon as is practicable and in any event by the end of the first full year of operation.

Requirements - The United States

Both NV and PLC are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. As such, both companies must comply with the requirements of US legislation, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, regulations enacted under US securities laws and the Listing Standards of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), that are applicable to foreign private issuers, copies of which are available at www.sec.gov and www.nyse.com.

We are compliant with the Listing Standards of the NYSE applicable to foreign private issuers.

We are also required to disclose any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those typically followed by US companies listed on the NYSE. Our corporate governance practices do not significantly differ from those required of US companies listed on the NYSE. Attention is drawn to the Report of the Audit Committee on pages 56 and 57. In addition, further details about our corporate governance are provided in the document entitled ‘The Governance of Unilever’, which can be found on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

All senior executives and senior financial officers have declared their understanding of and compliance with Unilever’s Code of Business Principles and the related Code Policies. No waiver from any provision of the Code of Business Principles or Code Policies was granted in 2012 to any of the persons falling within the scope of the SEC requirements. The Code Policies include mandatory requirements covering, but not limited to, the following areas: accurate records, reporting and accounting; anti-bribery; avoiding conflicts of interest; gifts and entertainment; preventing insider trading; political activities and political donations; contact with government, regulators and non-governmental organisations; respect, dignity and fair treatment; and external communications (the media, investors and analysts). Our Code of Business Principles can be found on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

Risk management and control

Based on an evaluation by the Boards, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures, including those defined in United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 – Rule 13a – 15(e), as at 31 December 2012 were effective, and that subsequently until the date of the approval of the Annual Report and Accounts by the Boards, there have been no significant changes in the Group’s internal controls, or in other factors that could significantly affect those controls.

Unilever is required by Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. This requirement will be reported on separately and will form part of Unilever’s Annual Report on Form 20-F.

LOGO

NV’s issued share capital on 31 December 2012 was made up of:

  274,356,432 split into 1,714,727,700 ordinary shares of 0.16 each;
  1,028,568 split into 2,400 ordinary shares numbered 1 to 2,400 known as special shares; and
  81,454,014 split into two classes (6% and 7%) of cumulative preference shares (‘financing preference shares’).

The voting rights attached to NV’s outstanding shares are split as follows:

 

     Total number of votes     % of issued capital  

1,714,727,700 ordinary shares

    1,714,727,700 (a)      76.89   

2,400 special shares

    6,428,550        0.29   

161,060 6% cumulative preference shares

    431,409,276 (b)      19.34   

29,000 7% cumulative preference shares

    77,678,313 (c)      3.48   
(a)  Of which 141,560,629 shares were held in treasury and 16,789,821 shares were held to satisfy obligations under share-based incentive schemes as at 31 December 2012. These shares are not voted on.
(b)  Of which 37,679 6% cumulative preference shares were held in treasury as at 31 December 2012. These shares are not voted on.
(C)  Of which 7,562 7% cumulative preference shares were held in treasury as at 31 December 2012. These shares are not voted on.

NV may issue shares not yet issued and grant rights to subscribe for shares only pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders or of another corporate body designated for such purpose by a resolution of the General Meeting. At the NV AGM held on 9 May 2012 the Board was designated, in accordance with Articles 96 and 96a of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code, as the corporate body authorised until 9 November 2013 to resolve on the issue of – or on the granting of rights to subscribe for – shares not yet issued and to restrict or exclude the statutory pre-emption rights that accrue to shareholders upon issue of shares, on the understanding that this authority is limited to 10% of the issued share capital of NV, plus an additional 10% of the issued share capital of NV in connection with or on the occasion of mergers and acquisitions.

At the 2012 NV AGM the Board of NV was authorised, in accordance with Article 98 of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code, until 9 November 2013 to cause NV to buy back its own shares and depositary receipts thereof, with a maximum of 10% of issued share capital, either through purchase on a stock exchange or otherwise, at a price, excluding expenses, not lower than the nominal value of the shares and not higher than 10% above the average of the closing price of the shares on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam for the five business days before the day on which the purchase is made.

The above mentioned authorities are renewed annually.

 

 

 

54                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

PLC’s issued share capital on 31 December 2012 was made up of:

  £40,760,420 split into 1,310,156,361 ordinary shares of 31/9p each; and
  £100,000 of deferred stock.

The total number of voting rights attached to PLC’s outstanding shares is as follows:

 

     Total number of votes     % of issued capital  

1,310,156,361 ordinary shares

    1,310,156,361 (a)      99.76   

£100,000 deferred stock

    3,214,285        0.24   
(a) Of which 26,696,994 shares were held by PLC in treasury and 8,046,353 shares were held by NV group companies or by share trusts as at 31 December 2012. These shares are not voted on.

The Board of PLC may, under sections 551, 570 and 571 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and subject to the passing of the appropriate resolutions at a meeting of shareholders, issue shares within the limits prescribed within the resolutions. At the 2012 PLC AGM the Directors were authorised to issue new shares pursuant to section 551 of the UK Companies Act 2006, limited to a maximum of £13,300,000 nominal value, which at the time represented approximately 33% of PLC’s issued ordinary share capital and pursuant to section 570 of the UK Companies Act, to disapply pre-emption rights up to approximately 5% of PLC’s issued ordinary share capital. These authorities are renewed annually.

At the 2012 PLC AGM the Board of PLC was authorised in accordance with its Articles of Association to make market purchases of its ordinary shares representing just under 10% of PLC’s issued capital and within the limits prescribed within the resolution until the earlier of the six-month anniversary after the 2012 year end or the conclusion of the 2013 PLC AGM. A similar authority will be sought at the 2013 AGM of PLC pursuant to the UK Companies Act 2006.

 

LOGO

Significant shareholders of NV

As far as Unilever is aware, the only holders of more than 5% (as referred to in the Act on Financial Supervision in the Netherlands) in the NV share capital (apart from the Foundation Unilever NV Trust Office, see page 52, and shares held in treasury by NV, see page 54), are ING Groep N.V. (‘ING’) and ASR Nederland N.V. (‘ASR’).

The voting rights of such shareholders are the same as for other holders of the class of share indicated. The two shareholders have each notified the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM) of their holdings. Detailed below are the interests in NV shares provided to NV by ING and ASR in the second half of 2012. All interests are mainly held in cumulative preference shares.

 

      Class of shares    Total number
of shares
     % of issued
capital
     Nominal value
of shares
 

ING

  

Ordinary shares

     3,920,989         0.23         627,358   
  

7% Cumulative preference shares

     20,665         71.26         8,856,399   
  

6% Cumulative preference shares

     74,088         46.0         31,751,894   

ASR

  

Ordinary shares

     2,913,322         0.17         466,132   
    

6% Cumulative preference shares

     46,000         28.56         19,714,220   

Between 1 January 2010 and 31 December 2012, ING and ASR have held more than 5% in the share capital of NV.

Significant shareholders of PLC

The following table gives notified details of shareholders who held more than 3% of, or 3% of voting rights attributable to, PLC’s shares or deferred stock (excluding treasury shares) on 4 March 2013. The voting rights of such shareholders are the same as for other holders of the class of share indicated.

 

Title of

class

   Name of holder    Number of
shares held
     Approximate
% held
 

Deferred

        

Stock

  

Naamlooze Vennootschap

     50,000         50   
   Elma United Holdings Limited      50,000         50   

Ordinary shares

   BlackRock, Inc.      74,570,243         5   
    

Trustees of the Leverhulme Trust and the Leverhulme Trade Charities Trust

     70,566,764         5   

Between 1 January 2010 and 31 December 2012, Legal & General Group plc and BlackRock, Inc. have held more than 3% of, or 3% of voting rights attributable to, PLC’s ordinary shares. During this period, and as notified, these holdings reduced to below the 3% reporting threshold. The table above sets out the notifiable interest of shares or voting rights attributable to PLC as at 4 March 2013.

Controlling security holders

To our knowledge, the Unilever Group is not owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by another corporation, any foreign government or by any other legal or natural person. We are not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of Unilever.

Purchases of shares during 2012

During 2012 Unilever Group companies purchased 37,894 NV ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of 0.16 for 1 million. This represents 0.002% of the called-up share capital of NV.

During 2012 Unilever Group companies purchased 10 NV 6% cumulative preference shares and 16 NV 7% cumulative preference shares each with a nominal value of 428.57 for 23,100. The repurchase was undertaken under the public cash offer for all outstanding 6% and 7% cumulative preference shares as announced on 19 October 2011.

No PLC ordinary shares were purchased by Unilever Group companies during 2012.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                55


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

 

 

LOGO

 

      ATTENDANCE  
Byron Grote      7/7   

Chairman of the Audit Committee

  
  
Charles Golden      7/7   
Kees Storm      7/7   

This table shows the attendance of Directors at Committee meetings for the year ended 31 December 2012. If Directors are unable to attend a meeting, they have the opportunity beforehand to discuss any agenda items with the Committee Chairman. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number eligible to attend.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

    Review of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting including internal audit findings
    Review of the 2011 Annual Report & Accounts
    Review of the Group’s dividend policy
    Assessment of the debt crisis and Unilever’s response
    Review of pension costs
    Review of IT systems, developments and controls
    Review of commodity risk management
    Review of legal proceedings, competition,
anti-bribery and regulatory matters
    Review of corporate risks for which the Audit Committee had oversight in 2012

 

 

LOGO

 

    Review of management’s improvements to reporting and internal financial control arrangements
    Ongoing assessment of new regulatory requirements for Audit Committees with respect to reporting and governance
    Continual assessment of the corporate risks for which the Audit Committee has oversight and related mitigation/response plans
    External benchmarking of the Internal Audit function

 

 

Membership of the Committee

The Audit Committee is comprised only of independent Non-Executive Directors with a minimum requirement of three such members. During 2012 the Committee comprised Byron Grote (Chairman), Charles Golden and Kees Storm. Byron Grote took over the Chairmanship of the Committee on 29 February 2012 from Kees Storm and, from this date, he also became the Audit Committee’s financial expert for the purposes of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in place of Kees Storm. The Committee met seven times in 2012, and all Committee members attended all the meetings. The Boards have satisfied themselves that the current members of the Audit Committee are competent in financial matters and have recent and relevant experience. Other attendees at Committee meetings (or part thereof) were the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Auditor, Group Controller, Chief Legal Officer & Group Secretary and the external auditor. Throughout the year the Committee members periodically met without others present and also held separate private sessions with the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Auditor and the external auditor, allowing the Committee to discuss any issues of emerging concern in more detail directly.

Role of the Committee

The role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set out in written terms of reference which are reviewed annually by the Committee taking into account relevant legislation and recommended good practice. The terms of reference are contained within ‘The Governance of Unilever’ which is available on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance. The Committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following matters with a view to bringing any relevant issues to the attention of the Boards:

  the integrity of Unilever’s financial statements;
  risk management and internal control arrangements;
  compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
  the external auditors’ performance, qualifications and independence, the approval process of non-audit services, together with their nomination for shareholder approval; and
  the performance of the internal audit function.

How the Committee has discharged its responsibilities

During the year, the Committee’s principal activities were as follows:

Financial statements

The Committee considered reports from the Chief Financial Officer on the quarterly and annual financial statements, including other financial statements and disclosures prior to their publication and issues reviewed by the Disclosure Committee. They also reviewed the 2011 Annual Report and Accounts and Annual Report on Form 20-F, the quarterly performance and accompanying press releases prior to publication. These reviews incorporated the accounting policies and key judgements and estimates underpinning the financial statements as disclosed within Note 1 on pages 90 and 91, including:

  goodwill and intangibles, including impairment analysis;
  core operating profit definition;
  business combinations;
  pension obligations;
  provisions and contingencies;
  tax charges and taxation; and
  going concern assessment.

The Committee was satisfied with the accounting treatments adopted.

Risk management and internal control arrangements

The Committee reviewed Unilever’s overall approach to risk management and control, and its processes, outcomes and disclosure. It reviewed:

 

 

56                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

  the Controller’s Quarterly Risk and Control Status Report, including Code of Business Principles cases relating to frauds and financial crimes and significant complaints received through the global Ethics Hotline;
  regular reviews of the 2012 corporate risks for which the Audit Committee had oversight and the proposed 2013 corporate risks identified by the Unilever Leadership Executive;
  progress on management’s improvements to reporting and internal financial control arrangements;
  the application of information and communication technology;
  tax planning, insurance arrangements and related risk management;
  treasury policies, including debt issuance and hedging;
  commodity risk management, governance and derivatives hedging; and
  litigation and regulatory investigations.

The Committee reviewed the application of the requirements under Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to internal controls over financial reporting.

In addition, the Committee reviewed the annual financial plan and Unilever’s dividend policy and dividend proposals.

In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in relation to risk management, internal control and the financial statements, the Committee met regularly with senior members of management and are fully satisfied with the key judgements taken.

Internal audit function

The Committee reviewed Corporate Audit’s audit plan for the year and agreed its budget and resource requirements. It reviewed interim and year-end summary reports and management’s response. The Committee carried out an evaluation of the performance of the internal audit function and was satisfied with the effectiveness of the function. The Committee met independently with the Chief Auditor during the year and discussed the results of the audits performed during the year.

Audit of the Annual Accounts

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Unilever’s external auditors and independent registered public accounting firm, reported in depth to the Committee on the scope and outcome of the annual audit, including their audit of internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Their reports included accounting matters, governance and control, and accounting developments.

The Committee held independent meetings with the external auditors during the year and reviewed, agreed, discussed and challenged their audit plan, including their assessment of the financial reporting risk profile of the Group. The Committee discussed the views and conclusions of PricewaterhouseCoopers regarding management’s treatment of significant transactions and areas of judgement during the year and PricewaterhouseCoopers confirmed they were satisfied that these had been treated appropriately in the financial statements.

External auditors

The Committee is responsible for monitoring the performance, objectivity and independence of the external auditor and recommends the appointment of the external auditor to the Boards. PricewaterhouseCoopers (and prior to the merger of Price Waterhouse and Coopers & Lybrand, Coopers & Lybrand) has been Unilever’s sole auditor since 1987. The last external audit tender was conducted in 2002 and the lead audit partners are rotated every five years. The Dutch lead audit partner will rotate this year. The current UK lead audit partner joined the audit team for the 2011 year end and is due to rotate following the 2015 year end.

Each year, the Committee assesses the effectiveness of the external audit process which includes gaining feedback from key stakeholders at all levels across Unilever. The Committee has considered the tenure, quality and fees of the auditors and determined that a tender for the audit work is not necessary at this time. As a result, the Committee has approved the extension of the current external audit contract by one year, and recommended to the Boards the re-appointment of the external auditors. On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Directors will be proposing the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers at the AGMs in May 2013 (see pages 137 and 143).

Both Unilever and the auditors have for many years had safeguards in place to avoid the possibility that the auditors’ objectivity and independence could be compromised, such as audit partner rotation and the restriction on non-audit services that the external auditors can perform as described below. The Committee reviewed the report from PricewaterhouseCoopers on the actions they take to comply with the professional and regulatory requirements and best practice designed to ensure their independence from Unilever.

The Committee also reviewed the statutory audit, audit related and non-audit related services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers and compliance with Unilever’s documented approach, which prescribes in detail the types of engagements, listed below, for which the external auditors can be used:

  statutory audit services, including audit of subsidiaries;
  audit related engagements – services that involve attestation, assurance or certification of factual information that may be required by external parties;
  non-audit related services – work that our auditors are best placed to undertake, which may include:
  tax services – all significant tax work is put to tender;
  acquisition and disposal services, including related due diligence, audits and accountants’ reports; and
  internal control reviews.

Several types of engagements are prohibited, including:

  bookkeeping or similar services;
  systems design and implementation related to financial information or risk management;
  valuation services;
  actuarial services;
  internal audit; and
  staff secondments to a management function.

All audit related engagements over 250,000 and non-audit related engagements over 100,000 required specific advance approval of the Audit Committee Chairman. The Committee further approved all engagements below these levels which have been authorised by the Group Controller. These authorities are reviewed regularly and, where necessary, updated in the light of internal developments, external developments and best practice. Following legislation introduced in the Netherlands with effect from 1 January 2013, we have further reduced the types of engagements for which the external auditors can be used in the Netherlands.

Evaluation of the Audit Committee

The Boards evaluated the performance of the Committee and the Committee carried out a self-assessment of its performance, and each have concluded the Committee is performing effectively.

Byron Grote

Chairman of the Audit Committee

Charles Golden

Kees Storm

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                57


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF THE CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY COMMITTEE

 

 

 

LOGO

 

      ATTENDANCE  

 

Sir Malcolm Rifkind

     4/4   

Chairman of the Corporate

  

Responsibility Committee

  
  
Louise Fresco      4/4   
Hixonia Nyasulu      4/4   

This table shows the attendance of Directors at Committee meetings for the year ended 31 December 2012. If Directors are unable to attend a meeting,

they have the opportunity beforehand to discuss any agenda items with the Committee Chairman. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number eligible to attend.

 

 

LOGO

 

    Scrutiny of Unilever’s Code of Business Principles
    Monitoring of Unilever’s anti-bribery framework
    Review of the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan: Progress Report 2011
    Analysis of Unilever’s safe travel standard

 

 

LOGO

 

    Compliance with Code of Business Principles by third parties
    Progress on the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan
    Product quality

 

Terms of reference

The Corporate Responsibility Committee (previously the Corporate Responsibility and Reputation Committee) oversees Unilever’s conduct as a responsible multinational business. The Committee is also charged with ensuring that Unilever’s reputation is protected and enhanced. A key element of the role is the need to identify any external developments which are likely to have an influence upon Unilever’s standing in society and to bring these to the attention of the Boards.

The Committee comprises three independent Non-Executive Directors: Sir Malcolm Rifkind, Hixonia Nyasulu and Louise Fresco. Sir Malcolm Rifkind chairs the Committee. The Chief Marketing & Communication Officer attends the Committee’s meetings.

The Committee’s discussions are informed by the perspectives of the Group’s two sustainability leadership groups, both of which are chaired by the Chief Marketing & Communication Officer. The first is the Unilever Sustainable Development Group (USDG) – a group of experts from outside the Group who advise Unilever’s senior leadership on its sustainability strategy. The second is the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan Steering Team – the group of Unilever’s senior executives who are accountable for driving sustainable growth. The insights from these groups help to keep the Boards informed of current and emerging trends and any potential risks arising from sustainability issues.

During 2012 the Boards reviewed the names and terms of reference of the Committees. It was agreed that the name of the Corporate Responsibility and Reputation Committee should be shortened to the Corporate Responsibility Committee from 2013. Minor changes were incorporated into its terms of reference. The Committee’s terms of reference and details of the Unilever Sustainable Development Group are available on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance and www.unilever.com/sustainable-living/ourapproach/Governance respectively.

Meetings

Meetings are held quarterly and ad hoc as required. The Committee Chairman reports the conclusions to the Boards. Four meetings were held in 2012.

The Committee’s agenda comprises a number of standing items. These include the Code of Business Principles (the Code), litigation and the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan (USLP), as well as occupational safety and product safety and quality. In addition, the Committee reviews further items, such as the corporate risks which fall within its remit and a range of strategic issues. These issues are grouped into a number of themes and reviewed on a regular basis to ensure the Committee stays abreast of current trends.

Code of Business Principles

The Committee is responsible for the oversight of the Code and associated Code Policies which set out the standards of conduct we expect of our employees.

The Committee ensures that the Code and Code Policies remain fit for purpose and are appropriately applied. In this regard it complements the role of the Audit Committee which considers the Code as part of its remit to review risk management.

 

 

 

58                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

The Committee maintains close scrutiny of the mechanisms for compliance with the Code and Code Policies as ongoing compliance is essential to promote and protect Unilever’s values and standards, and hence the good reputation of the Group. At each meeting the Committee reviews detailed statistics on the completion of investigations into non-compliance with the Code and Code Policies. Reporting of these statistics has been improved over the year.

Training is also an ongoing topic of review. Members of the Committee keep abreast of the training provided to employees relating to the Code and the Code Policies. In 2012 online courses on Protecting Information, Respect, Dignity and Fair Treatment and Living the Code were rolled out.

Litigation review

The Chief Legal Officer reports to the Committee on litigation and regulatory matters which may have a reputational impact including environmental issues, bribery and corruption compliance and competition law compliance. These matters are then also considered by the full Boards. For further information on ‘legal proceedings’ please see note 20 on page 126.

Unilever Sustainable Living Plan

The Committee monitors progress on Unilever’s Sustainable Living Plan and reviews any potential risks that could affect Unilever’s reputation. Each of its meetings addresses a different element of the USLP.

The USLP is at the heart of Unilever’s vision to double the size of its business while reducing its environmental footprint and increasing its positive social impact.

In the autumn, members of the Committee were pleased to note that Unilever had incorporated sustainability into its Virtuous Circle of Growth model as a succinct way of communicating how sustainability can deliver benefits for the business in terms of growth opportunities, cost savings and risk reduction (see page 9).

Unilever’s first report on the USLP was published in April 2012 (Unilever Sustainable Living Plan: Progress Report 2011). The Committee reviewed the report and plans for its communication.

The Committee also studied a report of Unilever’s activities at Rio+20, the United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development, in June 2012. The purpose of Unilever’s participation in the summit was to raise the profile of the Unilever Sustainable Living Plan, to influence the global sustainability debate and to encourage other businesses and partners to take action on sustainability.

The Committee reviewed research by Unilever on what influences opinion formers’ views of Unilever. This revealed that sustainability is an important driver of reputation for companies in the consumer goods sector and that Unilever is well regarded for its sustainability efforts.

Safety

An analysis of occupational safety and product safety and quality is included at each meeting. The Committee views these as extremely important topics and continues to advocate that they are allocated high priority by Unilever management. During 2012, Unilever placed particular effort on safe travel, working with Cranfield University and other partners to develop an approach that tackles internal risks as well as collaborating with others to address external risk factors such as road safety blackspots.

Further items

The Committee reviewed the processes for managing and identifying reputational risk, particularly the risks arising from the increasing use of social media which means information can be communicated rapidly to a worldwide audience.

Towards the end of the year, the Committee put in place an annual review of issues that are strategically important to Unilever. This allows Committee members to see how the Group is managing the issues and how issues may change in prominence or risk over time. The first review was held early in 2013.

In 2012 a particularly important discussion centred on market regulation that affects the Group’s ability to operate effectively. Compliance with differing regulatory regimes adds complexity and cost to the business. Unilever advocates consistent principles for regulations globally to ensure consumers can enjoy our products safely, sustainably and effectively, whilst allowing Unilever to operate efficiently on a global scale.

Evaluation of the Corporate Responsibility Committee

The Boards evaluated the performance of the Committee and the Committee carried out a self-assessment of its performance, and each have concluded the Committee is performing effectively.

Sir Malcolm Rifkind

Chairman of the Corporate Responsibility Committee

Louise Fresco

Hixonia Nyasulu

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                59


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF THE NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

 

 

LOGO

      ATTENDANCE  
Paul Walsh      6/6   

Chairman of the Nominating and

  

Corporate Governance Committee

 

  
Ann Fudge      6/6   
Kees Storm      6/6   
Michael Treschow      6/6   

This table shows the attendance of Directors at Committee meetings for the year ended 31 December 2012. If Directors are unable to attend a meeting,

they have the opportunity beforehand to discuss any agenda items with the Committee Chairman. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number eligible to attend.

 

 

LOGO

 

    Recommendation to the Boards of three potential new Non-Executive Directors
    Focused on Board and Committee succession
    Board and Committee performance evaluation process
    Renaming of Board Committees and review of terms of reference
    Reviewed relevant legislative and corporate governance changes
    Reviewed relevant recommendations on diversity
    Response to UK Executive Remuneration Consultations
    Revised standard terms of appointment for
Non-Executive Directors

 

 

LOGO

 

    Continued focus on Board and Committee succession
    Review induction arrangements for new
Non-Executive Directors

 

Role of the Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (formerly the Nomination Committee) comprises three Independent Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman. It is chaired by Paul Walsh. The other members are Ann Fudge, Kees Storm and Michael Treschow. The Group Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

The Committee is responsible for evaluating the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge on the Board and drawing up selection criteria, ongoing succession planning and appointment procedures. Executive and Non-Executive Directors offer themselves for election each year at the Annual General Meetings. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending candidates for nomination as Executive Directors (including the Chief Executive Officer) and Non-Executive Directors each year based on the process of evaluations referred to below. After Directors have been appointed by shareholders the Committee recommends to the Boards candidates for election as Chairman and Vice-Chairman/Senior Independent Director. During the year the Committee also consulted with the Chief Executive Officer on the selection criteria and appointment procedures for senior management. It also keeps oversight of all matters relating to corporate governance, bringing any issues to the attention of the Boards. The Committee’s Terms of Reference are contained in ‘The Governance of Unilever’ and are also available on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

Process for the appointment of Directors

Unilever has formal procedures for the evaluation of the Boards, the Board Committees and the individual Directors. The Chairman, in conjunction with the Vice-Chairman/Senior Independent Director, leads the process whereby the Boards assess their own performance as well as interviews between the Chairman and each of the Directors to discuss individual performance. The results of the evaluations are provided to the Committee when it discusses the nominations for re-election of Directors.

Where a vacancy arises on the Boards, the Committee may seek the services of specialist recruitment firms and other external experts to assist in finding individuals with the appropriate skills and expertise. The Committee reviews candidates presented by the recruitment firm, or recommended by Directors and members of the Unilever Leadership Executive, and all members of the Committee are involved in the interview process before making their recommendations to the full Boards for approval.

In nominating Directors, the Committee follows the agreed Board profile of potential Non-Executive Directors, which takes into account the roles of Non-Executive Directors set out in the Dutch and UK Corporate Governance Codes. The Board profile, contained in ‘The Governance of Unilever’ which can be found on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance, includes that the Boards should comprise a majority of Non-Executive Directors who should be independent of Unilever and free from any conflicts of interest. With respect to composition and qualities of the Boards, they should be in keeping with the size of Unilever, its portfolio, culture and geographical spread and its status as a listed company, with the objective pursued by the Boards having a variety of age, gender, expertise, social background and nationality and, wherever possible, the Boards should reflect Unilever’s consumer base and take into account the footprint and strategy of the Group. The Board profile is set out opposite. The Committee also this year set out a profile for Non-Executive Directors appointed as future members of the Audit Committee. This includes experience with financial administration, accounting policies, internal control and risk management of multinationals with share listings and up-to-date knowledge of

 

 

 

60                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

financial regulations, perhaps through having been a CFO.

It is recognised that Executive Directors may be invited to become a Non-Executive Director of another company and that such an appointment, subject to the approval of the Chairman and where relevant the Chief Executive Officer, may broaden the knowledge and experience to the benefit of the Group (see page 42 for details in the biographies). In May 2012 Jean-Marc Huët was appointed as a non-executive director of Delta Topco Limited, a directorship which the Chairman approved because it would further benefit the Boards’ knowledge and experience.

Activities of the Committee during the year

The Committee met six times in 2012. All Committee members attended the meetings they were eligible to attend. Other attendees at Committee meetings (or part thereof) were the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief HR Officer and the Group Secretary.

The Committee proposed the nomination of all Directors offering themselves for re-election at the 2012 AGMs in May 2012.

Following recommendations from the Committee, it was announced in December 2012 that the Boards will propose to shareholders the nominations of Laura Cha, Mary Ma and John Rishton as Non-Executive Directors at the 2013 AGMs. These three candidates were chosen because they are all distinguished in their fields. They will bring knowledge and understanding of emerging markets, a prime driver of Unilever’s growth, and further strengthen the financial expertise of the Boards, which will add considerably to the business. In making these appointments the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was supported by an independent executive search firm, Russell Reynolds Associates, chosen by the Committee and which had been engaged to identify suitable candidates for the roles required. The Committee has approved an extensive induction programme for the three candidates which involves meeting with all members of the ULE and other relevant senior managers to obtain a thorough understanding of the business.

The Committee undertook a review of the terms of reference of the Board Committees with a view to changing the names and scope of the current Committees, with reference to Dutch, UK and US best practice, whilst ensuring compliance with respective guidelines. The changes were approved by the Board and as a result the Committee will now be called the ‘Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’.

The Board recognises the benefits of diversity throughout the Group, including gender balance. The Committee reviewed and considered relevant recommendations on diversity and is pleased that we already have 25% female representation on the Boards and that two female Non-Executive Directors are nominated for election at the 2013 AGMs. However, Unilever feels that gender is only one part of diversity, and Unilever Directors will continue to be selected on the basis of their wide-ranging experience, backgrounds, skills, knowledge and insight.

The Committee reviewed and discussed the proposals for executive directors sitting on remuneration committees. The Committee ensured that this was included in the ongoing debate through the CBI employers’ association and through the General Counsel 100 network. The Committee also discussed and approved a response submitted by the Chairman to the UK Department of Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS) consultation on shareholder voting rights.

The Committee revised the standard terms of appointment for Non-Executive Directors. It now contains provisions to promote the success of the company in accordance with the latest requirements of UK and Dutch company law and best practice guidelines and updated language on tenure of appointment, termination and fees. As at the date of the 2013 AGMs, all (re-)appointed Non-Executive Directors will sign up to the revised terms of appointment.

For our internal board evaluation this year, Unilever used Thinking Board, the web-based governance self-assessment service from Independent Audit. This provided an added external perspective when considering our approach and Independent Audit challenged us on the questions used and helped us to analyse the results. Further information on this evaluation can be found on pages 47 and 48, the results of which were discussed at the December 2012 Board Meetings. During 2012 the Chairman followed-up with the external consultant who carried out our 2011 Board evaluation, on the recommendations from the evaluation, and the conclusions were that the actions identified had been progressed efficiently.

The Boards evaluated the performance of the Committee and the Committee carried out a self-assessment of its performance, and each has concluded the Committee is performing effectively.

Paul Walsh

Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate

Governance Committee

Ann Fudge

Kees Storm

Michael Treschow

 

Profile of Unilever’s Boards of Directors

Desired expertise and experience

In view of Unilever’s objectives and activities, it is important that the Boards have sufficient financial literacy, have at least one financial expert and are composed in such a way that the following expertise and experience are present in one or more of its members:

    Executive management experience and knowledge of corporate governance issues at main board level with a company comparable in size and international spread of activities with multiple stock exchange listings;
    Understanding of human resources and remuneration in large international companies;
    Experience with financial administration, accounting policies and internal control;
    Risk management of multinationals with share listings;
    Understanding of the markets where Unilever is active;
    Experience in and understanding of the fast moving consumer goods (FMCG) market;
    Knowledge of marketing and commercial expertise;
    Awareness of corporate social responsibility issues; and
    Experience with R&D in those fields where Unilever is active.

Profile

This profile guides the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Boards on the occasion of the nomination of Directors. It is reviewed and updated by the Boards periodically.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                61


Table of Contents

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

 

 

LOGO

      ATTENDANCE  
Paul Walsh      7/7   

Chairman of the Compensation and

  

Management Resources Committee

  
  
Ann Fudge      6/7   
Kees Storm      6/7   
Michael Treschow      7/7   

This table shows the attendance of Directors at Committee meetings for the year ended 31 December 2012. If Directors are unable to attend a meeting, they have the opportunity beforehand to discuss any agenda items with the Committee Chairman. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number eligible to attend.

 

 

LOGO

    No changes have been made to the remuneration policy during the year
    We have reviewed and amended the structure of our Directors’ Remuneration Report to make it clearer and more transparent for shareholders

 

 

LOGO

    Review of the remuneration policy, and in particular the performance metrics for the long-term incentive arrangements, to ensure that it remains aligned with Unilever’s short- and long-term strategy
    Consider the introduction of an all-employee share scheme

 

Dear shareholders,

Our new look Directors’ Remuneration Report

I am pleased to present our Directors’ Remuneration Report (Report) for the 2012 financial year. At Unilever one of our aims is to be a market leader in the field of corporate governance. We have therefore reviewed the format and layout of our 2012 Directors’ Remuneration Report with the aim of making it clearer and easier to understand for shareholders while still providing a high standard of information. We have also taken steps to take account, as far as practicable, of the draft revised remuneration reporting regulations provided by the Department of Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS) in the UK.

In order to ensure that we were meeting our aims of simplicity and transparency we consulted our largest shareholders in the UK and the Netherlands and their feedback has been instrumental in shaping this Report.

No changes to our remuneration policy

We have made no changes to our remuneration policy in 2012. The Committee has continued to monitor the structure and operation of our executive pay arrangements, including having regular dialogue with our largest shareholders, to ensure that they remain appropriate and continue to incentivise executives to deliver the business strategy. In last year’s Report, we noted that we would be reviewing the performance metrics for our long-term incentive plans to ensure that they support the delivery of a long-term sustainable business. The Committee has decided to make no changes to performance metrics at this stage but plans to continue to review long-term performance metrics during 2013.

2012 reward outcomes

Unilever has made strong progress this year towards its vision of doubling in size while reducing its environmental footprint and increasing its positive social impact. The business has delivered outstanding underlying sales and volume growth, particularly in emerging markets, while continuing to improve its core operating margin. Diluted earnings per share increased by 5% in 2012 to 1.54 with core earnings per share increasing by 11% to 1.57. During the year we also made strong progress against our Unilever Sustainable Living Plan (USLP) goals, further embedding the purpose of sustainable living across the business.

In view of this financial success, the quality of performance and their personal contribution, the Committee decided that it was appropriate to award a maximum bonus of 200% of base salary to the CEO (100% of maximum) and a bonus of 147% of base salary to the CFO (98% of maximum). The Committee also assessed three-year performance against 2010 Global Share Incentive Plan (GSIP) targets and determined that awards should vest at 109% of target opportunity (54.5% of maximum).

The CEO’s salary will be increased by 3.6% with effect from 1 January 2013 which is below the average increase in the Unilever Group and the CFO’s salary remains unchanged for 2013.

Paul Walsh

Chairman of the Compensation and

Management Resources Committee

 

 

 

62                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

Supporting the delivery of our strategy through remuneration arrangements

Our business vision is to double the size of Unilever while reducing our environmental footprint and increasing our positive social impact through a focus on our brands, our operations and our people. Remuneration is one of the key tools that we have as a business to help us to motivate our people to achieve our goals.

 

LOGO

Our remuneration arrangements are designed to support our business vision and the implementation of our strategy.

The key elements of our remuneration package for Executive Directors are summarised below:

 

LOGO

The package has been designed based on the following key principles:

 

Paying for performance

The focus of our package is on variable pay based on annual and long-term performance. Performance-related elements are structured so that target levels are competitive, but Executive Directors can only earn higher rewards if they exceed the ongoing standards of performance that Unilever requires.

Aligning performance metrics with strategy

The performance metrics for our annual and long-term plans have been selected to support our business strategy and the ongoing enhancement of shareholder value through a focus on increasing sales value and volume, improving margin, growing earnings and generating returns for shareholders.

Delivering sustainable performance

Acknowledging that success is not only measured by delivering financial returns, we also consider the quality of performance in terms of business results and leadership, including corporate social responsibility and progress against the USLP, when determining rewards.

To ensure that remuneration arrangements fully support our sustainability agenda, the personal performance goals for the CEO under the annual bonus include USLP targets.

Alignment with shareholder interests

The majority of the package for our Executive Directors is delivered in Unilever shares to ensure that the interests of executives are aligned with shareholders’. This is further supported by significant shareholding requirements ensuring that a substantial portion of each Executive Directors’ personal wealth is linked to Unilever’s share price performance.

Non-Executive Directors are also encouraged to build up their personal holding of Unilever shares to ensure alignment with shareholders’ interests.

Paying competitively

The overall remuneration package offered to Executive Directors is sufficiently competitive to attract and retain highly experienced and talented individuals, without paying more than is necessary.

Preventing inappropriate risk-taking

The Committee believes that Unilever’s risk management process provides the necessary control to prevent inappropriate risk-taking. When the Committee reviews the structure and levels of performance-related pay for Executive Directors and other members of the Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE), it considers whether these might encourage behaviours that are incompatible with the long-term interests of Unilever and its shareholders or that may raise any environmental, social or governance risks. Where necessary, the Committee would take appropriate steps to address this.

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                63


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

 

LOGO

The key elements of the remuneration for Executive Directors are:

•  Fixed elements – base salary and fixed allowance

•  Linked to short-term performance – annual bonus

•  Linked to long-term performance – MCIP and GSIP

 

 

 

The following section sets out Unilever’s 2013 remuneration policy which remains unchanged from previous years.

 

   

 

Element

              

 

Purpose

and link to

strategy

 

       

 

Operation

       

 

Opportunity

       

 

Performance metrics

  

 

Changes

made to

policy

 

       

 

Supporting

information

 
    Base salary          Supports the recruitment and retention of Executive Directors of the calibre required to implement our strategy.      

Set by the Boards on the recommendation of the Committee and generally reviewed once a year against three reference points:

 

(i) peers in other global companies of a similar financial size (market capitalisation and turnover) and complexity to Unilever, taking into consideration factors such as the number of employees, human capital complexity and international nature of the business*;

 

(ii) the individual’s skills, experience and performance; and

 

(iii) pay and conditions across the wider organisation.

 

Base salaries may be reviewed more often than annually in exceptional circumstances.

 

Base salary changes are usually effective from 1 January.

     

Unilever’s policy is to set the reference point for all Executive Director salaries at around median against an appropriate peer group and then to set individual base salary levels at an appropriate level relative to that reference point by taking into consideration the individual’s skills, experience and performance.

 

The Boards, on the proposal of the Committee, apply that approach to manage the base salary levels of the Executive Directors.

      n/a    None      

For 2013, base salaries for Executive Directors are:

 

• CEO – £1,010,000

• CFO – £714,000

                                                                   
   

Fixed allowance

              

Provides a competitive alternative to the provision of itemised benefits and pension.

 

Simplifies the package.

 

Delinks increases in benefits and allowances from increases in base salary.

 

Paid in cash.

 

       

The fixed allowance is reviewed periodically by the Committee against market benchmarks based on other companies of a similar size and complexity in line with the approach to base salary.

 

Changes in the fixed allowance are usually effective from 1 January.

       

Unilever’s policy is to set the reference point for fixed allowances at or below median against an appropriate peer group and then to make as few variations as possible based on individual circumstances.

 

The Boards, on the proposal of the Committee, apply that approach to manage the fixed allowances of the Executive Directors.

        n/a    None        

For 2013, fixed allowances for Executive Directors are:

 

•  CEO – £250,000

•  CFO – £300,000

 

For the CFO, this includes housing allowance, which is being phased out to nil in 2015. At current rates the CFO’s fixed allowance will be reduced to £260,000 per annum in 2014 and to £220,000 per annum in 2015.

 

* For 2012, the peer group included: Anglo American, AstraZeneca, BASF, Bayer, BHP Billiton, BMW, BP, British American Tobacco, BT, Carrefour, Centrica, Daimler, GlaxoSmithKline, Imperial Tobacco, Metro, National Grid, Nestlé, Novartis, Peugeot, Rio Tinto, Roche, Royal Dutch Shell, Sanofi, Siemens, Tesco, ThyssenKrupp, Total, Vodafone, Volkswagen and Xstrata. The peer group used for benchmarking purposes is reviewed at appropriate intervals to ensure it remains appropriate.

 

 

64                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

   

 

Element

      

 

Purpose

and link to

strategy

 

       

 

Operation

       

 

Opportunity

       

 

Performance metrics

  

 

Changes

made to

policy

       

 

Supporting

information

    
   
    Other benefits plus pension      Provides certain benefits on a cost-effective basis.      

Provision of death, disability and medical insurance cover and actual tax return preparation costs.

 

Unilever will also pay the CEO’s social security obligation in the CEO’s country of residence to protect him against the difference between the employee social security obligations in his country of residence versus the UK.

 

In line with the commitments made to the CEO upon recruitment, he also receives a conditional supplemental pension accrual to compensate him for the arrangement forfeited on leaving his previous employer. This supplemental pension accrual is conditional on the CEO remaining in employment with Unilever to age 60 and subsequently retiring from active service or his death or total disability prior to retirement.

     

Social security obligation in CEO’s country of residence dependent on earnings in year.

 

Conditional supplemental pension accrual capped from 2012 onwards at 12% of the lower of actual base salary or 2011 base salary (£920,000) plus 3% pa.

      n/a    None      

For 2013, the accrual for the CEO’s conditional supplemental pension will be capped at £117,123.

 

For details of benefits provided during 2012 see page 77.

    
                                                                
    Annual bonus        The annual bonus has been designed to support our business strategy and the ongoing enhancement of shareholder value through a focus on the delivery of annual financial, strategic and operational objectives.        

Unilever targets set annually to ensure they are appropriately stretching for the delivery of threshold, target and maximum performance.

 

Payouts, determined by the Committee, depend on actual performance against targets, the quality of results and performance against personal performance goals.

 

Annual bonuses may be subject to ‘clawback’ in the event of a significant downward revision of the financial results of the Group.

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Executive Directors are required to invest at least 25% of their annual bonus into the MCIP (see page 66].

 

       

Target bonus opportunities (as percentage of base salary) are:

 

•   CEO – 120%

•   other Executive Directors – 100%

 

Maximum bonus opportunities (as percentage of base salary) are:

 

•   CEO – 200%

•   other Executive Directors – 150%

       

Annual bonus awards are based on: actual performance against Unilever targets, the quality of results and performance against personal performance goals.

 

Performance metrics are selected to support the annual business strategy and the enhancement of shareholder value.

 

Unilever targets and personal performance goals for the Executive Directors are set by the Committee on an annual basis and may be changed as appropriate.

   None        

For 2013 bonuses, financial performance will be assessed against the following metrics:

 

•   underlying sales growth (1/3);

•   underlying volume growth (1/3); and

•   core operating margin improvement (1/3).

 

In determining annual bonus awards the Committee also assesses the delivery against personal performance goals and the quality of performance; in terms of both business results and leadership, including corporate social responsibility and progress against the delivery of USLP goals.

    

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012

  Report of the Directors Governance                65


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

 

 

   

 

Element

      

 

Purpose

and link to

strategy

 

      

 

Operation

       

 

Opportunity

       

 

Performance metrics

 

 

Changes

made to

policy

      

 

Supporting

information

    
   
   

Management

Co-Investment

Plan (MCIP)

 

The key terms of the MCIP were approved by shareholders at the 2010 AGM.

      

The MCIP encourages senior management to shift their focus firmly towards the sustained delivery of high performance results over the longer term by requiring them to invest at least 25% of their annual bonus in Unilever’s shares and hold those shares for at least 3 years.

 

These shares can earn additional matching shares to the extent that long-term performance targets are met.

      

Executive Directors are required to buy Unilever’s shares out of their after-tax annual bonus. They must invest at least 25% and may invest up to 60% of the value of their gross annual bonus in Unilever’s shares (investment shares) and receive a corresponding number of performance-related shares (matching shares), which will vest only after three years subject to:

 

•  Unilever’s performance against long-term MCIP targets over the next three years;

•  continued employment; and

•  maintenance of the underlying investment shares.

 

Awards under the MCIP may be subject to ‘clawback’ in the event of a significant downward revision of the financial results of the Group.

 

Awards under the MCIP are subject to ‘ultimate remedy’ whereby the Committee may adjust awards where the result is considered unfair.

 

       

Vesting of the matching shares ranges between 0% and 150% of the grant level, dependent on actual performance against long-term MClP targets.

 

As such, the maximum award of matching shares for the CEO and CFO (as a percentage of base salary), assuming a maximum bonus, maximum deferral under the MCIP and maximum performance under the MCIP, would be 180% of base salary and 135% of base salary respectively.

       

The Committee sets three-year performance targets for each MClP matching share award and may change these for future awards as the Committee considers appropriate.

 

Performance metrics are linked to Unilever’s clearly stated growth ambition and our long-term business strategy.

  None       

Performance metrics for 2013 awards which are measured over the three-year period 2013-2015 are described under the GSIP on page 67.

 

The Committee considers that using the same performance metrics across both the MCIP and GSIP is appropriate, as the performance metrics used reflect our key strategic goals and maintain the alignment of our incentive plans to delivering our clearly stated growth ambition. Given that we use four different performance metrics, the Committee believes that the proportion of remuneration linked to each performance condition is not excessive.

    

 

 

66                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

   

 

Element

       

 

Purpose

and link to

strategy

 

       

 

Operation

       

 

Opportunity

       

 

Performance metrics

       

 

Changes

made to

policy

       

 

Supporting

information

    
   
   

Global Share Incentive Plan (GSIP)

 

The key terms of the GSIP were approved by shareholders at the 2007 AGM.

        The GSIP incentivises Executive Directors to achieve Unilever’s clearly stated growth ambition by delivering sustained high performance and sustainable returns for shareholders over the longer term.        

Awards of shares are made annually with vesting conditional on Unilever’s performance against long-term targets over the next three years.

 

Awards under the GSIP may be subject to “clawback” in the event of a significant downward revision of the financial results of the Group.

 

Awards under the GSIP are subject to “ultimate remedy” whereby the Committee may adjust awards where the result is considered unfair.

       

Target awards of conditional shares under the GSIP each year (as a percentage of base salary) are limited to:

 

•  CEO – 200%

•  other Executive
Directors – 178%

 

The vesting range for awards of conditional shares is between 0% and 200% of the grant level. Accordingly the maximum award of shares under the GSIP are (as a percentage of base salary):

 

•  CEO – 400%

•  other Executive
Directors – 356%

       

The Committee set three-year performance targets for each conditional GSIP award and may change these for future awards as the Committee considers appropriate.

 

Performance metrics are linked to Unilever’s clearly stated growth ambition and its long-term business strategy.

        None        

Awards made in 2013 are subject to four equally weighted long-term performance metrics over the three-year period 2013-2015:

 

•  underlying sales growth;

•  core operating margin improvement;

•  cumulative operating cash flow; and

•  relative total shareholder return.

 

For the three business focused metrics, 25% of awards vest for threshold performance and 200% for the GSIP (150% for the MCIP) vest for maximum performance.

 

Against the TSR comparator group, comprising 19 other companies (20 including Unilever), 60% vests if Unilever is ranked 10th (which is 53rd percentile performance against this group), 100% vests if Unilever is ranked 7th and 200% for the GSIP (150% for the MCIP) vests if Unilever is ranked 3rd or above.

 

Further details of the TSR comparator group are set out on page 73.

 

When determining the level of vesting the Committee also considers the underlying performance of the business to ensure the payouts are appropriate.

 

    

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012

  Report of the Directors Governance                67


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

 

Remuneration policy for new hires

In the event of hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will typically align the remuneration package with the above remuneration policy. However, the Committee retains the discretion to make remuneration proposals on hiring a new Executive Director which are outside the standard policy to facilitate the hiring of someone of the calibre required to deliver the Group’s strategy.

In determining appropriate remuneration arrangements on hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including but not limited to quantum, the type of remuneration being offered, the impact on existing remuneration arrangements for other Unilever executives and the jurisdiction the candidate was recruited from) to ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of both Unilever and its shareholders without paying more than is necessary.

The Committee may make awards on hiring an external candidate to ‘buyout’ remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In doing so the Committee will take account of relevant factors including any performance conditions attached to these awards, the form in which they were granted (eg cash or shares) and the time over which they would have vested. Generally buy-out awards will be made on a comparable basis.

Service contracts

 

LOGO

 

    12 months’ notice from Unilever
    6 months’ notice from the Executive Director
    Severance payments limited to base salary and fixed allowance and benefits
    Incentives typically pro-rated for time and performance for ‘good leavers’ only

 

Executive Directors

If Executive Directors cease to be Directors, this shall be deemed to be under notice by Unilever of termination of employment. Paul Polman’s service contract is dated 7 October 2008 and Jean-Marc Huët’s service contract is dated 19 March 2010.

The Executive Directors’ service contracts provide that their remuneration is reviewed (although not necessarily increased) at least on an annual basis and that Unilever reimburses them for all reasonable business expenses.

Executive Director severance payment policy

The Group operates the following policy in respect of exit payments:

 

  Executive Directors are subject to a notice period of 12 months from Unilever and six months’ notice from the Executive Director in line with both the practice of many comparable companies and the entitlement of other senior executives in Unilever.
  Severance payments in relation to the service contract are limited to no more than one year’s base salary plus the fixed allowance and other benefits, unless the Boards, at the proposal of the Committee, find this manifestly unreasonable given the circumstances or unless dictated by applicable law.
  The Committee has the discretion to determine appropriate bonus amounts and vesting of share-based awards taking into consideration the circumstances in which an Executive Director leaves.

Typically for ‘good leavers’, bonus amounts (as estimated by the Committee) and other share-based awards will be pro-rated for time in service to termination and will, subject to performance, be paid at the usual time. Good leavers will be determined at the discretion of the Board in appropriate circumstances.

Treatment of share-based incentives in the event of a change of control

In the event of a change of control, matching shares awarded under the MCIP and shares awarded under the GSIP will generally vest based on performance at that time and may, at the discretion of the Board, be pro-rated for time. Alternatively, participants may be required to exchange their awards for equivalent awards over shares in the acquiring company.

Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment

The terms of engagement of Non-Executive Directors are set out in letters of appointment. Non-Executive Directors are currently appointed for a three-year term, subject to satisfactory performance, re-nomination and re-election at annual shareholder meetings. Non-Executive Directors may terminate their engagement upon three months’ notice. The letters of appointment do not contain provision for notice periods or compensation if their appointments are terminated by Unilever.

 

Non-Executive Director   

Date first

appointed to the

Board

    

Effective date of

current letter of

appointment

 

Michael Treschow

     16 May 2007         15 May 2007   

Louise Fresco

     14 May 2009         25 May 2009   

Ann Fudge

     14 May 2009         7 June 2009   

Charles Golden

     9 May 2006         17 May 2007   

Byron Grote

     9 May 2006         16 May 2007   

Sunil B Mittal

     12 May 2011         12 May 2011   

Hixonia Nyasulu

     16 May 2007         15 May 2007   

Sir Malcolm Rifkind

     12 May 2010         13 May 2010   

Kees Storm

     9 May 2006         15 May 2007   

Paul Walsh

     14 May 2009         21 May 2009   

All Non-Executive Directors were re-appointed to the Boards at the 2012 AGMs. The unexpired term for all Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment is the period up to the 2013 AGMs, as they all, unless they are retiring, submit themselves for annual re-election.

With effect from the 2013 AGMs, all Non-Executive Directors will sign new letters of appointment. Continuation of appointment is subject to satisfactory performance, re-nomination at the discretion of the Boards on the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate

 

 

68                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

Governance Committee and re-election at forthcoming annual shareholder meetings. The new letters of appointment allow for Unilever to terminate a Non-Executive Director’s appointment in cases of gross misconduct, bankruptcy or where the Non-Executive Director is prevented from occupying such a position by law. The new letters of appointment do not contain provision for notice periods or compensation if their appointments are terminated by Unilever. As with the current letters of appointment, Non-Executive Directors may terminate their engagement upon three months’ notice. Except in exceptional circumstances, the Boards will not propose Non-Executive Directors for re-nomination when nine years have elapsed since the date of their appointment.

In considering appointments to the Boards, the Directors and Unilever give due consideration to the time commitment required to fulfil the role appropriately.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

Non-Executive Directors receive annual fees from NV and PLC. No other remuneration is given in respect of their non-executive duties. The Boards determine non-executive fee levels within a total annual limit specified in PLC’s Articles of Association. In 2007 shareholders approved an increase in the limit for PLC to £2,000,000 and to 3,000,000 for NV.

Unilever’s fee levels reflect the commitment and contribution expected by the Group and are set taking into account Unilever’s Group-wide reward philosophy. Fee levels are benchmarked at regular intervals against those paid in other global non-financial companies based in Europe.

With effect from 1 January 2012, Unilever moved to a modular fee structure for Non-Executive Directors to better reflect the roles and responsibilities for Committee membership and Chairmanship. The fees are split 50:50 between PLC (in sterling) and NV (in euros). Fees for the Chairman and Vice-Chairman are all-inclusive.

There were no fee increases to the Non-Executive Director fee levels for 2013.

 

      NV              PLC  
Chairman      313,570         and         £275,000   
Vice-Chairman      94,070         and         £82,500   
Basic Non-Executive fee      42,760         and         £37,500   

Committee Chair:

Audit

     17,100         and         £15,000   
Nominating and Corporate Governance      11,400         and         £10,000   
Compensation and Management Resources      11,400         and         £10,000   
Corporate Responsibility      11,400         and         £10,000   

Committee Members:

Audit

     8,550         and         £7,500   
Nominating and Corporate Governance      5,700         and         £5,000   
Compensation and Management Resources      5,700         and         £5,000   
Corporate Responsibility      5,700         and         £5,000   

Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to build up a personal shareholding of at least one-times their annual fees over the five years from 1 January 2012 (or appointment if later).

Remuneration policy – supplementary information

Differences in pay policy for directors and other employees generally

Remuneration arrangements are determined throughout the Group based on the same principle – that reward should support our business strategy and should be sufficient to attract and retain high-performing individuals without paying more than is necessary. Unilever is a global organisation with employees at a number of different levels of seniority and in a number of different countries and while this principle underpins all reward arrangements, the way it is implemented varies by geography and level. All senior management participate in the MCIP and receive long-term incentive awards.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Group

When determining the pay of Executive Directors the Committee considers the pay arrangements for other employees in the Group to ensure that remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors remain reasonable.

Unilever employs over 170,000 people in 96 locations and given this geographic spread the Committee did not consider that it was appropriate to consult employees on the remuneration policy for Executive Directors during the year.

Incentive awards granted to Executive Directors that are not subject to performance metrics

No incentive awards were made without performance metrics in the year.

Consideration of shareholder views

The Committee takes the views of shareholders very seriously and these views have been influential in shaping our policy and practice. Over the last 12 months we have maintained an open and regular dialogue with our shareholders on remuneration matters including consulting with our largest shareholders in the UK and the Netherlands on the performance metrics for the long-term incentive arrangements and the revised format of the Report.

Remuneration scenarios – our emphasis on performance-related pay

It is Unilever’s policy that the total remuneration package for Executive Directors should be competitive with other global companies and that a significant proportion should be performance-related.

The Committee typically reviews, on at least an annual basis, the impact of different performance scenarios on the potential reward opportunity and pay-outs to be received by Executive Directors and the alignment of these with the returns that might be received by shareholders.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                69


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

 

The charts below show hypothetical values of the remuneration package for Executive Directors under three assumed performance scenarios:

  Below threshold performance – under this scenario, there would be no bonus payout and no vesting under the MCIP or GSIP.
  Meets target performance – under this scenario there is target payout of the annual bonus (120% of base salary for the CEO and 100% of base salary for the CFO) and target vesting under the MCIP and GSIP (100% of target awards).
  Maximum performance – under this scenario there is a maximum bonus (200% of base salary for the CEO and 150% of base salary for the CFO) and maximum vesting under the MCIP (150% of target awards) and GSIP (200% of target awards).

In all scenarios it is assumed that the Executive Directors invest the maximum possible under the MCIP.

Note that the actual amount delivered to Executive Directors under the above scenarios will depend on share price performance over the three-year vesting period for the MCIP and the GSIP. For the purposes of these illustrations, no share price growth is assumed.

The methodology to be used in constructing the remuneration scenario charts under the proposed revised remuneration reporting regulations is currently under review by the Financial Reporting Lab and as such the following charts may change next year.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

The Committee believes that the level of remuneration that can be delivered in the various scenarios is appropriate for the level of performance delivered and the value that would be delivered to shareholders.

LOGO

The following section sets out how Unilever’s remuneration policy was implemented in 2012 and how it will be implemented in 2013.

 

LOGO

Remuneration paid in 2012 (unaudited)

 

     

CEO

(£‘000)

    

CFO

(£‘000)

 

Base salary(a)

     948         697   

Fixed allowances and other benefits(b)

     519         378   

Annual bonus(c)

     1,950         1,050   

GSIP performance shares:

     

- Performance element(d)

     2,021         1,415   

- Share price appreciation element(e)

     483         339   

Conditional supplemental pension(f)

     109         n/a   

Total remuneration paid

     6,030         3,878   
  (a)  The CEO’s base salary was £920,000 from January 2012 to June 2012. It was increased to £975,200 effective 1 July 2012.
     The CFO’s base salary was £680,000 from January 2012 to June 2012. It was increased to £714,000 effective 1 July 2012.
  (b)  For the CEO, this includes the fixed allowance, death, disability and medical insurance, tax return preparation and a payment to protect him against the difference between the employee social security obligations in his country of residence versus the UK.
     For the CFO this includes the fixed allowance, death, disability and medical insurance and tax return preparation.
  (c)  Bonus paid in 2013 based on performance in the year ended 31 December 2012. Note this includes the amount invested under the MCIP.
  (d)  GSIP awards vesting based on performance in the three-year period to 31 December 2012 based on the share price at grant (18 March 2010). This amount includes additional shares received in respect of accrued dividends through to 31 December 2012.
  (e)  The estimated increase in the value of GSIP awards vesting based on performance in three-year period to 31 December 2012 based on the growth in the share price between the three-month average share price to 31 December 2012 and the share price at grant (18 March 2010). This amount includes additional shares received in respect of accrued dividends through to 31 December 2012.
  (f)  For the CEO, this is the hiring-in agreement of a conditional supplemental pension accrual.
     Relevant amounts have been translated into £ using the average exchange rate over the year: 1 = £0.8107.

 

 

 

 

 

70                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

Elements of remuneration

Fixed elements of remuneration:

Base salary

 

LOGO

Salary effective from 1 January 2013:

    CEO £1,010,000 (3.6% increase)
    CFO £714,000 (0% increase)

 

2012 outcomes

Following a review of the competitive positioning of Executive Directors’ salaries in 2011, the Boards, on the proposal of the Committee, approved a 6% base salary increase for the CEO to £975,200 and a 5% base salary increase for the CFO in respect of 2012 to £714,000. Given the difficult and uncertain economic circumstances prevailing during early 2012, the implementation of the 2012 base salary increases was deferred until such a point as the Committee considered appropriate. Base salary increases were made effective from 1 July 2012 and were not backdated.

2013 review

The Committee reviewed the competitive positioning of Executive Director base salaries in late 2012 in the context of the prevailing economic circumstances and, after giving due consideration to pay and conditions elsewhere in Unilever, the Boards, on the proposal of the Committee, decided to award Executive Directors base salary increase of 3.6% for the CEO and 0% for the CFO.

For 2013, the average salary increase for employees other than Executive Directors will be approximately 4.4%.

Fixed allowance

 

LOGO

Fixed allowance for 2013:

    CEO – £250,000
    CFO – £300,000

 

In order to simplify the provision of benefits and to increase transparency, from 2012 the provision of benefits and pension was replaced by a fixed allowance for senior executives at Unilever which is paid in cash.

The level of fixed allowance provided to the CFO will be reduced in the coming years to reflect the phasing-out of his annual housing allowance. The CFO’s allowance for 2013 is £300,000 and at prevailing rates this will be reduced to £260,000 in 2014 and to £220,000 in 2015.

Other benefit entitlements

Executive Directors are also provided with death, disability and medical insurance cover and actual tax return preparation costs. Unilever also paid the CEO’s social security obligations in his country of residence.

Following the introduction of the fixed allowance in 2012, the only pension arrangement that remains for Executive Directors is the CEO’s hiring-in agreement of a supplemental pension provision which is conditional on the CEO remaining in employment with Unilever to age 60 and subsequently retiring from active service or his death or total disability prior to retirement. The contribution from 2012 is capped at 12% of the lower of the CEO’s actual base salary and his 2011 base salary (£920,000) plus 3% per annum. Accordingly, the benchmark cap for 2012 was £947,600, with a maximum contribution of £113,712, and for 2013 has been set at £976,028, with a maximum contribution of £117,123.

Performance elements of remuneration:

Annual bonus

 

LOGO

 

    CEO – target 120% of base salary, maximum 200% of base salary
    CFO – target 100% of base salary, maximum 150% of base salary

 

For 2012, the Executive Directors’ annual bonus opportunity was based on Unilever’s results referenced against financial targets set at the beginning of the year as follows:

 

LOGO

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                71


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

 

2012 outcomes

 

LOGO

 

    CEO – £1,950,400 (100% of maximum, 200% of base salary)
    CFO – £1,049,580 (98% of maximum, 147% of base salary)
 

 

When determining bonus payments the Committee considers performance against targets, the quality of business performance and the individual performance rating (in accordance with our Group-wide performance management system).

Performance against targets:

 

LOGO

Performance against targets was strong with maximum underlying sales growth and underlying volume growth targets being exceeded, meaning we grew above our markets and outperformed much of the competition. Core operating margin improvement was close to maximum. This included a mix of higher-quality margin drivers and a reduction in restructuring charges.

The Committee considered that the CEO had an exceptional year leading the business to deliver outstanding financial performance, strong returns to shareholders and excellent progress towards achieving a number of the goals set under the USLP. Similarly the Committee considered that the CFO had a strong year, supporting the CEO in delivering this business success.

Taking into account performance against targets, the quality of results and individual contribution, the Committee determined that the CEO should be awarded a bonus of 200% of base salary in respect of 2012 with the CFO being awarded a bonus of 147% of base salary.

2013 bonus policy

There will be no change to the Executive Directors’ annual bonus opportunities for 2013 as set out in the Remuneration Policy table on page 65 and the annual bonus performance metrics will remain the same as for 2012.

 

MCIP

 

LOGO

 

    Out of their after-tax annual bonus awards, Executive Directors are required to invest 25% of their gross bonus and may invest up to 60% of their gross bonus in the MCIP
    They are awarded an equal number of MCIP matching shares
    Maximum vesting of 1.5x initial award

 

The MCIP investment is made personally by Executive Directors from their net after-tax annual bonus. In the event that their net after-tax annual bonus is insufficient to cover full participation in the MCIP at 60%, Executive Directors write Unilever a cheque for the balance of the shares they purchase. In return, they receive a corresponding award of performance-related matching shares.

On 18 February 2013, the CEO invested 60% and the CFO invested 25% of their 2012 bonus into MCIP investment shares and received corresponding awards of performance-related MCIP matching shares. MCIP matching awards are subject to the same performance metrics as GSIP awards (see below). Further information on matching awards is set out on page 78.

GSIP

 

LOGO

 

    Maximum award 200% of base salary for the CEO and 175%* of base salary for CFO
    Maximum vesting of 2x initial award
    Maximum vesting of 400% of base salary for the CEO and 350%* of base salary for the CFO

 

  * This is the current operational maximum. The maximum pursuant to the remuneration policy is 178% with maximum vesting of 356% of base salary as set out on page 67.

 

 

 

 

72                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

2012 outcomes

The performance period for awards granted on 18 March 2010 ran from 1 January 2010 to 31 December 2012. The award was equally based on the performance metrics outlined in the table below.

Performance against targets:

 

LOGO

The calculations performed in determining these performance outturns have been subject to an independent report.

In addition to the above targets, the performance metrics for underlying sales growth and core operating margin improvement were required to reach at least the threshold of the performance range for both performance metrics before any shares, subject to either performance condition, were able to vest. The thresholds for both metrics were met.

The total overall vesting was 109% of target (54.5% of maximum). The Committee considered the level of vesting in the context of performance against targets, the underlying business performance and performance against key peers and determined that it was appropriate.

2013 awards

There will be no change to the Executive Directors’ GSIP opportunities for 2013 with the target award for the CEO remaining at 200% of base salary and the target award for the CFO remaining at 175% of base salary.

 

LOGO

For the three business-focused metrics, 25% of target awards vest for achieving threshold performance. 200% of target awards vest (150% under the MCIP) for maximum performance. In addition, the performance metrics for underlying sales growth and core operating margin improvement must reach the threshold of the performance range for both performance metrics before any shares subject to either performance condition vest.

For the relative TSR measure, Unilever’s TSR is measured against a comparator group of other consumer goods companies. TSR measures the return received by a shareholder, capturing both the increase in share price and the value of dividend income (assuming dividends are reinvested). The TSR results are measured on a common currency basis to better reflect the shareholder experience.

The current TSR peer group is as follows:

 

Avon   Colgate-Palmolive    Heinz    Kimberly-Clark    Procter & Gamble
Beiersdorf   Danone    Henkel    L’Oréal    Reckitt Benckiser
Campbell Soup   General Mills    Kao    Nestlé    Shiseido
Coca-Cola   Estée Lauder    Kellogg    PepsiCo   

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                73


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

 

Following the demerger announced by Sara Lee in January 2011, the TSR comparator group for all outstanding awards was adjusted with effect from 1 October 2012 to discontinue their participation and to include Estée Lauder as a replacement.

Following the demerger announced by Kraft in August 2011, as no suitable comparator could be established, the Committee considered it appropriate to exclude, and not replace, Kraft from the TSR comparator group for outstanding awards granted in 2011 and 2012 and for awards granted from 1 January 2013. The TSR comparator group will therefore consist of 19 companies with effect from 1 January 2013. Kraft is included in the comparator group for 2010 awards which vest based on performance to 31 December 2012.

Unilever TSR performance is therefore compared to the performance of 19 other companies (20 including Unilever). No shares in the portion of the award subject to TSR vest if Unilever is ranked below position 10 in the peer group at the end of the three-year period, 60% vest if Unilever is ranked 10th (which is 53rd percentile performance against the peer group), 100% vests if Unilever is ranked 7th and 200% (150% under the MCIP) vests if Unilever is ranked 3rd or above. Straight-line vesting occurs between these points.

Dividend re-investment

Both GSIP and MCIP provide that dividends will be re-invested in respect of the conditional shares under award but will only be paid out to the extent that the underlying shares vest.

Ultimate remedy

Grants under the GSIP and MCIP are subject to ultimate remedy. Upon vesting of an award, the Committee shall have the discretionary power to adjust the value of the award if the award, in the Committee’s opinion taking all circumstances into account, produces an unfair result. In exercising this discretion the Committee may take into account Unilever’s performance against non-financial measures. The Committee will only adjust the value of a vesting award upwards after obtaining shareholder consent.

Following a thorough evaluation of performance in respect of awards vesting based on performance to 31 December 2012 the Committee considered it appropriate not to exercise its discretion to adjust awards either upwards or downwards.

Clawback

The Committee is authorised to reclaim or ‘claw back’ performance-related payments to Executive Directors in the event of a significant downward revision of the financial results of the Group. This includes the annual bonus together with any awards that have been made and/or vested shares under the Share Matching Plan, the GSIP and the MCIP.

Share Matching Plan

Prior to their participation in the MCIP, Executive Directors were required to invest 25% of their bonus into shares and hold them for a minimum period of three years under the Share Matching Plan. The Executive Directors would then receive a corresponding matching award in the form of NV and PLC shares. The matching shares would normally vest after three years provided the underlying shares have been retained during this period and the Executive Director has not resigned or been dismissed. The last award made under the Share Matching Plan was made in 2011, relating to the annual bonus earned for 2010, and will vest in March 2014 (see page 78 for details).

Payments to former Directors

There have been no payments to former Directors during the year.

Minimum shareholding requirement

The Articles of Association of NV and PLC do not require Directors of NV or Directors of PLC to hold shares in NV or PLC. However, the remuneration arrangements applicable to our Executive Directors require them to build and retain a personal shareholding in Unilever (by the later of 2015 or five years from the date of appointment) to firmly align their interests with those of Unilever’s long-term shareholders as outlined below.

On 31 December 2012, the Executive Directors’ share ownership against guidelines were:

 

      

 

 

 

 

Share

ownership

guideline

as % of

base salary

  

  

  

  

  

   
 
 
Have
guidelines
been met?
  
  
  
    

 

 

 

 

Actual

share

ownership

(as a % of

base salary)

  

  

  

  

1 

Paul Polman

     400     Yes         1,041

Jean-Marc Huët

     300     Yes         353

 

1  Includes bonuses invested in shares under the Share Matching Plan and the MCIP, including accrued dividends. Unvested GSIP awards and matching shares under the Share Matching Plan and the MCIP that are subject to performance metrics do not count. Based on 30 day average share prices to 31 December 2012.

The other members of the ULE are required to build a shareholding of 300% of base salary. This requirement is 150% of base salary for the ‘top 100’ management layer below.

Serving as a non-executive on the board of another company

Executive Directors serving as non-executive directors on the board of other companies are permitted to retain all remuneration and fees earned from outside directorships subject to a maximum of one outside listed directorship (see outside appointments on page 50 for further details).

Paul Polman is a non-executive director of The Dow Chemical Company and received an annual fee of 89,627 (US $115,000 based on the average exchange rate over the year 1 – US $1.2831). In addition he received a restricted award of 3,150 ordinary shares with a nominal value of US $2.50 per share in the capital of The Dow Chemical Company. The shares include the rights to vote and to receive dividends thereon. The shares cannot be sold or transferred until Paul Polman leaves the board of directors of The Dow Chemical Company, and in any case not earlier than 5 March 2014. Jean-Marc Huët was appointed as a non-executive director of Delta Topco Limited on 25 May 2012 and will receive a fee of 109,111 (US $140,000) in respect of his directorship for 2012.

 

 

 

74                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Five-year historical Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) performance

The table below includes:

  growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding over five years FTSE 100 comparison based on 30-trading-day average values; and
  growth in the value of a hypothetical 100 investment over five years AEX comparison based on 30-trading-day average values.

The Committee has decided to show Unilever’s performance against the FTSE 100 Index, London and also the Euronext 100 index (AEX), Amsterdam as these are the most relevant indices in the UK and the Netherlands where we have our principal listings. Unilever is a constituent of both of these indices.

 

LOGO

Comparing pay with performance

The following chart shows a comparison of total pay for the role of CEO and TSR performance of Unilever since Paul Polman was appointed CEO in 1 January 2009.

 

LOGO

The first award to the CEO under the GSIP following his appointment was granted in 2008 and vested based on performance to 31 December 2010.

Non-Executive Directors

The policy for Non-Executive Directors’ fees is set out on page 69. There were no fee increases to Non-Executive Director fee levels for 2013.

The Compensation and Management Resources Committee

During 2012 the Committee comprised four Non-Executive Directors: Paul Walsh (Committee Chairman), Michael Treschow, Ann Fudge and Kees Storm.

The Committee reviewed its Terms of Reference during the year. To recognise its change in scope to include performance evaluation of the ULE and leadership development of the ULE and Senior Corporate Executives it resolved to change its name from the Remuneration Committee to the Compensation and Management Resources Committee with effect from 1 January 2013.

The Committee is concerned with:

  the remuneration policy for the ULE and senior corporate executives;
  the remuneration and benefits of the Directors and other members of the ULE;
  the design and terms of all long-term incentive plans;
  leadership development, especially of the ULE and senior corporate executives; and
  performance evaluation of the members of the ULE.

The Committee’s revised Terms of Reference are contained within ‘The Governance of Unilever’, and are also set out on our website www.unilever.com/investorrelations/corp_governance.

During the year, the Committee reviewed its own effectiveness and concluded that it was broadly operating effectively. Where appropriate, the Committee agreed steps to enhance its effectiveness.

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                75


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

The following table provides a summary of the Committee’s activities during and shortly following the end of the financial year:

 

           
    

Meeting

 

  

Standing agenda items

 

        

Other agenda items

 

     
   
    January 2012   

Review and approval of performance for 2011 annual bonus and 2009 long-term incentives.

 

Setting targets for 2012 annual bonus and 2012-2014 MCIP and GSIP awards.

 

Review of draft Directors’ Remuneration Report.

 

Approval of ULE reward decisions for 2012.

 

      Update on shareholder consultation on executive remuneration.     
                         
    February 2012    Review of Executive Directors’ base salary levels.      

Update on shareholder consultation on executive remuneration.

 

    
                         
    April 2012   

AGM preparation.

 

          
                         
    July 2012   

Update from AGM.

 

Review of annual and long-term performance for outstanding plans.

 

Update on European market trends in executive remuneration and corporate governance.

 

      Consideration of performance metrics for long-term incentive arrangements.     
                         
    September 2012         

Review of performance metrics for long-term incentive arrangements including review of feedback from shareholders.

 

    
                         
    October 2012   

Review of annual and long-term performance for outstanding plans.

 

Update on European market trends in executive remuneration and corporate governance.

 

Review of benchmarking and initial consideration of base salary increases.

 

Review of expenses.

 

Review of terms of reference.

 

      Consideration of remuneration policy in light of proposed BIS regulations.     
                         
    December 2012   

Review of annual and long-term performance for outstanding plans.

 

Preliminary review of targets for 2013 annual bonus and 2013-2015 MCIP and GSIP awards.

 

Review of first draft of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

 

Review of Executive Directors’ base salaries.

 

     

Consideration of remuneration policy in light of proposed BIS regulations.

 

Update on Unilever North America Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan.

    
                         
   

January 2013

 

Held following the year end but prior to the finalisation of this report.

  

Review and approval of performance for 2012 annual and 2010 long-term incentives.

 

Setting targets for 2013 annual bonus and 2013-2015 MCIP and GSIP awards.

 

Review of draft Directors’ Remuneration Report.

 

Approval of ULE reward decisions for 2012.

 

Committee effectiveness evaluation.

 

              

Advisers

While it is the Committee’s responsibility to exercise independent judgement, the Committee does request advice from management and professional advisers, as appropriate, to ensure that its decisions are fully informed given the internal and external environment.

The Committee appointed Deloitte LLP to provide independent advice on various matters it considered. Deloitte were appointed in 2011 following an interview process by the Committee. During the year, Deloitte also provided specific tax, consultancy and corporate finance services to Unilever. The Committee is comfortable that the Deloitte LLP engagement partner and team, that provide remuneration advice to the Committee, do not have connections with Unilever NV or Unilever PLC that may impair their independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for conflicts of interest and judged that there were appropriate safeguards against such conflicts.

 

 

76                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Further details can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com.

During the year the Committee also sought input from the Chief Executive Officer (Paul Polman), the Chief Human Resources Officer (Doug Baillie) and the SVP Global Head of Reward (Peter Newhouse) on various subjects including the remuneration of senior management. No individual was present when their own remuneration was being discussed to ensure a conflict of interest did not arise. The Committee also received legal and governance advice from the Group Secretary (Tonia Lovell).

Shareholder voting

Unilever remains committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes. In the event of a substantial vote against a resolution in relation to Directors’ remuneration, Unilever would seek to understand the reasons for any such vote and would set out in the following Annual Report and Accounts any actions in response to it.

The following table sets out actual voting in respect of our previous Report:

 

Voting outcome (% of votes)            For     Against  

2011 Director’s Remuneration Report (2012 AGM)

     PLC         93.9     6.1

31,530,263 votes were withheld (c. 2.5% of share capital).

The Directors’ Remuneration Report is not subject to a shareholder vote in the Netherlands.

 

LOGO

Executive Directors’ remuneration in 2012

Remuneration for individual Executive Directors (audited)

 

     Annual emoluments 2012  
Name and base country    Base
salary
 ’000
   

Fixed

allowance

 ’000

   

Value of

benefits

 ’000

    Bonus
 ’000
    Sub  total
 ’000
     Pension
 ’000
   

Share

awards

 ’000

    Total
 ’000
 

Paul Polman (UK)

     1,169 (a)      308 (b)      332 (c)      2,406 (d)      4,215         134 (e)      3,290 (i)      7,639 (j) 

Jean-Marc Huët (UK)

     860 (f)      419 (g)      46 (h)      1,295 (d)      2,620         0        2,699 (i)      5,319   

Total 2012

     2,029        727        378        3,701        6,835         134        5,989        12,958   

Total 2011

     1,840        0        489 (k)      2,133        4,462         506 (l)      5,640        10,608 (m) 

 

(a) The CEO’s base salary was set in sterling at £920,000 per annum from January 2012 to June 2012. It was increased to £975,200 effective 1 July 2012.
(b) Fixed allowance set in sterling at £250,000 which replaced certain benefits and pension. The CEO elected to invest part of his fixed allowance into the Unilever international pension plan fund in 2012.
(c) Benefits for medical insurance, tax return preparation and costs of provision for death-in-service benefits and administration. Also includes payment to protect against the difference between the employee social security obligations in his country of residence versus the UK. He also received a further payment of 152,505 in 2012 in relation to his social security obligations for 2010 and 2011 following a reconciliation for those years. This data was previously captured in the Allowances and Other Payments section.
(d)  Bonus for the full year 2012. Includes the value of both the cash element and the portion invested in NV and PLC shares under the MCIP. It does not include matching shares awarded on a conditional basis under the MCIP.
(e)  Conditional supplemental pension provision agreed with the CEO on hiring. This payment is conditional on the CEO remaining in employment with Unilever to age 60 and subsequently retiring from active service or his death or total disability prior to retirement.
(f)  The CFO’s base salary was set in sterling at £680,000 from January 2012 to June 2012. It was increased to £714,000 effective 1 July 2012.
(g)  Fixed allowance set in sterling at £340,000 for 2012 which replaced certain benefits and pension.
(h)  Includes benefits for medical insurance, tax return preparation and costs of provision for death-in-service benefits and administration.
(i)  Costs are non-cash and relate to the expenses following IFRS 2. This is based on share prices on grant dates, 98% adjustment factor for GSIP and MCIP shares awarded in 2012 and GSIP shares awarded in 2011 and 2010, and 89% adjustment factor for GSIP shares awarded in 2009 to take account of the external performance condition TSR.
(j)  This does not include the one-time Dutch crisis tax charge to which Dutch-based employers like Unilever N.V. are subject of 16% on the portion of employees’ 2012 salaries exceeding 150,000 from current employment that is taxable in the Netherlands. This tax charge for Unilever N.V. with respect to the CEO is 112,394.
(k)  Value of benefits in 2011 also included an allowance in lieu of company car, private use of chauffeur-driven car, entertaining allowance and, for the CFO, an annual housing and educational allowance, but excluded death-in-service benefits.
(l)  Pension in 2011 also included company contributions towards defined contribution pension plans and death-in-service benefits.
(m)  Total 2011 split Paul Polman 6,661m and Jean-Marc Huët 3,947m.

Amounts have been translated into euros using the average exchange rate over the year: 1 = £0.8107 (2011: 1 = £0.8692).

We do not grant our Executive Directors any personal loans or guarantees.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                77


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

Pensions (audited)

Paul Polman

The total pension cost including death-in-service benefits and administration costs and the company’s conditional supplemental pension provision was 264,000. This total pension cost breaks down as follows:

  Paul Polman elected to allocate some of his fixed allowance to his pension. The company therefore contributed 82,000 of the fixed allowance into his own defined contribution pension plan.
  Paul Polman also elected to sacrifice some of his salary to make an additional pension contribution. The company therefore contributed 16,000 in to the defined contribution pension plan (this amount was deducted from the salary figure reported in the Remuneration for individual Executive Directors table above).
  The additional accrual for Paul Polman’s conditional supplemental pension, which is conditional on the CEO remaining in employment with Unilever to age 60 and subsequently retiring from active service or his death or total disability prior to retirement, was 134,000.
  The cost of the provision of death-in-service benefits and administration was 32,000.

Jean-Marc Huët

Jean-Marc Huët did not elect to allocate any of his fixed allowance to his pension. The total cost of his death-in-service benefit was 15,000.

Amounts have been translated into euros using the closing exchange rate for 2011: 1 = £0.8386.

Share Matching Plan (audited)

 

           

 

 

Balance of

conditional shares at

1 January 2012

  

  

  

   
 
 
Conditional
shares vested
in 2012
  
  
(a) 
           

 

 

Balance of

conditional shares at

31 December 2012

  

  

  

     Share type     No. of shares     No. of shares     Price at award     No. of shares  

Paul Polman

    NV        22,829 (b)      3,413        25.99        19,416   
      PLC        22,829 (b)      3,413        £20.89        19,416   

Jean-Marc Huët

    NV        5,047 (c)                    5,047   
      PLC        5,047 (c)                    5,047   

 

(a)  Each award of matching shares is conditional and vests three years after the date of the award subject to continued employment and maintenance of the underlying bonus shares. The Committee considers that there is no need for further performance conditions on the vesting of the matching shares because the number of shares is directly linked to the annual bonus (which is itself subject to demanding performance conditions). In addition, during the vesting period the share price of NV and PLC is influenced by the performance of Unilever. The shares vested on 19 March 2012.
(b)  Of which 9,484 shares awarded on 18 March 2010 and 9,932 on 14 March 2011.
(c)  Awarded on 14 March 2011.

Management Co-Investment Plan (audited)

 

     

 

 

Balance of

conditional shares

at 1 January 2012

  

  

  

   

 

 

Conditional

shares awarded

in 2012

  

  

(a) 

                   

 

 

Balance of

conditional shares at

31 December 2012

  

  

  

      Share type        Original award       

 

 

 

 

(Performance

period

1 January 2012

to 31 December

2014)

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

Price at

award

  

  

   

 

 

 

 

Dividend

shares

accrued

during the

year

  

  

 

  

(b) 

       

Paul Polman

    NV               17,772      25.62        641        18,413   
      PLC               17,772      £ 20.63        706        18,478   

Jean-Marc Huët

    NV               3,649      25.62        132        3,781   
      PLC               3,649      £ 20.63        145        3,794   

 

(a)  Each award of conditional matching shares vests three years after the date of the award, subject to performance conditions based on underlying sales growth, core operating margin improvement, cumulative operating cash flow and relative total shareholder return (further details can be found on page 73). Awards are all subject to continued employment and maintenance of the underlying investment shares. On 17 February 2012, the grant date, Paul Polman and Jean-Marc Huët invested in the MCIP 60% and 25% respectively of their annual bonus earned during 2011 and paid in 2012.
(b)  Reflects reinvested dividend equivalents accrued during 2012 and subject to the same performance conditions as the underlying matching shares.

 

 

78                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Global Share Incentive Plan (audited)

The following conditional shares were granted during 2012 and outstanding at 31 December 2012 under the Global Share Incentive Plan:

 

     

 

 

Balance of

conditional shares

at 1 January 2012

  

  

  

   

 

 

Conditional

shares awarded

in 2012

  

  

(a) 

                                           

 

 

Balance of

conditional shares at

31 December 2012

  

  

  

      Share type        Original award       

 

 

 

 

(Performance

period 1 January

2012 to

31 December

2014)

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

Price at

award

  

  

   

 

 

 

 

Dividend

shares

accrued

during the

year

  

  

  

  

(c) 

   

 

 

Vested

in

2012

 

  

(d) 

   

 

Lapsed

in 2012

 

  

   
 
Price at
vesting
  
  
    No. of shares   

Paul Polman

    NV        164,915 (b)      38,676        25.62        4,845        60,213        (8,997     25.99        139,226   
      PLC        165,518 (b)      38,676        £20.63        5,365        60,213        (8,997     £20.89        140,349   

Jean-Marc Huët

    NV        66,639 (c)      29,798        25.62        3,475                   99,912   
      PLC        67,058 (c)      29,798        £20.63        3,850                               100,706   

 

(a)  Each award of conditional shares vests three years after the date of the award, subject to performance conditions based on underlying sales growth, core operating margin improvement, cumulative operating cash flow and relative total shareholder return (further details can be found on page 73). The 2012 award was made at grant date 17 February 2012.
(b)  This includes a grant of 69,210 of each of Unilever NV and PLC shares made on 19 March 2009, a grant of 44,137 of each of Unilever NV and PLC shares made on 18 March 2010, a grant of 47,173 of each of Unilever NV and PLC shares made on 14 March 2011 and 4,395 Unilever NV dividend shares and 4,998 Unilever PLC dividend shares accrued in prior years. The first grant vested on 19 March 2012, and the second and third grant will vest on 18 March 2013 and 14 March 2014 respectively.
(c)  This includes a grant of 30,906 of each of Unilever NV and PLC shares made on 18 March 2010, a grant of 32,665 of each of Unilever NV and PLC shares made on 14 March 2011 and 3,068 Unilever NV dividend shares and 3,487 Unilever PLC dividend shares accrued in prior years. The first and second grant will vest on 18 March 2013 and 14 March 2014 respectively.
(d)  The 19 March 2009 grant vested on 19 March 2012 at 87%.

Restricted Stock (audited)

Jean-Marc Huët received a one-off restricted stock award on joining Unilever under the GSIP. Details of balances and vesting during 2012 are shown below.

 

         

Balance of

shares at

1 January 2012

               Vesting in 2012        

Balance of

shares at

31 December 2012

 
     Share type     No. of shares         No. of shares     Price at vesting         No. of shares  

Jean-Marc Huët(a)

    NV        43,767          21,883        25.99          21,884   
      PLC        43,767          21,883        £20.89          21,884   
(a)  Vesting on 19 March 2012 of 1/3 of original award (made 18 March 2010 at 22.53 and £19.44). The final 1/3 of the original award will vest on 18 March 2013.

Share Save Plan (audited)

The Share Save Plan is an HMRC-approved all-employee savings-related share option scheme under which employees can save up to a limit of £250 per month with an option to buy Unilever PLC shares at the end of a five-year vesting (subject to continued employment).

 

      Share type       

 

 

Balance of

options at

1 January 2012

  

  

(a) 

   
 
Granted
in 2012
  
  
   

 

 

Balance of

options at

31 December 2012

  

  

  

   
 
First
exercisable date
  
  
   

 

Final

expiry date

  

  

Paul Polman

    PLC        1,042               1,042        01/10/2014        01/04/2015   
(a)  Option price at grant was £14.92.

The highest and lowest share price per ordinary PLC 31/9p share during the year were £24.29 and £19.94 and the market price per ordinary PLC 31/9p share at year end was £23.66.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                79


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

 

Executive Directors’ interests in shares (audited)

 

       Share type (a)      Shares held at 1 January 2012 (b)      Shares held at 31 December 2012 (b) 

Paul Polman

     NV        173,401        234,291   
       PLC        131,481        192,371   

Jean-Marc Huët

     NV        38,769        52,921   
       PLC        38,769        52,921   

 

(a)  NV shares are ordinary 0.16 shares and PLC shares are ordinary 31/9p shares.
(b)  Numbers exclude awards and options over shares which are disclosed above.

The table shows the interest in NV and PLC ordinary shares of Executive Directors and their connected persons as at 31 December 2012. On 18 February 2013 Paul Polman and Jean-Marc Huët invested 60% and 25% respectively of their annual bonus earned in 2012 and paid in 2013 in the MCIP. This resulted in 22,999 NV and 22,999 PLC investment shares for Paul Polman and 5,157 NV and 5,157 PLC investment shares for Jean-Marc Huët. They each received a corresponding award of performance-related NV and PLC shares under the terms of the MCIP.

The voting rights of the Directors who hold interests in the share capital of NV and PLC are the same as for other holders of the class of shares indicated. None of the Directors’ (Executive and Non-Executive) or other executive officers’ shareholdings amounts to more than 1% of the issued shares in that class of share. Except as stated above, all shareholdings are beneficial.

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration in 2012 (audited)

 

Non-Executive Directors    
 

 

 

Total fees
paid in

2012

 ‘000

  
  

(a) 

  

   

 

 

 

Total fees

paid in

2011

 ‘000

  

  

  

  

Michael Treschow(b)

    659 (c)      635   

Louise Fresco

    108        87   

Ann Fudge

    139        113   

Charles Golden

    133        113   

Byron Grote(d)

    128        87   

Sunil Bharti Mittal

    96        59   

Hixonia Nyasulu

    127        113   

Kees Storm(e)

    203        160   

Sir Malcolm Rifkind(f)

    119        97   

Paul Walsh(g)

    143        94   

Former Director

   

Jeroen van der Veer(h)

           75   

Total

    1,855        1,633   

 

(a)  Covers fees received from both NV in euros and PLC in sterling. Includes basic Non-Executive fee and committee chairmanship and/or membership. In moving to the new modular fee structure on 1 January 2012, the intercontinental travel allowance was discontinued. Ann Fudge, Charles Golden and Hixonia Nyasulu received a one-time payment of £10,000 each to compensate for the removal of this allowance.
(b)  Chairman.
(c)  This does not include the one-time Dutch crisis tax charge to which Dutch-based companies like Unilever N.V. are subject to of 16% on the portion of directors’ 2012 fees exceeding 150,000 from current appointment that is taxable in the Netherlands. The tax charge for Unilever N.V. with respect to the Chairman is 26,751.
(d)  Chairman of Audit Committee.
(e)  Vice Chairman.
(f)  Chairman of Corporate Responsibility Committee.
(g)  Chairman of Compensation and Management Resources Committee & Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(h)  Retired at AGMs in 2011.

We do not grant our Non-Executive Directors any personal loans or guarantees.

 

 

80                Report of the Directors Governance   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Non-Executive Directors’ interests in share capital (audited)

Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to build up their personal holding of Unilever shares to at least one-times their annual fees over the five years from 1 January 2012 (or appointment if later) to ensure alignment with shareholders’ interests. Levels of the Non-Executive Directors’ Shareholdings are shown in the table below:

 

       Share type (a)     
 
 
 
Shares
held at
1 January
2012
  
  
  
(a) 
   

 
 

 

Shares

held at
31 December

2012

  

  
 

(a) 

Michael Treschow

     NV        15,158        15,158   
       PLC        15,000        15,000   

Louise Fresco

     NV        1,000        1,800   
       PLC                 

Ann Fudge

     NV NY               _   
       PLC ADRs        1,000        2,600   

Charles Golden

     NV NY        1,000        1,000   
       PLC ADRs                 

Byron Grote

     NV NY        6,000        6,000   
       PLC ADRs        5,000        5,000   

Hixonia Nyasulu

     NV               200   
       PLC        150        350   

Sunil B Mittal

     NV        _        _   
       PLC               2,100   

Malcolm Rifkind

     NV        _        _   
       PLC        1500        1,500   

Kees Storm

     NV               7,500   
       PLC                 

Paul Walsh

     NV               _   
       PLC        1,000        1,000   
(a)  NV shares are ordinary 0.16 shares and PLC shares are ordinary 31/9p shares.

The table shows the interests in NV and PLC ordinary shares of Non-Executive Directors and their connected persons as at 31 December 2012. There has been no change in these interests between 31 December 2012 and 4 March 2013.

This Directors’ Remuneration Report has been approved by the Boards and signed on their behalf by Tonia Lovell – Group Secretary.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Report of the Directors Governance                81


Table of Contents

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

LOGO

 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

     83   

Independent auditors’ reports

     84   

Consolidated income statement

     86   

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

     87   

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

     87   

Consolidated balance sheet

     88   

Consolidated cash flow statement

     89   

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

     90   

1

  Accounting information and policies      90   

2

  Segment information      92   

3

  Gross profit and operating costs      94   

4

  Employees      95   
  4A Staff and management costs      95   
  4B Pensions and similar obligations      95   
  4C Share-based compensation plans      101   

5

  Net finance costs      102   

6

  Taxation      102   
  6A Income tax      102   
  6B Deferred tax      103   
  6C Tax on other comprehensive income      104   

7

  Combined earnings per share      105   

8

  Dividends on ordinary capital      105   

9

  Goodwill and intangible assets      106   

10

  Property, plant and equipment      107   

11

  Other non-current assets      109   

12

  Inventories      110   

13

  Trade and other current receivables      110   

14

  Trade payables and other liabilities      111   

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

  

15

  Capital and funding      112   
  15A Share capital      113   
  15B Equity      114   
  15C Financial liabilities      115   

16

  Treasury risk management      116   
  16A Management of liquidity risk      116   
  16B Management of market risk      118   
  16C Derivatives and hedging      120   

17

  Investment and return      121   
  17A Financial assets      122   
  17B Credit risk      122   

18

  Financial instruments fair value risk      123   

19

  Provisions      124   

20

  Commitments and contingent liabilities      125   

21

  Acquisitions and disposals      126   

22

  Assets and liabilities held for sale      128   

23

  Related party transactions      128   

24

  Remuneration of auditors      129   

25

  Events after the balance sheet date      129   

26

  Principal group companies and non-current investments      130   

Independent auditor’s report – Unilever N.V.

     132   

Company accounts – Unilever N.V.

     133   

Notes to the Company accounts – Unilever N.V.

     134   

Further statutory and other information – Unilever N.V.

     137   

Independent auditor’s report – Unilever PLC

     138   

Company accounts – Unilever PLC

     139   

Notes to the Company accounts – Unilever PLC

     140   

Further statutory and other information – Unilever PLC

     142   

Shareholder information

     144   
 

 

 

82                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

 

 

Annual accounts

The Directors are required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands and the UK Companies Act 2006 to prepare accounts for each financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Unilever Group, and the NV and PLC entities, as at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss and cash flows for that year.

The Directors consider that, in preparing the accounts, the Group and the NV and PLC entities have used the most appropriate accounting policies, consistently applied and supported by reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates, and that all International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (in the case of the consolidated financial statements), UK accounting standards (in the case of the parent company accounts) and Dutch law (in the case of the NV parent company accounts) which they consider to be applicable have been followed.

The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that NV and PLC keep accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy their financial position and which enable the Directors to ensure that the accounts comply with the relevant legislation. They also have a general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group, and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

This statement, which should be read in conjunction with the Auditors’ reports, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the auditors in relation to the accounts.

A copy of the financial statements of the Unilever Group is placed on our website at www.unilever.com/investorrelations. The maintenance and integrity of the website are the responsibility of the Directors, and the work carried out by the auditors does not involve consideration of these matters. Accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially placed on the website. Legislation in the UK and the Netherlands governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

UK law sets out additional responsibilities for the Directors of PLC regarding disclosure of information to auditors. Disclosure in respect of these responsibilities is made on page 143.

Directors’ responsibility statement

Each of the Directors confirms that, to the best of his or her knowledge:

  The financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (in the case of the consolidated financial statements) and UK accounting standards (in the case of the PLC parent company accounts) and UK accounting standards and Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code (in the case of the NV parent company accounts), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group and the NV and PLC entities taken as a whole; and
  The Report of the Directors includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and the NV and PLC entities taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties they face.

The Directors and their roles are listed on pages 42 and 49.

Going concern

The activities of the Group, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance, the financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in About Unilever and the Financial review 2012 on pages 2 to 35. In addition, we describe in notes 15 to 18 on pages 112 to 124 the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities and its exposures to credit and liquidity risk.

The Group has considerable financial resources together with established business relationships with many customers and suppliers in countries throughout the world. As a consequence, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully despite the current uncertain outlook.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing this Annual Report and Accounts.

Internal and disclosure controls and procedures

Please refer to pages 36 to 40 for a discussion of Unilever’s principal risk factors and to page 41 for commentary on the Group’s approach to risk management and control.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                83


Table of Contents

 

AUDITOR’S REPORT NETHERLANDS

 

 

LOGO

To: the General Meeting of Shareholders of Unilever N.V.

Report on the consolidated financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements 2012 as set out on pages 86 to 131 which are part of the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 of the Unilever Group for the year ended 31 December 2012, which comprise the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated balance sheet, consolidated cash flow statement and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Directors’ responsibility

The Directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code, and for the preparation of the Report of the Directors in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Furthermore, the Directors are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with Dutch law, including the Dutch Standards on Auditing. This requires that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the Directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion with respect to the consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of Unilever Group as at 31 December 2012, and of its result and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and as issued by the international Accounting Standards Board and with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Separate report on company accounts

We have reported separately on the company accounts of Unilever N.V. for the year ended 31 December 2012.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

Pursuant to the legal requirement under Section 2: 393 sub 5 at e and f of the Dutch Civil Code, we have no deficiencies to report as a result of our examination whether the Report of the Directors, to the extent we can assess, has been prepared in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of this Code, and whether the information as required under Section 2: 392 sub 1 at b-h has been annexed. Further we report that the Report of the Directors, to the extent we can assess, is consistent with the consolidated financial statements as required by Section 2: 391 sub 4 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Amsterdam, 5 March 2013

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.

R A J Swaak RA

 

 

 

84                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

AUDITOR’S REPORT UNITED KINGDOM

 

 

LOGO

We have audited the group financial statements of Unilever Group for the year ended 31 December 2012 which comprise the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated balance sheet, consolidated cash flow statement, and the related notes on pages 86 to 131. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditors

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities set out on page 83, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the group financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the group financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the group financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the group financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Opinion on financial statements

In our opinion the group financial statements:

  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2012 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended;
  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and
  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as issued by the IASB

As explained in note 1 to the group financial statements, the Group in addition to complying with its legal obligation to apply IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, has also applied IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

In our opinion the group financial statements comply with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, the information given in the Directors’ Report set out on pages 142 and 143 for the financial year for which the group financial statements are prepared is consistent with the group financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

  the Directors’ statement, set out on page 83, in relation to going concern;
  the part of the Corporate Governance statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review; and
  certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board on Directors’ remuneration.

Other matters

We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of Unilever PLC for the year ended 31 December 2012 and on the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited.

John Baker

(Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

London

5 March 2013

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                85


Table of Contents

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP

 

 

LOGO

for the year ended 31 December

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

      million
2010
 

Turnover 2

     51,324         46,467         44,262   

Operating profit 2

     6,989         6,433         6,339   

After (charging)/crediting non-core items 3

     (73      144         308   

Net finance costs 5

 

    

 

(397

 

 

    

 

(377

 

 

    

 

(394

 

 

Finance income

     136         92         77   

Finance costs

     (526      (540      (491

Pensions and similar obligations

     (7      71         20   

Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates 11

     105         113         111   

Other income/(loss) from non-current investments 11

     (14      76         76   

Profit before taxation

     6,683         6,245         6,132   

Taxation 6A

     (1,735      (1,622      (1,534

Net profit

     4,948         4,623         4,598   

Attributable to:

        

Non-controlling interests

     468         371         354   

Shareholders’ equity

     4,480         4,252         4,244   

Combined earnings per share 7

        

Basic earnings per share ()

     1.58         1.51         1.51   

Diluted earnings per share ()

     1.54         1.46         1.46   

References in the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated balance sheet and consolidated cash flow statement relate to notes on pages 90 to 131, which form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

86                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

for the year ended 31 December

 

       million
2012
      million
2011
      million
2010
 

Fair value gains/(losses) on financial instruments net of tax:

        

On cash flow hedges

     (141      (148      41   

On available-for-sale financial assets

     16         (20      2   

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension schemes net of tax

     (644      (1,243      105   

Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax(a)

     (316      (703      460   

Other comprehensive income 6C

     (1,085      (2,114      608   

Net profit

     4,948         4,623         4,598   

Total comprehensive income 15

     3,863         2,509         5,206   

Attributable to:

        

Non-controlling interests

     444         314         412   

Shareholders’ equity

     3,419         2,195         4,794   
(a)  Includes fair value gains/(losses) on net investment hedges of (160) million (2011: 45 million; 2010: 107 million).

 

LOGO

for the year ended 31 December

 

       million
2012
      million
2011
      million
2010
 

Equity at 1 January

     14,921         15,078         12,536   

Total comprehensive income for the year

     3,863         2,509         5,206   

Dividends on ordinary capital

     (2,696      (2,487      (2,309

Movement in treasury stock

     52         48         (126

Share-based payment credit

     153         105         144   

Dividends paid to minority shareholders

     (464      (288      (289

Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax

     (2      (1      2   

Other movements in equity

 

    

 

(111

 

 

    

 

(43

 

 

    

 

(86

 

 

Equity at 31 December 15B

     15,716         14,921         15,078   

For further information on movements in equity please refer to note 15B on page 114.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                87


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

 

LOGO

as at 31 December

 

       million
2012
      million
2011
 
Assets      

Non-current assets

     

Goodwill 9

     14,619         14,896   

Intangible assets 9

     7,099         7,017   

Property, plant and equipment 10

     9,445         8,774   

Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus 4B

     672         1,003   

Deferred tax assets 6B

     1,113         421   

Financial assets 17A

     535         478   

Other non-current assets 11

     536         632   
     34,019         33,221   

Current assets

     

Inventories 12

     4,436         4,601   

Trade and other current receivables 13

     4,436         4,513   

Current tax assets

     217         219   

Cash and cash equivalents 17A

     2,465         3,484   

Other financial assets 17A

     401         1,453   

Non-current assets held for sale 22

     192         21   
     12,147         14,291   
Total assets      46,166         47,512   
Liabilities      

Current liabilities

     

Financial liabilities 15C

     2,656         5,840   

Trade payables and other current liabilities 14

     11,668         10,971   

Current tax liabilities

     1,129         725   

Provisions 19

     361         393   

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale 22

     1           
     15,815         17,929   

Non-current liabilities

     

Financial liabilities 15C

     7,565         7,878   

Non-current tax liabilities

     100         258   

Pensions and post-retirement healthcare liabilities:

     

Funded schemes in deficit 4B

     2,291         2,295   

Unfunded schemes 4B

     2,040         1,911   

Provisions 19

     846         908   

Deferred tax liabilities 6B

     1,393         1,125   

Other non-current liabilities 14

     400         287   
     14,635         14,662   
Total liabilities      30,450         32,591   
Equity      

Shareholders’ equity

     

Called up share capital 15A

     484         484   

Share premium 15B

     140         137   

Other reserves 15B

     (6,196      (6,004

Retained profit 15B

     20,731         19,676   

 

Shareholders’ equity

     15,159         14,293   

Non-controlling interests 15B

    

 

557

 

  

 

    

 

628

 

  

 

Total equity

    

 

15,716

 

  

 

    

 

14,921

 

  

 

Total liabilities and equity      46,166         47,512   

These financial statements have been approved by the Directors.

The Board of Directors

5 March 2013

 

88                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

for the year ended 31 December

 

       million
2012
      million
2011
      million
2010
 

Net profit

     4,948         4,623         4,598   

Taxation

     1,735         1,622         1,534   

Share of net profit of joint ventures/associates and other income/(loss) from non-current investments

     (91      (189      (187

Net finance costs 5

     397         377         394   

Operating profit

     6,989         6,433         6,339   

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     1,199         1,029         993   

Changes in working capital:

     822         (177      169   

Inventories

     (9      (219      (573

Trade and other receivables

     1         (399      (343

Trade payables and other liabilities

     830         441         1,085   

Pensions and similar obligations less payments

     (381      (553      (472

Provisions less payments

     (43      9         72   

Elimination of (profits)/losses on disposals

     (236      (215      (476

Non-cash charge for share-based compensation

     153         105         144   

Other adjustments

     13         8         49   

Cash flow from operating activities

     8,516         6,639         6,818   

Income tax paid

    

 

(1,680

 

 

    

 

(1,187

 

 

    

 

(1,328

 

 

Net cash flow from operating activities      6,836         5,452         5,490   

Interest received

     146         93         70   

Purchase of intangible assets

     (405      (264      (177

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (1,975      (1,835      (1,638

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

     237         125         114   

Acquisition of group companies, joint ventures and associates

     (133      (3,098      (1,252

Disposal of group companies, joint ventures and associates

     246         1,378         891   

Acquisition of other non-current investments

     (91      (88      (85

Disposal of other non-current investments

     88         178         151   

Dividends from joint ventures, associates and other non-current investments

     128         116         184   

(Purchase)/sale of financial assets

    

 

1,004

 

  

 

    

 

(1,072

 

 

    

 

578

 

  

 

Net cash flow (used in)/from investing activities      (755      (4,467      (1,164

Dividends paid on ordinary share capital

     (2,699      (2,485      (2,323

Interest and preference dividends paid

     (506      (496      (494

Net change in short-term borrowings

     (870      1,261         (46

Additional financial liabilities

     1,441         3,419         86   

Repayment of financial liabilities

     (3,565      (907      (1,391

Capital element of finance lease rental payments

     (15      (16      (22

Other movements on treasury stock

     48         30         (124

Other financing activities

     (456      (395      (295
Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities      (6,622      411         (4,609
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      (541      1,396         (283
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year      2,978         1,966         2,397   

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

    

 

(220

 

 

    

 

(384

 

 

    

 

(148

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 17A      2,217         2,978         1,966   

The cash flows of pension funds (other than contributions and other direct payments made by the Group in respect of pensions and similar obligations) are not included in the group cash flow statement.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                89


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP

 

 

LOGO

The accounting policies adopted are the same as those which were applied for the previous financial year, except as set out below under the heading ‘Recent accounting developments’.

Unilever

The two parent companies, NV and PLC, together with their group companies, operate as a single economic entity (the Unilever Group, also referred to as Unilever or the Group). NV and PLC have the same Directors and are linked by a series of agreements, including an Equalisation Agreement, which are designed so that the positions of the shareholders of both companies are as closely as possible the same as if they held shares in a single company.

The Equalisation Agreement provides that both companies adopt the same accounting principles. It also requires that dividends and other rights and benefits attaching to each ordinary share of NV, be equal in value to those rights and benefits attaching to each ordinary share of PLC, as if each such unit of capital formed part of the ordinary share capital of one and the same company.

Basis of consolidation

Due to the operational and contractual arrangements referred to above, NV and PLC form a single reporting entity for the purposes of presenting consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the financial statements of Unilever are presented by both NV and PLC as their respective consolidated financial statements. Group companies included in the consolidation are those companies controlled by NV or PLC. Control exists when the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The net assets and results of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control. The results of disposed businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements up to their date of disposal, being the date control ceases.

Intra-group transactions and balances are eliminated.

The company income statement for NV is included in the consolidated financial statements. An abbreviated income statement has been disclosed in the NV company accounts on page 133 in accordance with Section 402, Book 2, of the Netherlands Civil Code.

Companies legislation and accounting standards

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU), IFRIC Interpretations and in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands and the UK Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. They are also in compliance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

These financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention unless otherwise indicated.

 

Accounting policies

Accounting policies are included in the relevant notes to the consolidated financial statements and have been highlighted with light green shading on pages 92 to 129. The accounting policies below are applied throughout the financial statements.

Foreign currencies

The consolidated financial statements are presented in euros. The functional currencies of NV and PLC are euros and sterling respectively. Items included in the financial statements of individual group companies are recorded in their respective functional currency which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates.

Foreign currency transactions in individual group companies are translated into functional currency using exchange rates at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses from settlement of these transactions, and from translation of monetary assets and liabilities at year-end exchange rates, are recognised in the income statement except when deferred in equity as qualifying hedges.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the balances in individual group companies are translated from their functional currency into euros. The income statement, the cash flow statement and all other movements in assets and liabilities are translated at average rates of exchange as a proxy for the transaction rate, or at the transaction rate itself if more appropriate. Assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates.

The ordinary share capital of NV and PLC is translated in accordance with the Equalisation Agreement. The difference between the value for PLC and the value by applying the year-end rate of exchange is taken to other reserves (see note 15B on page 114).

The effect of exchange rate changes during the year on net assets of foreign operations is recorded in equity. For this purpose net assets include loans between group companies and any related foreign exchange contracts where settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future.

The Group applies hedge accounting to exchange differences arising between the functional currency of a foreign operation and the euro, regardless of whether the net investment is held directly or through an intermediate parent. Differences arising on retranslation of a financial liability designated as a foreign currency net investment hedge are recorded in equity to the extent that the hedge is effective. These differences are reported within profit or loss to the extent that the hedge is ineffective.

Cumulative exchange differences arising since the date of transition to IFRS of 1 January 2004 are reported as a separate component of other reserves. In the event of disposal or part disposal of an interest in a group company either through sale or as a result of a repayment of capital, the cumulative exchange difference is recognised in the income statement as part of the profit or loss on disposal of group companies.

 

 

 

90                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

1. Accounting information and policies continued

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions in the application of accounting policies that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and judgements are continuously evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future period affected.

Information about critical judgements in applying accounting policies, as well as estimates and assumptions that have the most significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are included in the following notes:

  separate presentation of items in the income statement – note 3;
  measurement of defined benefit obligations – note 4B;
  key assumptions used in discounted cash flow projections – note 9;
  utilisation of tax losses and recognition of other deferred tax assets – note 6B;
  likelihood of occurrence of provisions and contingencies, including tax investigations and audits – notes 19 and 20; and
  measurement of consideration and assets and liabilities acquired as part of business combinations – note 21.

Recent accounting developments

Adopted by the Group

The following amended standards are relevant to the Group and have been adopted for the first time in these financial statements, with no material impact:

  IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures (Amendment)’.
  IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes (Amendment) – Deferred Taxes: Recovery of Underlying Assets’.

Not adopted by the Group

The Group is currently assessing the impact of the following new standards and amendments that are not yet effective.

The Group does not currently believe adoption of these standards would have a material impact on the consolidated results or financial position of the Group. All of the following new standards and amendments are effective from 1 January 2013 unless otherwise stated. Standards have not yet been endorsed by the EU unless otherwise stated.

  IAS 19 ‘Employee benefits (Revised)’ changes a number of disclosure requirements for post-employment arrangements and restricts the accounting options available for defined benefit pension plans. The return on pension plan assets and finance charge will be replaced by a net interest expense or income, calculated by applying the liability discount rate to the net defined benefit asset or liability. The Group expects this change will result in an increase in finance costs of 150 million in 2012 (179 million in 2011) with a corresponding increase in actuarial gains or losses on pension schemes before tax when restated under the new standard. The revised standard has been endorsed by the EU.
  IFRS 13 ‘Fair value measurement’ explains how to measure fair value and enhances fair value disclosures. The standard does not significantly change the measurement of fair value but codifies it in one place. This standard has been endorsed by the EU.
  IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’, replaces the current classification and measurement models for financial assets with two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value. Classification is driven by the business model for managing the assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics. Financial liabilities are not affected by the changes. Effective from 1 January 2015.
  Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of items of other comprehensive income’ will result in items of other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to profit or loss being presented separately from items that would never be reclassified. Endorsed by the EU and effective from 1 July 2012.
  Amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial instruments: Presentation’ (effective from 1 January 2014) and IFRS 7 ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’ provide additional guidance on when financial assets and liabilities may be offset. These standards have been endorsed by the EU.
  Amendments to IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated financial statements’, IFRS 11’ Joint arrangements’ and IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of interests in other entities’ on transition guidance.
  Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ clarifies comparative information requirements.
  Amendments to IAS 16 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ explains that servicing equipment is not classified as inventory when used for more than one period.
  Amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ clarifies that the treatment of tax on distributions and equity transaction costs must follow IAS 12 ‘Income taxes’.
  Amendments to IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ aligns the disclosure required for segment assets and liabilities in interim financial statements with IFRS 8 ‘Operating segments’.

The EU has endorsed the following standards, which will be mandatory from 1 January 2014 with early application permitted. This is a year later than the adoption dates in the standards themselves, which require that entities complying with IFRS as issued by the IASB apply them from 1 January 2013. The Group will adopt these standards from 1 January 2013, which is a year early from an EU perspective. The impact of the standards on the consolidated results or financial position of the Group will not be material.

  IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated financial statements’ replaces current guidance on control and consolidation. The core principle that a consolidated entity presents a parent and its subsidiaries as if they were a single entity remains unchanged, as do the mechanics of consolidation.
  IFRS 11 ‘Joint arrangements’ requires joint arrangements to be accounted for as a joint operation or as a joint venture depending on the rights and obligations of each party to the arrangement. Equity accounting for joint ventures, already used by Unilever, will become mandatory.
  IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of interests in other entities’ requires enhanced disclosures of the nature, risks and financial effects associated with the Group’s interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities.
  IAS 27 ‘Separate financial statements (Revised)’. The standard is revised to reflect the issue of IFRS 10.
  IAS 28 ‘Investments in associates and joint ventures (Revised)’. The standard is revised to reflect the issue of IFRS 11.

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

LOGO

 

Segmental reporting

The Group has revised its operating segments to align with the new structure under which the business is managed. From 2012, operating segment information is provided based on four product areas rather than geographical regions. The four product areas are:

 

Personal Care     including sales of skincare and haircare products, deodorants and oral care products.
Foods     including sales of soups, bouillons, sauces, snacks, mayonnaise, salad dressings, margarines and spreads.
Refreshment     including sales of ice cream, tea-based beverages, weight-management products and nutritionally enhanced staples sold in developing markets.
Home Care     including sales of home care products, such as laundry tablets, powders and liquids, soap bars and a wide range of cleaning products.

Revenue recognition

Turnover comprises sales of goods after the deduction of discounts, sales taxes and estimated returns. It does not include sales between group companies. Discounts given by Unilever include rebates, price reductions and incentives given to customers, promotional couponing and trade communication costs.

Turnover is recognised when the risks and rewards of the underlying products have been substantially transferred to the customer. Depending on individual customer terms, this can be at the time of dispatch, delivery or upon formal customer acceptance.

Core operating profit

From 2012 the Group refers to core operating profit which means operating profit before the impact of non-core items (refer to note 3 for explanation of non-core items).

 

     

million

Personal

Care

    

 million

 

Foods

   

million

 

Refreshment

   

 million

 

Home Care

   

 million

 

Total

 

2012

           

Turnover

     18,097         14,444        9,726        9,057        51,324   

Operating profit

     2,928         2,605        911        545        6,989   

Non-core items 3

    

 

160

 

  

 

    

 

(73

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

(14

 

 

   

 

73

 

  

 

Core operating profit

     3,088         2,532        911        531        7,062   

Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates

     1         5        99               105   

Depreciation and amortisation

     336         311        340        212        1,199   

Impairment and other non-cash charges(a)

     189         141        106        128        564   

2011

           

Turnover

     15,471         13,986        8,804        8,206        46,467   

Operating profit

     2,536         2,693        723        481        6,433   

Non-core items 3

    

 

187

 

  

 

    

 

(244

 

 

   

 

(47

 

 

   

 

(40

 

 

   

 

(144

 

 

Core operating profit

     2,723         2,449        676        441        6,289   

Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates

     5         7        98        3        113   

Depreciation and amortisation

     272         286        281        190        1,029   

Impairment and other non-cash charges(a)

     138         183        154        136        611   

2010

           

Turnover

     13,767         14,164        8,605        7,726        44,262   

Operating profit

     2,296         2,846        724        473        6,339   

Non-core items 3

    

 

50

 

  

 

    

 

(464

 

 

   

 

(2

 

 

   

 

108

 

  

 

   

 

(308

 

 

Core operating profit

     2,346         2,382        722        581        6,031   

Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates

     7         18        92        (6     111   

Depreciation and amortisation

     255         282        273        183        993   

Impairment and other non-cash charges(a)

     123         132        81        190        526   
(a)  Other non-cash charges include charges to the income statement during the year in respect of the share-based compensation and provisions.

 

92                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

2. Segment information continued

 

The home countries of the Unilever Group are the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. Turnover and non-current assets(b) for these two countries combined, the USA and Brazil (being the two largest countries outside the home countries) and all other countries are:

 

     million       million       million      million       million  
     

Netherlands/

United

Kingdom

     USA      Brazil     

All other

countries

     Total  

2012

              

Turnover

     3,980         7,834         3,813         35,697         51,324   

Non-current assets(b)

     3,353         8,670         2,235         17,441         31,699   

2011

                                            

Turnover

     3,693         6,889         3,644         32,241         46,467   

Non-current assets(b)

     2,915         9,286         2,525         16,593         31,319   

2010

                                            

Turnover

     3,490         6,725         3,502         30,545         44,262   

Non-current assets(b)

     2,602         5,960         2,681         15,367         26,610   
(b) Non-current assets excluding financial assets, deferred tax assets and pension assets for funded schemes in surplus.

No other country had turnover or non-current assets (as shown above) greater than 10% of the Group total.

Additional information by geographies

Although the Group’s operations are managed by product area, we provide additional information based on geographies. The analysis of turnover by geographical area is stated on the basis of origin. Sales between geographical areas are carried out at arm’s length and were not material.

 

      million      million      million      million  
      

 

 

Asia/

AMET/

RUB

  

  

(C) 

   

 

The

Americas

  

  

    Europe        Total   

2012

        

Turnover

     20,357        17,088        13,879        51,324   

Operating profit

     2,637        2,433        1,919        6,989   

Non-core items

    

 

30

 

  

 

   

 

(13

 

 

   

 

56

 

  

 

   

 

73

 

  

 

Core operating profit

     2,667        2,420        1,975        7,062   

Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates

     (2     68        39        105   

2011

        

Turnover

     17,723        15,251        13,493        46,467   

Operating profit

     2,109        2,250        2,074        6,433   

Non-core items

    

 

19

 

  

 

   

 

(127

 

 

   

 

(36

 

 

   

 

(144

 

 

Core operating profit

     2,128        2,123        2,038        6,289   

Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates

     (1     67        47        113   

2010

        

Turnover

     16,460        14,562        13,240        44,262   

Operating profit

     2,142        2,169        2,028        6,339   

Non-core items

    

 

(1

 

 

   

 

6

 

  

 

   

 

(313

 

 

   

 

(308

 

 

Core operating profit

     2,141        2,175        1,715        6,031   

Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates

     (1     69        43        111   

 

(c)  Refers to Asia, Africa, Middle East, Turkey, Russia, Ukraine and Belarus.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

LOGO

 

Research and market support costs

Expenditure on research and market support, such as advertising, is charged to the income statement as incurred.

Non-core items

Disclosed on the face of the income statement are costs and revenues relating to business disposals, acquisition and disposal related costs, impairments and other one-off items, which we collectively term non-core items due to their nature and frequency of occurrence. These items are material in terms of nature and/or amount and are relevant to an understanding of our financial performance.

Business disposals generate both gains and losses which are not reflective of underlying performance. Acquisition and disposal related costs are charges directly attributable to the acquisition or disposal of group companies.

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Turnover

     51,324        46,467        44,262   

Cost of sales

     (30,703     (27,930     (25,890

Gross profit

     20,621        18,537        18,372   

Selling and administrative expenses

     (13,632     (12,104     (12,033

Operating profit

     6,989        6,433        6,339   

Non-core items

Non-core items are disclosed on the face of the income statement to provide additional information to users to help them better understand underlying business performance.

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Acquisition and disposal related costs

     (190     (234     (50

Gain/(loss) on disposal of group companies

     117        221        468   

Impairments and other one-off items(a)

            157        (110

Non-core items before tax

     (73     144        308   

Tax impact of non-core items

 

    

 

(14

 

 

   

 

(6

 

 

   

 

(12

 

 

Non-core items after tax

     (87     138        296   

Attributable to:

      

Non-controlling interests

                     

Shareholders’ equity

     (87     138        296   

 

(a)  Included in the 2011 balance is a past service credit for the UK pension plan amounting to 153 million and the 2010 balance relates to provision for EU competition investigations.

Other

Other items within operating costs include:

 

     

 million

2012

   

million

2011

   

million

2010

 

Staff costs 4

     (6,291     (5,345     (5,599

Distribution costs

     (3,264     (3,080     (3,015

Raw and packaging materials and goods purchased for resale

     (20,998     (19,253     (17,636

Amortisation of finite-life intangible assets and software 9

     (213     (191     (174

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 10

     (986     (838     (819

Advertising and promotions

     (6,763     (6,069     (6,064

Research and development

     (1,003     (1,009     (928

Exchange gains/(losses):

 

    

 

(118

 

 

   

 

(9

 

 

   

 

7

 

  

 

On underlying transactions

     (96     (45     (36

On covering forward contracts

     (22     36        43   

Lease rentals:

 

    

 

(558

 

 

   

 

(452

 

 

   

 

(465

 

 

Minimum operating lease payments

     (558     (456     (465

Contingent operating lease payments

     (8     (3     (4

Less: Sub-lease income relating to operating lease agreements

     8        7        4   
                          

 

94                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

4A. Staff and management costs

 

Staff costs   

million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Remuneration of employees

     (5,133     (4,596     (4,572

Pensions and other post-employment benefits

     (346     (17     (276

Social security costs

     (659     (627     (607

Share-based compensation costs

     (153     (105     (144
       (6,291     (5,345     (5,599
Average number of employees during the year   

‘000

2012

   

‘000

2011

   

‘000

2010

 

Asia/AMET/RUB

     94        92        90   

The Americas

     43        42        40   

Europe

     35        35        35   
       172        169        165   
Key management compensation   

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Salaries and short-term employee benefits

     (28     (15     (17

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

     (2     (2     (2

Post-employment benefits

     (2     (2     (2

Share-based benefits

     (10     (11     (10
     (42     (30     (31

Of which:

      

Executive Directors

     (12     (10     (7

Non-Executive Directors

     (2     (2     (2

Other

     (28     (18     (22
       (42     (30     (31

Key management personnel are defined as the members of the Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE) and the Non-Executive Directors.

Details of the remuneration of Directors are given in the parts noted as audited in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 81.

4B. Pensions and similar obligations

 

For defined benefit plans, operating and finance costs are recognised separately in the income statement. The amount charged to operating cost in the income statement is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus the costs of individual events such as past service benefit enhancements, settlements and curtailments (such events are recognised immediately in the income statement). The amount charged or credited to finance costs includes a credit equivalent to the Group’s expected return on the pension plans’ assets over the year, offset by a charge equal to the expected increase in the plans’ liabilities over the year due to the passage of time. Any differences between the expected return on assets and the return actually achieved, and any changes in the liabilities over the year due to changes in assumptions or experience within the plans, are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income.

The defined benefit plan surplus or deficit on the balance sheet comprises the total for each plan of the fair value of plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate based on high quality corporate bonds).

All defined benefit plans are subject to regular actuarial review using the projected unit method, either by external consultants or by actuaries employed by Unilever. The Group policy is that the most important plans, representing approximately 80% of the defined benefit liabilities, are formally valued every year. Other principal plans, accounting for approximately a further 15% of liabilities, have their liabilities updated each year. Group policy for the remaining plans requires a full actuarial valuation at least every three years. Asset values for all plans are updated every year.

For defined contribution plans, the charges to the income statement are the company contributions payable, as the company’s obligation is limited to contributions paid into the plans. The assets and liabilities of such plans are not included in the balance sheet of the Group.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

4B. Pensions and similar obligations continued

 

Description of plans

In many countries the Group operates defined benefit pension plans based on employee pensionable remuneration and length of service. The majority of these plans are externally funded. The Group also provides other post-employment benefits, mainly post-employment healthcare plans in the United States. These plans are predominantly unfunded. The Group also operates a number of defined contribution plans, the assets of which are held in external funds.

The majority of the Group’s externally funded plans are established as trusts, foundations or similar entities. The operation of these entities is governed by local regulations and practice in each country, as is the nature of the relationship between the Group and the trustees (or equivalent) and their composition.

Investment strategy

The Group’s investment strategy in respect of its funded pension plans is implemented within the framework of the various statutory requirements of the territories where the plans are based. The Group has developed policy guidelines for the allocation of assets to different classes with the objective of controlling risk and maintaining the right balance between risk and long-term returns in order to limit the cost to the Group of the benefits provided. To achieve this, investments are well diversified, such that the failure of any single investment would not have a material impact on the overall level of assets. The plans continue to invest a good proportion of the assets in equities, which the Group believes offer the best returns over the long term commensurate with an acceptable level of risk. For risk control, the pension funds also have significant investments in liability matching assets (bonds) as well as in property and other alternative assets. The majority of assets are managed by a number of external fund managers with a small proportion managed in-house. Unilever has a pooled investment vehicle (Univest) which it believes offers its pension plans around the world a simplified externally managed investment vehicle to implement their strategic asset allocation models, currently for bonds, equities and alternative assets. The aim is to provide high quality, well diversified, cost effective, risk-controlled vehicles. The pension plans’ investments are overseen by Unilever’s internal investment company, the Univest Company.

Assumptions

With the objective of presenting the assets and liabilities of the pensions and other post-employment benefit plans at their fair value on the balance sheet, assumptions under IAS 19 are set by reference to market conditions at the valuation date. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligations vary according to the country in which the plan is situated. The following table shows the assumptions, weighted by liabilities, used to value the principal defined benefit plans (which cover approximately 95% of total pension liabilities) and the plans providing other post-employment benefits, and in addition the expected long-term rates of return on assets, weighted by asset value.

 

     31 December 2012     31 December 2011  
     

Principal

defined benefit

pension plans

   

Other

post-employment

benefit plans

   

Principal

defined benefit

pension plans

   

Other

post-employment

benefit plans

 

Discount rate

     3.9     4.0     4.6     4.3

Inflation

     2.3     n/a        2.5     n/a   

Rate of increase in salaries

     3.2     3.6     3.4     3.5

Rate of increase for pensions in payment (where provided)

     2.1     n/a        2.4     n/a   

Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided)

     2.3     n/a        2.6     n/a   

Long-term medical cost inflation

     n/a        5.0     n/a        5.0

Expected long-term rates of return:

        

Equities

     6.9       7.2  

Bonds

     3.0       3.8  

Property

     4.4       4.7  

Others

     4.9       6.2  

Weighted average asset return

     5.0             5.6        

The valuations of other post-employment benefit plans generally assume a higher initial level of medical cost inflation, which falls from 7.0% to the long-term rate within the next five years. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effect:

 

     

million

1% point increase

    

million

1% point decrease

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

     1         (1

Effect on total benefit obligation

     11         (12

The expected rates of return on plan assets were determined, based on actuarial advice, by a process that takes the long-term rates of return on government bonds available at the balance sheet date and applies to these rates suitable risk premiums that take account of historic market returns and current market long-term expectations for each asset class.

 

96                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

4B. Pensions and similar obligations continued

 

For the most important pension plans, representing approximately 80% of all defined benefit plans by liabilities, the assumptions used at 31 December 2012 and 2011 were:

 

     United Kingdom     Netherlands     United States     Germany  
      2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     4.3     4.7     3.1     4.5     3.8     3.9     3.1     4.5

Inflation

     2.6     3.0     1.7     1.8     2.3     2.3     1.7     1.8

Rate of increase in salaries

     3.6     4.0     2.2     2.3     3.5     3.5     2.8     2.8

Rate of increase for pensions in payment (where provided)

     2.5     2.8     1.7     1.8                   1.7     1.8

Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided)

     2.6     2.9     1.7     1.8                            

Expected long-term rates of return:

                

Equities

     7.1     7.3     6.5     7.0     7.0     6.9     6.5     7.0

Bonds

     3.5     3.8     2.5     3.5     3.5     3.4     2.5     3.7

Property

     4.6     4.8     4.0     4.5     4.5     4.4     4.0     4.5

Others

     5.7     6.9     3.4     5.8     5.0     5.4     4.3     4.6

Weighted average asset return

     5.8     6.2     4.2     5.0     5.1     5.0     4.3     4.9

Number of years a current pensioner is expected to live beyond age 65:

                

Men

     21.7        21.7        22.0        21.5        19.5        19.0        19.4        19.4   

Women

     23.6        23.5        23.5        23.3        21.5        20.9        23.0        23.0   

Number of years a future pensioner currently aged 45 is expected to live beyond age 65:

                

Men

     23.5        23.5        23.7        23.0        20.7        20.6        19.4        19.4   

Women

     25.2        25.2        24.5        24.2        22.7        22.5        23.0        23.0   

Demographic assumptions, such as mortality rates, are set having regard to the latest trends in life expectancy (including expectations of future improvements), plan experience and other relevant data. These assumptions are reviewed and updated as necessary as part of the periodic actuarial valuation of the pension plans. The years of life expectancy for 2012 above have been translated from the following tables:

  UK: the year of use S1 series all pensioners (‘S1AP’) tables have been adopted, which are based on the experience of UK pension schemes over the period 2000-2006. Scaling factors are applied reflecting the experience of our pension funds appropriate to the members’ gender and status. Future improvements in longevity have been allowed for in line with the 2009 CMI Core Projections and a 1% pa long-term improvement rate.
  The Netherlands: the Dutch Actuarial Society’s AG Prognosetafel 2012-2062 table is used with correction factors to allow for the typically longer life expectancy of pension fund members relative to the general population. This table has an in-built allowance for future improvements in longevity.
  United States: the table RP-2000 with generational mortality improvement using Scale BB. This table has an in-built allowance for future improvements in longevity.
  Germany: fund specific tables are used which broadly equate to the Heubeck 2005 generational table projected to 2030.

Assumptions for the remaining defined benefit plans vary considerably, depending on the economic conditions of the countries where they are situated.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

4B. Pensions and similar obligations continued

 

Income statement

The charge to the income statement comprises:

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Charged to operating profit:

      

Defined benefit pension and other benefit plans:

      

Current service cost

     (278     (252     (261

Employee contributions

     18        15        13   

Special termination benefits

     (17     (31     (22

Past service cost

     27        195        60   

Settlements/curtailments

     20        146        6   

Defined contribution plans

 

    

 

(116

 

 

   

 

(90

 

 

   

 

(72

 

 

Total operating cost 4A

     (346     (17     (276

Charged to net finance costs:

      

Interest on retirement benefits

     (904     (908     (963

Expected return on assets

     897        979        983   

Total net finance income/(cost) 5

 

    

 

(7

 

 

   

 

71

 

  

 

   

 

20

 

  

 

Net impact on the income statement (before tax)

     (353     54        (256

Significant items on the face of the income statement

Included in the 2011 balance are a past service credit of 153 million, as Unilever implemented amendments to certain constructive obligations in the UK that the company had the discretion to amend and curtailment credits of 146 million relating to benefit changes mainly in the UK, the USA and Canada.

Statement of comprehensive income

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income comprise:

 

      million      million      million      million      million      million  
      2012     2011     2010     2009     2008    

Cumulative

1 January

2004 to

present

 

Actual return less expected return on pension and other benefit plan assets

     1,221        (440     677        1,277        (4,243     750   

Experience gains/(losses) arising on pension plan and other benefit plan liabilities

     (210     (74     197        250               297   

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the pension and other benefit plan liabilities

 

    

 

(1,826

 

 

   

 

(1,177

 

 

   

 

(716

 

 

   

 

(1,489

 

 

   

 

1,116

 

  

 

   

 

(5,425

 

 

Actuarial gain/(loss)

     (815     (1,691     158        38        (3,127     (4,378

Change in unrecognised surplus

                                        103   

Refund of unrecognised assets

 

    

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

15

 

  

 

Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in statement of comprehensive income (before tax)

     (815     (1,691     158        38        (3,127     (4,260

 

98                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

4B. Pensions and similar obligations continued

 

Balance sheet

The assets, liabilities and surplus/(deficit) position of the pension and other post-employment benefit plans and the expected rates of return on the plan assets at the balance sheet date were:

 

     31 December 2012     31 December 2011  
      million     million     %     million     million     %  
     

Pension

plans

   

Other post-

employment

benefit

plans

   

Long-term

rates of

return

expected

   

Pension

plans

   

Other post-

employment

benefit

plans

   

Long-term

rates of

return

expected

 

Assets of principal plans:

            

Equities

     7,486               6.9     6,860               7.2

Bonds

     6,238               3.0     6,120               3.8

Property

     1,129               4.4     1,007               4.7

Other

     2,354               4.9     1,633               6.2

Assets of other plans

     458        8        7.6     417        7        7.9
     17,665        8          16,037        7     

Present value of liabilities:

            

Principal plans

     (19,772              (17,703         

Other plans

     (900     (660             (887     (657        
     (20,672     (660       (18,590     (657  

Aggregate net deficit of the plans

     (3,007     (652       (2,553     (650  

Irrecoverable surplus(a)

 

    

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

           

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

       

Pension liability net of assets

     (3,007     (652             (2,553     (650        

Of which in respect of:

            

Funded plans in surplus:

            

Liabilities

     (5,053     (1       (4,201         

Assets

 

    

 

5,722

 

  

 

   

 

4

 

  

 

           

 

5,204

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

       

Aggregate surplus

     669        3          1,003            

Irrecoverable surplus(a)

                                            

Pension asset net of liabilities

     669        3          1,003            

Funded plans in deficit:

            

Liabilities

     (14,216     (22       (13,101     (34  

Assets

 

    

 

11,943

 

  

 

   

 

4

 

  

 

           

 

10,833

 

  

 

   

 

7

 

  

 

       

Pension liability net of assets

     (2,273     (18       (2,268     (27  

Unfunded plans:

            

Pension liability

     (1,403     (637             (1,288     (623        
(a)  A surplus is deemed recoverable to the extent that the Group is able to benefit economically from the surplus.

Equity securities include Unilever securities amounting to 32 million (0.2% of total plan assets) and 41 million (0.3% of total plan assets) at 31 December 2012 and 2011 respectively. Property includes property occupied by Unilever amounting to 16 million and 14 million at 31 December 2012 and 2011 respectively.

The pension assets above exclude the assets in a Special Benefits Trust amounting to 98 million (2011: 110 million) to fund pension and similar obligations in the US (see also note 17A on page 122).

The sensitivity of the overall pension liabilities to changes in the weighted key financial assumptions are:

 

        Change in assumption                Impact on overall liabilities  
Discount rate        Increase/decrease by 0.5             Decrease/increase by 8
Inflation rate        Increase/decrease by 0.5               Increase/decrease by 6

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

4B. Pensions and similar obligations continued

 

Reconciliation of change in assets and liabilities

Movements in assets and liabilities during the year:

 

     

 million

Assets

2012

   

 million

Assets

2011

   

 million

Assets

2010

   

million

Liabilities

2012

   

million

liabilities

2011

   

million

Liabilities

2010

 

1 January

     16,044        15,974        14,413        (19,247     (18,044     (16,995

Acquisitions/disposals

            11        3               (16     (4

Current service cost

                          (278     (252     (261

Employee contributions

     18        15        13                        

Special termination benefits

                          (17     (31     (22

Past service costs

                          27        195        60   

Settlements/curtailments

     (6            (162     26        146        168   

Expected returns on plan assets

     897        979        983                        

Interest on pension liabilities

                          (904     (908     (963

Actuarial gain/(loss)

     1,221        (440     677        (2,036     (1,251     (519

Employer contributions

     605        463        669                        

Benefit payments

     (1,227     (1,130     (1,146     1,227        1,130        1,146   

Reclassification of benefits(b)

     17               19        (23     (9     (28

Currency retranslation

 

    

 

104

 

  

 

   

 

172

 

  

 

   

 

505

 

  

 

   

 

(107

 

 

   

 

(207

 

 

   

 

(626

 

 

31 December

     17,673        16,044        15,974        (21,332     (19,247     (18,044
(b)  Certain obligations have been reclassified as employee benefit obligations.

The actual return on plan assets during 2012 was 2,118 million being the sum of 897 million and 1,221 million from the table above (2011: 539 million).

Funded status of plans at the year end

 

     

 million

2012

   

million

2011

   

million

2010

   

million

2009

   

million

2008

 

Total assets

     17,673        16,044        15,974        14,413        11,719   

Total pension liabilities

 

    

 

(21,332

 

 

   

 

(19,247

 

 

   

 

(18,044

 

 

   

 

(16,995

 

 

   

 

(15,101

 

 

Net liabilities

     (3,659     (3,203     (2,070     (2,582     (3,382

Less unrecognised surplus

 

    

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

Pension liabilities net of assets

     (3,659     (3,203     (2,070     (2,582     (3,382

Cash flow

Group cash flow in respect of pensions and similar post-employment benefits comprises company contributions paid to funded plans and benefits paid by the company in respect of unfunded plans, as set out in the following table (including the current estimate of contributions for 2013):

 

      

 

 million

2013

  

   

 

 million

2012

  

  

    

 

 million

2011

  

  

    

 

 million

2010

  

  

Company contributions to funded plans:

          

Defined benefit

     610        435         297         482   

Defined contribution

     130        116         90         72   

Benefits paid by the company in respect of unfunded plans:

          

Defined benefit

 

    

 

160

 

  

 

   

 

170

 

  

 

    

 

166

 

  

 

    

 

187

 

  

 

Group cash flow in respect of pensions and similar benefits

     900        721         553         741   

Contributions to funded defined benefit plans are subject to periodic review, taking account of local legislation.

 

100                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

4C. Share-based compensation plans

 

The fair value of the awards at the grant date is calculated using pricing models and recognised over the vesting period of the grant as a remuneration cost with a corresponding increase in equity. The value of the charge is adjusted to reflect expected and actual levels of awards vesting, except where the failure to vest is as a result of not meeting a market condition. Cancellations of equity instruments are treated as an acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is recognised in the income statement immediately.

As at 31 December 2012, the Group had share-based compensation plans in the form of performance shares, share options and other share awards.

The numbers in this note include those for Executive Directors shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 81 and those for key management personnel shown in note 4A on page 95. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the share-based compensation plans.

The charge in each of the last three years is shown below, and relates to equity settled plans:

 

Income statement charge     million
2012
      million
2011
      million
2010
 

Performance share plans

     (147      (93      (120

Other plans

     (6      (12      (24
       (153      (105      (144

Performance Share Plans

Performance share awards are made under the Management Co-Investment Plan (MCIP) and the Global Share Incentive Plan (GSIP). The MCIP allows Unilever’s managers to invest up to 60% of their annual bonus in shares in Unilever and to receive a corresponding award of performance-related shares. Under GSIP Unilever’s managers receive annual awards of NV and PLC shares. The awards of both plans will vest after three years between 0% and 200% of grant level, depending on the satisfaction of performance metrics.

The performance metrics of both MCIP and GSIP are underlying sales growth, operating cash flow and core operating margin improvement. There is an additional target based on relative total shareholder return (TSR) for senior executives.

A summary of the status of the Performance Share Plans as at 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010 and changes during the years ended on these dates is presented below:

 

    

2012

Number of

shares

    

2011

Number of
shares

    

2010

Number of

shares

 

Outstanding at 1 January

    18,642,656         17,240,376         17,536,148   

Awarded

    7,036,147         9,587,934         9,292,689   

Vested

    (6,277,057      (6,688,229      (8,626,746

Forfeited

 

   

 

(1,370,645

 

 

    

 

(1,497,425

 

 

    

 

(961,715

 

 

Outstanding at 31 December

    18,031,101         18,642,656         17,240,376   
     2012      2011      2010  

Share award value information

       

Fair value per share award during the year

    25.02         22.91         21.49   

Additional information

At 31 December 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase 16,823,830 (2011: 24,196,358) ordinary shares in NV or PLC in respect of share-based compensation plans of NV and its subsidiaries and the North American plans, and 9,418,749 (2011: 10,396,180) ordinary shares in NV or PLC in respect of share-based compensation plans of PLC and its subsidiaries.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

4C. Share-based compensation plans continued

 

To satisfy the options granted, certain NV group companies hold 23,630,318 (2011: 33,219,526) ordinary shares of NV or PLC, and trusts in Jersey and the United Kingdom hold 1,205,856 (2011: 3,042,111) PLC shares. The trustees of these trusts have agreed, until further notice, to waive dividends on these shares, save for the nominal sum of 0.01p per 3 19p ordinary share. Shares acquired during 2012 represent 0.002% of the Group’s called up share capital. The balance of shares held in connection with share plans at 31 December 2012 represented 0.8% (2011: 1.2%) of the Group’s called up share capital.

The book value of 619 million (2011: 799 million) of all shares held in respect of share-based compensation plans for both NV and PLC is eliminated on consolidation by deduction from other reserves. Their market value at 31 December 2012 was 717 million (2011: 954 million).

At 31 December 2012 there were no options for which the exercise price was above market price.

Shares held to satisfy options and related trusts are accounted for in accordance with IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ and SIC 12 ‘Consolidation of Special Purpose Entities’. All differences between the purchase price of the shares held to satisfy options granted and the proceeds received for the shares, whether on exercise or lapse, are charged to reserves. The basis of the charge to operating profit for the economic value of options granted is discussed on page 101.

Between 31 December 2012 and 4 March 2013, 6,262,639 shares were granted and 150,555 shares were forfeited related to the Performance Share Plans.

 

 

LOGO

 

Net finance costs is comprised of finance costs and finance income, including net finance costs in relation to pensions and similar obligations.

Finance income includes income on cash and cash equivalents and income on other financial assets. Finance costs include interest costs in relation to financial liabilities.

Borrowing costs which are not capitalised are recognised based on the effective interest method.

 

Net finance costs     million
2012
      million
2011
      million
2010
 

Finance costs

 

    

 

(526

 

 

    

 

(540

 

 

    

 

(491

 

 

Bank loans and overdrafts

     (69      (59      (38

Bonds and other loans

     (451      (472      (441

Dividends paid on preference shares

     (4      (5      (6

Net gain/(loss) on derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied(a)

 

    

 

(2

 

 

    

 

(4

 

 

    

 

(6

 

 

On foreign exchange derivatives

     (19      (379      (601

Exchange difference on underlying items

     17         375         595   

Finance income

     136         92         77   

Pensions and similar obligations(b)

     (7      71         20   
       (397      (377      (394
(a)  For further details of derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied please refer to note 16C on page 120.
(b)  Net finance costs in respect of pensions and similar obligations are analysed in note 4B on page 98.

 

 

LOGO

6A. Income tax

 

Income tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.

 

102                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

6A. Income tax continued

 

 

Tax charge in income statement     million
2012
      million
2011
      million
2010
 

Current tax

        

Current year

     (1,897      (1,571      (1,479

Over/(under) provided in prior years

     (135      93         88   
     (2,032      (1,478      (1,391

Deferred tax

        

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     164         (179      (237

Changes in tax rates

     81         1         (2

Recognition of previously unrecognised losses brought forward

     52         34         96   
     297         (144      (143
       (1,735      (1,622      (1,534
The reconciliation between the computed weighted average rate of income tax expense, which is generally applicable to Unilever companies, and the actual rate of taxation charged is as follows:    
Reconciliation of effective tax rate   

%

2012

    

%

2011

    

%

2010

 

Computed rate of tax(a)

     26         27         28   

Differences due to:

        

Incentive tax credits

     (5      (5      (5

Withholding tax on dividends

     2         2         2   

Adjustments to previous years

             (1      (3

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     2         1         1   

Other

 

    

 

1

 

  

 

    

 

2

 

  

 

    

 

3

 

  

 

Effective tax rate

     26         26         26   
(a)  The computed tax rate used is the average of the standard rate of tax applicable in the countries in which Unilever operates, weighted by the amount of profit before taxation generated in each of those countries. For this reason the rate may vary from year to year according to the mix of profit and related tax rates.

6B. Deferred tax

 

Deferred tax is recognised using the liability method on taxable temporary differences between the tax base and the accounting base of items included in the balance sheet of the Group. Certain temporary differences are not provided for as follows:

    goodwill not deductible for tax purposes;
    the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and
    differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted, at the year end.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

 

      million      million      million      million      million      million      million      million  
Movements in 2012 and 2011   

As at

1 January

2012

    Income
statement
    Other    

As at

31 December

2012

   

As at

1 January

2011

    Income
statement
    Other    

As at

31 December

2011

 

Pensions and similar obligations

     748        (39     125        834        440        (113     421        748   

Provisions

     661        105        (147     619        701        (45     5        661   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     (1,721     92        193        (1,436     (1,122     78        (677     (1,721

Accelerated tax depreciation

     (668     (45     90        (623     (540     (60     (68     (668

Tax losses

     100        43        (9     134        117        (21     4        100   

Fair value gains

     (20     6        (7     (21     (25     (12     17        (20

Fair value losses

     31        5        (24     12        13        2        16        31   

Share-based payments

     118        64        (10     172        120        (19     17        118   

Other

     47        66        (84     29        23        46        (22     47   
       (704     297        127        (280     (273     (144     (287     (704

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

6B. Deferred tax continued

 

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unused tax losses of 1,582 million (2011: 1,568 million) and tax credits amounting to 120 million (2011: 39 million) available for offset against future taxable profits. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of unused tax losses of 1,234 million (2011: 1,191 million) and tax credits of 120 million (2011: 38 million), as it is not probable that there will be future taxable profits within the entities against which the losses can be utilised. The majority of these tax losses and credits arise in tax jurisdictions where they do not expire with the exception of 516 million (2011: 512 million) of state and federal tax losses in the US which expire between now and 2031.

Other deductible temporary differences of 39 million (2011: 58 million) have not been recognised as a deferred tax asset. There is no expiry date for these differences.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was 1,449 million (2011: 1,443 million). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences, and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The following amounts, determined after appropriate offsetting, are shown in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities   

 million

Assets

2012

    

 million

Assets

2011

    

 million

Liabilities

2012

    

 million

Liabilities

2011

    

 million

Total

2012

    

 million

Total

2011

 

Pensions and similar obligations

     614         555         220         193         834         748   

Provisions

     561         419         58         242         619         661   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     (111      (612      (1,325      (1,109      (1,436      (1,721

Accelerated tax depreciation

     (175      (129      (448      (539      (623      (668

Tax losses

     133         69         1         31         134         100   

Fair value gains

     7         (1      (28      (19      (21      (20

Fair value losses

     1         27         11         4         12         31   

Share-based payments

     51         63         121         55         172         118   

Other

     32         30         (3      17         29         47   
     1,113         421         (1,393      (1,125      (280      (704

Of which deferred tax to be recovered/(settled) after
more than 12 months

     725         163         (1,378      (1,131      (653      (968

6C. Tax on other comprehensive income

 

Income tax is recognised in other comprehensive income for items recognised directly in equity.

Tax effects of the components of other comprehensive income were as follows:

 

      million       million       million       million       million       million  
     

Before

tax

2012

    

Tax

charge/

credit

2012

    

After

tax

2012

    

Before

tax

2011

    

Tax

charge/

credit

2011

    

After

tax

2011

 

Fair value gains/(losses) on financial instruments

     (130      5         (125      (194      26         (168

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension schemes

     (815      171         (644      (1,691      448         (1,243

Currency retranslation gains/(losses)

     (307      (9      (316      (713      10         (703
       (1,252      167         (1,085      (2,598      484         (2,114

 

104                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

The calculations of combined earnings per share are based on the net profit attributable to ordinary share capital divided by the average number of share units representing the combined ordinary share capital of NV and PLC in issue during the year, after deducting shares held as treasury stock.

The calculations of diluted earnings per share and core earnings per share (Core EPS) are based on: (i) conversion into PLC ordinary shares of those shares in a group company which are convertible in the year 2038, as described in Corporate Governance report on page 51; and (ii) the effect of share-based compensation plans, details of which are set out in note 4C on pages 101 to 102.

 

Combined earnings per share   

2012

   

2011

   

2010

 

Basic earnings per share

     1.58        1.51        1.51   

Diluted earnings per share

     1.54        1.46        1.46   

Core EPS

     1.57        1.41        1.36   
     Millions of share units  
Calculation of average number of share units    2012     2011     2010  

Average number of shares: NV

     1,714.7        1,714.7        1,714.7   

                                             PLC

     1,310.2        1,310.2        1,310.2   

Less shares held by employee share trusts and companies

 

    

 

(196.1

 

 

   

 

(209.0

 

 

   

 

(212.6

 

 

Combined average number of share units

     2,828.8        2,815.9        2,812.3   

Add shares issuable in 2038

     70.9        70.9        70.9   

Add dilutive effect of share-based compensation plans

 

    

 

16.2

 

  

 

   

 

21.3

 

  

 

   

 

21.9

 

  

 

Diluted combined average number of share units

     2,915.9        2,908.1        2,905.1   
Calculation of earnings   

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Net profit

     4,948        4,623        4,598   

Non-controlling interests

 

    

 

(468

 

 

   

 

(371

 

 

   

 

(354

 

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity

     4,480        4,252        4,244   
Calculation of core earnings   

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity

     4,480        4,252        4,244   

Post tax impact of non-core items 3

 

    

 

87

 

  

 

   

 

(138

 

 

   

 

(296

 

 

Core profit attributable to shareholders’ equity

     4,567        4,114        3,948   

 

 

LOGO

 

Dividends are recognised on the date that the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established. This is generally the date when the dividend is declared.

 

Dividends on ordinary capital during the year   

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

NV dividends

     (1,482     (1,368     (1,270

PLC dividends

     (1,214     (1,119     (1,039
       (2,696     (2,487     (2,309

Four quarterly interim dividends were declared and paid during 2012 totalling 0.95 (2011: 0.88) per NV ordinary share and £0.77 (2011: £0.77) per PLC ordinary share.

Quarterly dividends of 0.2430 per NV ordinary share and £0.2039 per PLC ordinary share were declared on 23 January 2013, to be payable in March 2013. See note 25 ‘Events after the balance sheet date’ on page 129. Total dividends declared in relation to 2012 were 0.97 (2011: 0.90) per NV ordinary share and £0.79 (2011: £0.78) per PLC ordinary share.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Goodwill

Goodwill is initially recognised based on the accounting policy for business combinations (see note 21). Goodwill is subsequently measured at cost less amounts provided for impairment. The Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) are based on the four product categories and the three geographical areas.

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the Group’s CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. These might not always be the same as the CGUs that include the assets and liabilities of the acquired business. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, and is not larger than an operating segment.

Intangible assets

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. On acquisition of new interests in group companies, Unilever recognises any specifically identifiable intangible assets separately from goodwill. Intangible assets are initially measured at fair value as at the date of acquisition.

Finite-life intangible assets mainly comprise patented and non-patented technology, know-how and software. These assets are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis in the income statement over the period of their expected useful lives, or the period of legal rights if shorter. None of the amortisation periods exceeds ten years. Indefinite-life intangibles mainly comprise trademarks and brands. These assets are capitalised at cost but are not amortised. They are subject to a review for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate this is necessary. Any impairment is charged to the income statement as it arises.

Research and development

Development expenditure is capitalised only if the costs can be reliably measured, future economic benefits are probable, the product is technically feasible and the Group has the intent and the resources to complete the project. Research expenditure is recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

 

     million     million     million      million      million  
Movements during 2012    Goodwill    

Indefinite-life

intangible

assets

   

Finite-life

intangible

assets

    Software     Total  

Cost

          

1 January 2012

     15,929        6,609        663        1,152        24,353   

Acquisitions of group companies

     10        9                      19   

Disposals of group companies

     (22     (7                   (29

Reclassed to held for disposal

     (44     (70                   (114

Additions

            29        10        396        435   

Disposals

            (10     (1     (45     (56

Currency retranslation

 

    

 

(238

 

 

   

 

(24

 

 

   

 

(2

 

 

   

 

(23

 

 

   

 

(287

 

 

31 December 2012

     15,635        6,536        670        1,480        24,321   

 

Amortisation and impairment

          

1 January 2012

     (1,033     (245     (601     (561     (2,440

Amortisation for the year

                   (43     (170     (213

Disposals

                          11        11   

Currency retranslation

 

    

 

17

 

  

 

   

 

7

 

  

 

   

 

3

 

  

 

   

 

12

 

  

 

   

 

39

 

  

 

31 December 2012

 

    

 

(1,016

 

 

   

 

(238

 

 

   

 

(641

 

 

   

 

(708

 

 

   

 

(2,603

 

 

Net book value 31 December 2012

     14,619        6,298        29        772        21,718   

Movements during 2011

                                        

Cost

          

1 January 2011

     14,150        4,757        644        899        20,450   

Acquisitions of group companies

     1,677        1,935        15        5        3,632   

Disposals of group companies

     (4     (263                   (267

Additions

            8        2        260        270   

Disposals

                          (16     (16

Currency retranslation

 

    

 

106

 

  

 

   

 

172

 

  

 

   

 

2

 

  

 

   

 

4

 

  

 

   

 

284

 

  

 

31 December 2011

     15,929        6,609        663        1,152        24,353   

 

Amortisation and impairment

          

1 January 2011

     (1,007     (235     (540     (435     (2,217

Amortisation for the year

                   (58     (133     (191

Disposals

                          5        5   

Currency retranslation

 

    

 

(26

 

 

   

 

(10

 

 

   

 

(3

 

 

   

 

2

 

  

 

   

 

(37

 

 

31 December 2011

 

    

 

(1,033

 

 

   

 

(245

 

 

   

 

(601

 

 

   

 

(561

 

 

   

 

(2,440

 

 

Net book value 31 December 2011

     14,896        6,364        62        591        21,913   

 

106                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

9. Goodwill and intangible assets continued

 

There are no significant carrying amounts of goodwill and intangible assets that are allocated across multiple cash generating units.

Impairment charges

We have tested all material goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets for impairment. No impairments were identified.

Significant CGUs

The goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets held in the three CGUs relating to Foods across the geographical areas are considered significant within the total carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets at 31 December 2012 in terms of size, headroom and sensitivity to assumptions used. No other CGUs are considered significant in this respect.

The goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets held in the significant CGUs are:

 

    

billion

2012

    

billion

2012

    

billion

2011

    

billion

2011

 
      Goodwill     

Indefinite-

life

intangibles

     Goodwill     

Indefinite-

life

intangibles

 

Foods Europe

     5.8         1.6         5.7         1.6   

Foods The Americas

     3.9         1.4         4.1         1.5   

Foods Asia/AMET/RUB

     1.4         0.4         1.5         0.4   

During 2012, the Group conducted an impairment review of the carrying value of these assets as part of its comprehensive annual review. Value in use has been calculated as the present value of projected future cash flows. A pre-tax discount rate of 7.4% was used.

For the significant CGUs, the following key assumptions were used in the discounted cash flow projections:

 

     Foods     Foods     Foods  
      Europe    

The

Americas

   

Asia/AMET/

RUB

 

Longer-term sustainable growth rates

     0.3     1.6     3.3

Average near-term nominal growth rates

     0.8     4.9     10.5

Average operating margins

     22-24     17-20     13-16

The growth rates and margins used to estimate future performance are based on past performance and our experience of growth rates and margins achievable in our key markets.

The projections covered a period of five years, as we believe this to be the most appropriate timescale over which to review and consider annual performances before applying a fixed terminal value multiple to the final year cash flows.

The growth rates used are consistent with our annual planning and strategic planning processes.

We have performed sensitivity analyses around the base assumptions and have concluded that no reasonable possible changes in key assumptions would cause the recoverable amount of the significant CGUs to be less than the carrying value.

 

 

LOGO

 

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost including eligible borrowing costs less depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the expected average useful lives of the assets. Residual values are reviewed at least annually. Estimated useful lives by major class of assets are as follows:

  •    Freehold buildings (no depreciation on freehold land)    40 years
  •    Leasehold land and buildings    40 years (or life of lease if less)
  •    Plant and equipment    2-20 years

Property, plant and equipment is subject to review for impairment if triggering events or circumstances indicate that this is necessary. If an indication of impairment exists, the asset or cash generating unit recoverable amount is estimated and any impairment loss is charged to the income statement as it arises.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

10. Property, plant and equipment continued

 

Movements during 2012   

 million

Land and

buildings

   

 million

Plant and

equipment

   

 million

 

Total

 

Cost

      

1 January 2012

     3,875        12,592        16,467   

Acquisitions

            1        1   

Disposals of group companies

            (52     (52

Additions

     293        1,694        1,987   

Disposals

     (65     (516     (581

Currency retranslation

     (52     (181     (233

Reclassification as held for sale

     (50     (77     (127

Other adjustments

 

    

 

5

 

  

 

   

 

42

 

  

 

   

 

47

 

  

 

31 December 2012

     4,006        13,503        17,509   

 

Depreciation

      

1 January 2012

     (1,237     (6,456     (7,693

Disposals of group companies

            9        9   

Depreciation charge for the year

     (121     (865     (986

Disposals

     40        448        488   

Currency retranslation

     13        71        84   

Reclassification as held for sale

     22        64        86   

Other adjustments

 

    

 

(3

 

 

   

 

(49

 

 

   

 

(52

 

 

31 December 2012

     (1,286     (6,778     (8,064

Net book value 31 December 2012

     2,720        6,725        9,445 (a)  

Includes payments on account and assets in course of construction

     188        1,343        1,531   

Movements during 2011

                        

Cost

      

1 January 2011

     3,582        11,836        15,418   

Acquisitions

     76        107        183   

Disposals of group companies

     (36     (86     (122

Additions

     346        1,502        1,848   

Disposals

     (88     (603     (691

Currency retranslation

     (51     (177     (228

Reclassification as held for sale

     26        51        77   

Other adjustments

 

    

 

20

 

  

 

   

 

(38

 

 

   

 

(18

 

 

31 December 2011

     3,875        12,592        16,467   

 

Depreciation

      

1 January 2011

     (1,209     (6,355     (7,564

Disposals of group companies

     12        38        50   

Depreciation charge for the year

     (96     (742     (838

Disposals

     69        515        584   

Currency retranslation

     1        82        83   

Reclassification as held for sale

     (13     (6     (19

Other adjustments

 

    

 

(1

 

 

   

 

12

 

  

 

   

 

11

 

  

 

31 December 2011

     (1,237     (6,456     (7,693

Net book value 31 December 2011

     2,638        6,136        8,774 (a) 

Includes payments on account and assets in course of construction

     242        1,169        1,411   

 

(a)  Includes 243 million (2011: 272 million) of freehold land.

The Group also has commitments to capital expenditure of 364 million (2011: 514 million). See note 20 on page 125 for property, plant and equipment under finance lease agreements.

 

108                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

Joint ventures are undertakings in which the Group has an interest and which are jointly controlled by the Group and one or more other parties. Associates are undertakings where the Group has an investment in which it does not have control or joint control but can exercise significant influence.

Interests in joint ventures and associates are accounted for using the equity method and are stated in the consolidated balance sheet at cost, adjusted for the movement in the Group’s share of their net assets and liabilities. The Group’s share of the profit or loss after tax of joint ventures and associates is included in the Group’s consolidated profit before taxation.

Where the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in the equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of the investment is reduced to zero and the recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the Group has an obligation to make payments on behalf of the investee.

Biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell with any changes recognised in the income statement.

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

 

Interest in net assets of joint ventures

     32        48   

Interest in net assets of associates

     51        45   

Long-term trade and other receivables

     172        171   

Fair value of biological assets

     29        32   

Other non-financial assets(a)

     252        336   
       536        632   

(a)  Other non-financial assets mainly relate to tax deposits paid.

    
Movements during 2012 and 2011   

million

2012

   

million

2011

 

Joint ventures(b)

    

1 January

     48        44   

Additions

            10   

Dividends received/reductions

     (131     (125

Share of net profit

     107        113   

Currency retranslation

 

    

 

8

 

  

 

   

 

6

 

  

 

31 December

     32        48   

Associates(c)

    

1 January

     45        45   

Additions

     7        2   

Dividends received/reductions

            (3

Share of net profit

 

    

 

(2

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

Currency retranslation

     1        1   

31 December

     51        45   
(b)  Our principal joint ventures are Unilever Jerónimo Martins in Portugal, Pepsi Lipton International and the Pepsi/Lipton Partnership in the US.
(c)  Associates as at 31 December 2012 primarily comprise our investments in Langholm Capital Partners. Other Unilever Ventures assets are included under ‘Other non-current non-financial assets’.

The joint ventures and associates have no significant contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed, and the Group has no significant contingent liabilities in relation to its interest in the joint ventures and associates.

The Group has no outstanding capital commitments to joint ventures.

Outstanding balances with joint ventures and associates are shown in note 23 on page 128.

 

Other income from non-current investments   

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

    

 million

2010

 

Income from other non-current investments

     (14     76         76   

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

LOGO

 

Inventories are valued at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct costs and, where appropriate, a proportion of attributable production overheads. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

Inventories     million
2012
      million
2011
 

Raw materials and consumables

     1,517         1,584   

Finished goods and goods for resale

     2,919         3,017   
       4,436         4,601   

Inventories with a value of 143 million (2011: 158 million) are carried at net realisable value, this being lower than cost. During 2012, 131 million (2011: 99 million) was charged to the income statement for damaged, obsolete and lost inventories. In 2012, 71 million (2011: 43 million) was utilised or released to the income statement from inventory provisions taken in earlier years.

 

 

LOGO

 

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequently these assets are held at amortised cost, using the effective interest method and net of any impairment losses.

We do not consider the fair values of trade and other receivables to be significantly different from their carrying values. Credit terms for customers are determined in individual territories. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited, due to the Group’s customer base being large and diverse. Our historical experience of collecting receivables, supported by the level of default, is that credit risk is low across territories and so trade receivables are considered to be a single class of financial assets. Balances are considered for impairment on an individual basis rather than by reference to the extent that they become overdue.

 

Trade and other current receivables   

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Due within one year

     

Trade receivables

     2,793         2,897   

Prepayments and accrued income

     549         591   

Other receivables

     1,094         1,025   
       4,436         4,513   

Other receivables comprise financial assets of 502 million (2011: 327 million), including supplier and customer deposits, employee advances and certain derivatives, and non-financial assets of 592 million (2011: 698 million), including tax deposits and reclaimable sales tax.

 

110                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

13. Trade and other current receivables continued

 

 

Ageing of trade receivables   

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Total trade receivables

     2,916         3,013   

Less impairment provision for trade receivables

     (123      (116
     2,793         2,897   

Of which:

     

Not overdue

       2,473         2,505   

Past due less than three months

     236         300   

Past due more than three months but less than six months

     80         72   

Past due more than six months but less than one year

     48         52   

Past due more than one year

     79         84   

Impairment provision for trade receivables

     (123      (116
       2,793         2,897   
Impairment provision for trade and other receivables – current and non-current impairments   

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

1 January

     145         156   

Charged to income statement

     33         19   

Reductions/releases

     (23      (26

Currency retranslation

 

    

 

(4

 

 

    

 

(4

 

 

31 December

     151         145   

 

 

LOGO

 

Trade payables and other liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequently these liabilities are held at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.

We do not consider the fair values of trade and other payables to be significantly different from their carrying values.

 

Trade and other liabilities   

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Due within one year

     

Trade payables

     7,084         6,767   

Accruals

     3,459         3,332   

Social security and sundry taxes

     419         397   

Others

     706         475   
     11,668         10,971   

Due after more than one year

     

Accruals

     57         115   

Others

     343         172   
     400         287   

Total trade payables and other liabilities

     12,068         11,258   

Included in others are third party royalties and dividends and certain derivatives.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Internal holdings

The ordinary shares numbered 1 to 2,400 (inclusive) in NV (‘Special Shares’) and deferred stock of PLC are held as to one half of each class by N.V. Elma – a subsidiary of NV – and one half by United Holdings Limited – a subsidiary of PLC. This capital is eliminated on consolidation.

For information on the rights related to the aforementioned ordinary shares, see Corporate Governance report on page 51. The subsidiaries mentioned above have waived their rights to dividends on their ordinary shares in NV.

Share-based compensation

The Group operates a number of share-based compensation plans involving options and awards of ordinary shares of NV and PLC. Full details of these plans are given in note 4C on pages 101 and 102.

Other reserves

Other reserves include the fair value reserve, the foreign currency translation reserve, the capital redemption reserve and treasury stock.

Shares held by employee share trusts

Certain PLC trusts, NV and group companies purchase and hold NV and PLC shares to satisfy options granted. The assets and liabilities of these trusts are included in the consolidated financial statements. The book value of shares held is deducted from other reserves, and trusts’ borrowings are included in the Group’s liabilities. The costs of the trusts are included in the results of the Group. These shares are excluded from the calculation of earnings per share.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, less any directly related transaction costs. Certain bonds are designated as being part of a fair value hedge relationship. In these cases, the bonds are carried at amortised cost, adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes in value shown in profit and loss. Other financial liabilities, excluding derivatives, are subsequently carried at amortised cost.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group’s use of, and accounting for, derivative instruments is explained in note 16 on page 116 and on page 120.

The Group’s Treasury activities are designed to:

  maintain a competitive balance sheet in line with A+/A1 rating (see note 15);
  secure funding at lowest costs for the Group’s operations, M&A activity and external dividend payments (see note 15);
  protect the Group’s financial results and position from financial risks (see note 16);
  maintain market risks within acceptable parameters, while optimising returns (see note 16); and
  protect the Group’s financial investments, while maximising returns (see note 17).

The treasury department provides central deposit taking, funding and foreign exchange management services for the Group’s operations. The department is governed by standards and processes which are approved by Unilever Leadership Executive (ULE). In addition to guidelines and exposure limits, a system of authorities and extensive independent reporting covers all major areas of activity. Performance is monitored closely by senior management. Reviews are undertaken periodically by internal audit.

Key instruments used by the department are:

  short-term and long-term borrowings;
  cash and cash equivalents; and
  plain vanilla derivatives, including interest rate swaps and FX contracts.

The treasury department maintains a list of approved financial instruments. The use of any new instrument must be approved by the Chief Financial Officer. The use of leveraged instruments is not permitted.

 

112                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

15. Capital and funding continued

 

Unilever considers the following components of its balance sheet to be managed capital:

  total equity-retained profit, other reserves, share capital, share premium, non-controlling interests (note 15A and 15B);
  short-term debt – current financial liabilities (note 15C); and
  long-term debt – non-current bank loans, bonds and other loans (note 15C).

The Group manages its capital so as to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and to optimise returns to our shareholders through an appropriate balance of debt and equity. The capital structure of the Group is based on management’s judgement of the appropriate balance of key elements in order to meet its strategic and day-to-day needs. We consider the amount of capital in proportion to risk and manage the capital structure in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets.

Our current long-term credit rating is A+/A1 and our short-term credit rating is A1/P1. We aim to maintain a competitive balance sheet which we consider to be the equivalent of a credit rating of A+/A1 in the long term. This provides us with:

  appropriate access to the debt and equity markets;
  sufficient flexibility for acquisitions;
  sufficient resilience against economic and financial uncertainty while ensuring ample liquidity; and
  optimal weighted average cost of capital, given the above constraints.

Unilever monitors the qualitative and quantitative factors utilised by the ratings agencies. This information is publicly available and is updated by the credit rating agencies on a regular basis.

Unilever will take appropriate steps in order to maintain, or if necessary adjust, the capital structure. Unilever is not subject to financial covenants in any of its significant financing agreements.

15A. Share Capital

 

      

 

Authorised

2012

(a) 

  

   

 

 

 

 

Issued,

called up

and

fully paid

2012

  

  

  

(b) 

  

   

 

Authorised

2011

(a) 

  

        

 

 

 

 

Issued,

called up

and

fully paid

2011

  

  

  

(b) 

  

Unilever N.V.    million     million     million           million  

NV ordinary shares of 0.16 each

     480        274        480           274   

NV ordinary shares of 428.57 each (shares numbered 1 to 2,400 – ‘Special Shares’)

     1        1        1           1   

Internal holdings eliminated on consolidation (428.57 shares)

            (1                 (1
       481        274        481             274   
Unilever PLC          £ million                £ million  

PLC ordinary shares of 3 19p each

       40.8             40.8   

PLC deferred stock of £1 each

       0.1             0.1   

Internal holding eliminated on consolidation (£1 stock)

       (0.1          (0.1
       40.8             40.8   
             million                 million  

Euro equivalent in millions (at £1.00 = 5.143)

             210                     210   
Unilever Group          million                million  

Ordinary share capital of NV

       274             274   

Ordinary share capital of PLC

       210             210   
               484                     484   
(a)  At 31 December 2012, Unilever N.V. had 3,000,000,000 (2011: 3,000,000,000) authorised ordinary shares. The requirement for a UK company to have an authorised share capital was abolished by the UK Companies Act 2006. In May 2010 Unilever PLC shareholders approved new Articles of Association which reflect this.
(b)  At 31 December 2012, the following quantities of shares were in issue: 1,714,727,700 of NV ordinary shares; 2,400 of NV Special Shares; 1,310,156,361 of PLC ordinary shares and 100,000 of PLC deferred stock. The same quantities were in issue at 31 December 2011.

For information on the rights of shareholders of NV and PLC and the operation of the Equalisation Agreement, see Corporate Governance report on page 52.

A nominal dividend of 6% is paid on the deferred stock of PLC, which is not redeemable.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

15B. Equity

 

      million       million       million      million      million      million      million  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity   

Called up

share

capital

    

Share

premium

account

    

Other

reserves

   

Retained

profit

    Total    

Non-

controlling

interests

   

Total

equity

 

1 January 2010

     484         131         (5,900     17,350        12,065        471        12,536   

Total comprehensive income for the year

                     465        4,329        4,794        412        5,206   

Dividends on ordinary capital

                            (2,309     (2,309            (2,309

Movements in treasury stock(a)

                     28        (154     (126            (126

Share-based payment credit(b)

                            144        144               144   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

                                          (289     (289

Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax

             3                       3        (1     2   

Other movements in equity

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

1

 

  

 

   

 

(87

 

 

   

 

(86

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

   

 

(86

 

 

31 December 2010

     484         134         (5,406     19,273        14,485        593        15,078   

Total comprehensive income for the year

                     (737     2,932        2,195        314        2,509   

Dividends on ordinary capital

                            (2,487     (2,487            (2,487

Movements in treasury stock(a)

                     138        (90     48               48   

Share-based payment credit(b)

                            105        105               105   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

                                          (288     (288

Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax

             3                       3        (4     (1

Other movements in equity

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

1

 

  

 

   

 

(57

 

 

   

 

(56

 

 

   

 

13

 

  

 

   

 

(43

 

 

31 December 2011

     484         137         (6,004     19,676        14,293        628        14,921   

Total comprehensive income for the year

                     (374     3,793        3,419        444        3,863   

Dividends on ordinary capital

                            (2,696     (2,696            (2,696

Movements in treasury stock(a)

                     182        (130     52               52   

Share-based payment credit(b)

                            153        153               153   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

                                          (464     (464

Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax

             3         (1            2        (4     (2

Other movements in equity

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

1

 

  

 

   

 

(65

 

 

   

 

(64

 

 

   

 

(47

 

 

   

 

(111

 

 

31 December 2012

     484         140         (6,196     20,731        15,159        557        15,716   
(a)  Includes purchases and sales of treasury stock, and transfer from treasury stock to retained profit of share-settled schemes arising from prior years and differences between exercise and grant price of share options.
(b)  The share-based payment credit relates to the reversal of the non-cash charge recorded against operating profit in respect of the fair value of share options and awards granted to employees.

 

Other reserves   

 million

Total

2012

   

 million

Total

2011

   

 million

Total

2010

 

Fair value reserves

 

    

 

(219

 

 

   

 

(94

 

 

   

 

74

 

  

 

Cash flow hedges

     (241     (100     48   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     22        6        26   

 

Currency retranslation of group companies

     (1,843     (1,594     (1,026

Adjustment on translation of PLC’s ordinary capital at 31/9p = 0.16

     (164     (164     (164

Capital redemption reserve

     32        32        32   

Book value of treasury stock

     (4,002     (4,184     (4,322
       (6,196     (6,004     (5,406

Unilever acquired 37,894 NV ordinary shares through purchases on the stock exchanges during the year. These shares are held as treasury stock as a separate component of other reserves. No PLC ordinary shares were purchased during the year. The total number held at 31 December 2012 was 158,350,450 (2011: 165,437,018) NV shares and 34,743,347 (2011: 39,082,242) PLC shares. Of these, 16,789,821 NV shares and 8,046,353 PLC shares were held in connection with share-based compensation plans (see note 4C on pages 101 and 102).

 

Treasury stock – movements during the year     million
2012
     million
2011
 

1 January

     (4,184     (4,322

Purchases and other utilisations

 

    

 

182

 

  

 

   

 

138

 

  

 

31 December

     (4,002     (4,184
Currency retranslation reserve – movements during the year      million
2012
    million
2011
 

1 January

     (1,594     (1,026

Currency retranslation during the year

     (87     (552

Movement in net investment hedges

     (160     45   

Recycled to income statement

     (2     (61

 

31 December

     (1,843     (1,594

 

114                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

15C. Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities(a)(b)   

 million

Current

2012

    

 million

Non-current

2012

    

 million

Total

2012

    

 million

Current

2011

    

 million

Non-current

2011

    

 million

Total

2011

 

Preference shares

             68         68                 68         68   

Bank loans and overdrafts

     581         765         1,346         2,073         664         2,737   

Bonds and other loans

     1,968         6,511         8,479         3,650         6,935         10,585   

At amortised cost

     1,205         5,718         6,923         2,898         5,357         8,255   

Subject to fair value hedge accounting

     763         793         1,556         752         1,578         2,330   

 

Finance lease creditors 20

     15         187         202         16         188         204   

Derivatives

     92         34         126         101         23         124   
       2,656         7,565         10,221         5,840         7,878         13,718   

(a)  For the purposes of notes 15C and 17A, financial assets and liabilities exclude trade and other current receivables and liabilities which are covered in notes 13 and 14

      respectively.

(b)  Financial liabilities include 1 million (2011:80 million) of secured liabilities.

 

Analysis of bonds and other loans

 

     

       

     

  

     million      million       million      million      million       million  
    

Amortised

cost

    

Fair value

hedge

adjustment

     Total     

Amortised

cost

    

Fair value

hedge

adjustment

     Total  
      2012      2012      2012      2011      2011      2011  

Unilever N.V.

                 

3.375% Bonds 2015 ()

     749         44         793         749         46         795   

4.875% Bonds 2013 ()

     749         14         763         749         34         783   

3.125% Bonds 2013 (US $)

     341                 341         347                 347   

3.500% Notes 2015 (Swiss francs)

     290                 290         287                 287   

Commercial paper ()

     137                 137         1,096                 1,096   

1.150% Notes 2014 (Renminbi)

     36                 36         37                 37   

4.625% Bonds 2012 ()

                             749         3         752   

3.125% Notes 2012 (Swiss francs)

                             206                 206   

Other

     24                 24         34                 34   

 

Total NV

     2,326         58         2,384         4,254         83         4,337   

 

Unilever PLC

                 

4.750% Bonds 2017 (£)

     488                 488         474                 474   

4.000% Bonds 2014 (£)

     427                 427         415                 415   

 

Total PLC

     915                 915         889                 889   

 

Other group companies

                 

Switzerland

                 

Other

     6                 6         43                 43   

United States

                 

4.250% Notes 2021 (US $)

     754                 754         768                 768   

5.900% Bonds 2032 (US $)

     749                 749         760                 760   

Commercial paper (US $)

     691                 691         1,526                 1,526   

3.650% Notes 2014 (US $)

     568                 568         578                 578   

4.800% Notes 2019 (US $)

     567                 567         577                 577   

0.850% Notes 2017 (US $)

     412                 412                           

2.750% Notes 2016 (US $)

     378                 378         385                 385   

0.450% Notes 2015 (US $)

     340                 340                           

7.250% Bonds 2026 (US $)

     218                 218         222                 222   

6.625% Bonds 2028 (US $)

     169                 169         171                 171   

5.150% Notes 2020 (US $)

     124                 124         127                 127   

7.000% Bonds 2017 (US $)

     111                 111         113                 113   

5.600% Bonds 2097 (US $)

     69                 69         71                 71   

Other

     14                 14         12                 12   

Other countries

     10                 10         6                 6   

 

Total other group companies

 

    

 

5,180

 

  

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

5,180

 

  

 

    

 

5,359

 

  

 

    

 

 

  

 

    

 

5,359

 

  

 

Total bonds and other loans

     8,421         58         8,479         10,502         83         10,585   

Information in relation to the derivatives used to hedge bonds and other loans within a fair value hedge relationship is shown in note 16.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

LOGO

 

Derivatives and hedge accounting

Derivatives are measured at fair value with any related transaction costs expensed as incurred. The treatment of changes in the value of derivatives depends on their use as explained below.

(i) Fair value hedges

Certain derivatives are held to hedge the risk of changes in value of a specific bond or other loan. In these situations, the Group designates the liability and related derivative to be part of a fair value hedge relationship. The carrying value of the bond is adjusted by the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes going to the income statement. Gains and losses on the corresponding derivative are also recognised in the income statement. The amounts recognised are offset in the income statement to the extent that the hedge is effective. When the relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the fair value hedge adjustment made to the bond is amortised to the income statement using the effective interest method.

(ii) Cash flow hedges

Derivatives are also held to hedge the uncertainty in timing or amount of future forecast cash flows. Such derivatives are classified as being part of cash flow hedge relationships. For an effective hedge, gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognised in equity. Any ineffective elements of the hedge are recognised in the income statement. If the hedged cash flow relates to a non-financial asset, the amount accumulated in equity is subsequently included within the carrying value of that asset. For other cash flow hedges, amounts deferred in equity are taken to the income statement at the same time as the related cash flow.

When a derivative no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss remains in equity until the related cash flow occurs. When the cash flow takes place, the cumulative gain or loss is taken to the income statement. If the hedged cash flow is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss is taken to the income statement immediately.

(iii) Net investment hedges

Certain derivatives are designated as hedges of the currency risk on the Group’s investment in foreign subsidiaries. The accounting policy for these arrangements is set out in note 1.

(iv) Derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied

Derivatives not classified as hedges are held in order to hedge certain balance sheet items and commodity exposures. No hedge accounting is applied to these derivatives, which are carried at fair value with changes being recognised in the income statement.

The Group is exposed to the following risks that arise from its use of financial instruments, the management of which is described in the following sections:

  liquidity risk (see note 16A);
  market risk (see note 16B); and
  credit risk (see note 17B).

16A. Management of liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will face difficulty in meeting its obligations associated with its financial liabilities. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that it will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities when due without incurring unacceptable losses. In doing this, management considers both normal and stressed conditions. A material and sustained shortfall in our cash flow could undermine the Group’s credit rating, impair investor confidence and also restrict the Group’s ability to raise funds.

Given continuing volatility in the financial markets, the Group has maintained a cautious funding strategy, running a positive cash balance throughout 2012. This has been the result of a strong cash delivery from the business, coupled with the proceeds from bond issuances in 2012. This cash has been invested conservatively with low risk counter-parties at maturities of less than six months.

Cash flow from operating activities provides the funds to service the financing of financial liabilities on a day-to-day basis. The Group seeks to manage its liquidity requirements by maintaining access to global debt markets through short-term and long-term debt programmes. In addition, Unilever has committed credit facilities for general corporate use.

Unilever had US $6,250 million of undrawn committed facilities on 31 December 2012 as follows:

  revolving 364-day bilateral credit facilities of in aggregate US $6,140 million (2011: US $5,950 million) with a 364-day term-out; and
  364-day bilateral money market commitments of in aggregate US $110 million (2011: US $200 million), under which the underwriting banks agree, subject to certain conditions, to subscribe for notes with maturities of up to three years.

As part of the regular annual process these facilities will again be renewed in 2013.

 

116                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

16A. Management of liquidity risk continued

 

The following table shows Unilever’s contractually agreed undiscounted cash flows, including expected interest payments, which are payable under financial liabilities at the balance sheet date:

 

      million      million      million      million      million      million      million      million  
Undiscounted cash flows   

Due

within

1 year

   

Due

between

1 and

2 years

   

Due

between

2 and

3 years

   

Due

between

3 and

4 years

   

Due

between

4 and

5 years

   

Due

after

5 years

    Total    

Net

carrying

amount as

shown in

balance

sheet

 

2012

                

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

                

Preference shares

     (4     (4     (4     (4     (4     (72     (92     (68

Bank loans and overdrafts

     (603     (53     (50     (328     (349     (1     (1,384     (1,346

Bonds and other loans

                

At amortised cost

     (1,461     (1,291     (833     (570     (1,201     (4,314     (9,670     (6,923

Subject to fair value hedge accounting

     (812     (25     (776                          (1,613     (1,556

Finance lease creditors 20

     (28     (27     (46     (24     (22     (203     (350     (202

Trade payables 14

     (11,249     (400                                 (11,649     (11,649

Issued financial guarantees

     (35                                        (35       
     (14,192     (1,800     (1,709     (926     (1,576     (4,590     (24,793     (21,744

Derivative financial liabilities:

                

Interest rate derivatives:

                

Derivative contracts – receipts

     383        248        348                             979     

Derivative contracts – payments

     (430     (369     (395                          (1,194  

Foreign exchange derivatives:

                

Derivative contracts – receipts

     6,477                                           6,477     

Derivative contracts – payments

     (6,579                                        (6,579  

Commodity derivatives:

                

Derivative contracts – receipts

     365                                           365     

Derivative contracts – payments

     (387                                        (387  
     (171     (121     (47                          (339     (328

31 December

     (14,363     (1,921     (1,756     (926     (1,576     (4,590     (25,132        

2011

                

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

                

Preference shares

     (4     (4     (4     (4     (4     (72     (92     (68

Bank loans and overdrafts

     (2,123     (183     (116     (22     (372     (1     (2,817     (2,737

Bonds and other loans

                

At amortised cost

     (3,163     (602     (1,284     (487     (576     (5,114     (11,226     (8,255

Subject to fair value hedge accounting

     (847     (812     (25     (775                   (2,459     (2,330

Finance lease creditors 20

     (28     (27     (25     (23     (23     (220     (346     (204

Trade payables 14

     (10,574     (287                                 (10,861     (10,861

Issued financial guarantees

     (35                                        (35       
     (16,774     (1,915     (1,454     (1,311     (975     (5,407     (27,836     (24,455

Derivative financial liabilities:

                

Interest rate derivatives:

                

Derivative contracts – receipts

     70        199        31        51        47        184        582     

Derivative contracts – payments

     (81     (212     (40     (67     (58     (178     (636  

Foreign exchange derivatives:

                

Derivative contracts – receipts

     9,202                                           9,202     

Derivative contracts – payments

     (9,355                                        (9,355  

Commodity derivatives:

                

Derivative contracts – receipts

     242                                           242     

Derivative contracts – payments

     (249                                        (249        
     (171     (13     (9     (16     (11     6        (214     (197

31 December

     (16,945     (1,928     (1,463     (1,327     (986     (5,401     (28,050        

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

16A. Management of liquidity risk continued

The following table shows cash flows for which cash flow hedge accounting is applied. The derivatives in the cash flow hedge relationships are expected to have an impact on profit and loss in the same periods as the cash flows occur.

 

      million      million      million      million      million      million      million      million  
      

 

 

Due

within

1 year

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

Due

between

1 and 2

years

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

Due

between

2 and 3

years

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

Due

between

3 and 4

years

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

Due

between

4 and 5

years

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

Due

after

5 years

  

  

  

    Total       

 

 

 

 

Net

carrying

amount of

related

derivatives

  

  

  

  

(a) 

2012

                

Foreign exchange cash inflows

     877                                           877     

Foreign exchange cash outflows

     (473                                        (473     (4

Interest rate cash flows

            (173     (109                          (282     (146

Commodity contracts cash flows

     (498                                        (498     (19

2011

                

Foreign exchange cash inflows

     779                                           779     

Foreign exchange cash outflows

     (519                                        (519     3   

Interest rate cash flows

                   (17     (41     (57     (170     (285     (27

Commodity contracts cash flows

     (356                                        (356     (2
(a)  See note 16C on page 120.

16B. Management of market risk

Unilever’s size and operations result in it being exposed to the following market risks that arise from its use of financial instruments:

  commodity price risk;
  currency risk; and
  interest rate risk.

The above risks may affect the Group’s income and expenses, or the value of its financial instruments. The objective of the Group’s management of market risk is to maintain this risk within acceptable parameters, while optimising returns. Generally, the Group applies hedge accounting to manage the volatility in profit and loss arising from market risk.

The Group’s exposure to, and management of, these risks is explained below. It often includes derivative financial instruments, the uses of which are described in note 16C.

 

Potential impact of risk       

Management policy and

hedging strategy

 

   Sensitivity to the risk

 

i) Commodity price risk

 

         

The Group is exposed to the risk of changes in commodity prices in relation to its purchase of certain raw materials.

 

At 31 December 2012, the Group has hedged its exposure to future commodity purchases for 504 million (2011: 368 million) with commodity derivatives.

      

The Group uses commodity forward contracts to hedge against this risk. All commodity forward contracts hedge future purchases of raw materials and the contracts are settled either in cash or by physical delivery.

 

Commodity derivatives are generally designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedge accounting relations.

 

   A 10% increase in commodity prices as at 31 December 2012 would have led to a 49 million gain on the commodity derivatives in the cash flow hedge reserve (2011: 38 million gain in the cash flow hedge reserve). A decrease of 10% in commodity prices on a full-year basis would have the equal but opposite effect.

ii) Currency risk

 

         

Currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings

 

Because of Unilever’s global reach, it is subject to the risk that changes in foreign currency values impact the Group’s sales, purchases and borrowings.

      

The Group manages currency exposures within prescribed limits, mainly through the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts.

 

Operating companies manage foreign exchange exposures within prescribed limits. Local compliance is monitored centrally.

 

   As an estimation of the approximate impact of the residual risk, with respect to financial instruments, the Group has calculated the impact of a 10% change in exchange rates.

 

118                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

16B. Management of market risk continued

 

Potential impact of risk       

Management policy and

hedging strategy

   Sensitivity to the risk

 

At 31 December 2012, the unhedged exposure to the Group from companies holding financial assets and liabilities other than in their functional currency amounted to 45 million (2011: 56 million).

    

 

Exchange risks related to the principal amounts of the US$ and Swiss franc denominated debt either form part of hedging relationships themselves, or are hedged through forward contracts.

 

The aim of the Group’s approach to management of currency risk is to leave the Group with no material residual risk. This aim has been achieved in all years presented.

 

  

 

A 10% strengthening of the euro against key currencies to which the Group is exposed would have led to approximately an additional 4 million gain in the income statement (2011: 6 million gain). A 10% weakening of the euro against these currencies would have led to an equal but opposite effect.

   

Currency risk on the Group’s investments

 

The Group is also subject to the exchange risk in relation to the translation of the net assets of its foreign operations into euros for inclusion in its consolidated financial statements.

 

At 31 December 2012 the nominal value of the Group’s designated net investment hedges amounted to 4.2 billion (2011: 4.1 billion). Most of these arrangements were in relation to US $/ contracts.

      

Unilever aims to minimise this foreign investment exchange exposure by borrowing in local currency in the operating companies themselves. In some locations, however, the Group’s ability to do this is inhibited by local regulations, lack of local liquidity or by local market conditions.

 

Where the residual risk from these countries exceeds prescribed limits, Treasury may decide on a case-by-case basis to actively hedge the exposure. This is done either through additional borrowings in the related currency, or through the use of forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

Where local currency borrowings, or forward contracts, are used to hedge the currency risk in relation to the Group’s net investment in foreign subsidiaries, these relationships are designated as net investment hedges for accounting purposes.

 

  

A 10% strengthening of the euro against all other key currencies would have led to an additional 382 million loss being recognised in equity (2011: 377 million loss). A 10% weakening of the euro against these currencies would have the equal but opposite effect.

 

There would be no impact on the income statement under either of these scenarios.

iii) Interest rate risk(a)

 

         

The Group is exposed to market interest rate fluctuations on its floating rate debt. Increases in benchmark interest rates could increase the interest cost of our floating-rate debt and increase the cost of future borrowings. The Group’s ability to manage interest costs also has an impact on reported results.

 

Taking into account the impact of interest rate swaps, at 31 December 2012, interest rates were fixed on approximately 91% of the expected net debt for 2013, and 90% for 2014 (73% for 2012 and 57% for 2013 at 31 December 2011).

 

The average interest rate on short-term borrowings in 2012 was 1.5% (2011: 2.5%).

      

Unilever’s interest rate management approach aims for an optimal balance between fixed and floating-rate interest rate exposures on expected net debt. The objective of this approach is to minimise annual interest costs after tax and to reduce volatility.

 

This is achieved either by issuing fixed or floating-rate long-term debt, or by modifying interest rate exposure through the use of interest rate swaps.

 

Furthermore, Unilever has interest rate swaps for which cash flow hedge accounting is applied.

  

Assuming that all other variables remain constant, a 100bps increase in floating interest rates on a full-year basis as at 31 December 2012 would have led to an additional 3 million of finance costs (2011: 26 million additional finance costs). A 100bps decrease in floating interest rates on a full-year basis would have an equal but opposite effect.

 

Assuming that all other variables remain constant, a 100bps increase in floating interest rates on a full-year basis as at 31 December 2012 would have led to an additional 102 million credit in equity from derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships (2011: 16 million credit). A 100bps decrease in floating interest rates on a full-year basis would have led to an additional 111 million debit in equity from derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships (2011: 16 million debit).

 

(a)  See the split in fixed and floating-rate interest in the following table.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

16B. Management of market risk continued

 

The following table shows the split in fixed and floating rate interest exposures, taking into account the impact of interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps:

 

       million
2012
      million
2011
 

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,465         3,484   

Current other financial assets

     401         1,453   

Current financial liabilities

     (2,656      (5,840

Non-current financial liabilities

     (7,565      (7,878

Net debt

     (7,355      (8,781

Of which:

     

Fixed rate (weighted average amount of fixing for the following year)

     (7,053      (6,179

Floating rate

     (302      (2,602
       (7,355      (8,781

16C. Derivatives and hedging

The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The uses of derivatives and the related values of derivatives are summarised in the following table:

 

      million       million      million       million       million       million  
     

Trade

and other

receivables

    

Other

current

financial

assets

    Trade
payables
and
other
liabilities
     Current
financial
liabilities
     Non-current
financial
liabilities
     Total  
31 December 2012                 
Foreign exchange derivatives                 

Fair value hedges

     1                (5                      (4

Cash flow hedges

     9                (13                      (4

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

             (126 )(a)              (5              (131

Hedge accounting not applied

     10         222        (16      (57              159   
Cross currency swaps                 

Hedge accounting not applied

             38                (30      (34      (26
Interest rate swaps                 

Fair value hedges

             36                                36   

Cash flow hedges

                    (146                      (146

Hedge accounting not applied

                                              
Commodity contracts                 

Cash flow hedges

     3                (22                      (19

Hedge accounting not applied

                                              
     23         170        (202      (92      (34      (135
       Total assets         193                 Total liabilities         (328      (135
31 December 2011                 
Foreign exchange derivatives                 

Fair value hedges

     9                (4                      5   

Cash flow hedges

     22                (19                      3   

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

             18                (7              11   

Hedge accounting not applied

     22         50        (17      (92              (37
Cross currency swaps                 

Hedge accounting not applied

             31                (2      (23      6   
Interest rate swaps                 

Fair value hedges

             109                                109   

Cash flow hedges

                    (27                      (27

Hedge accounting not applied

                                              
Commodity contracts                 

Cash flow hedges

     4                (6                      (2

Hedge accounting not applied

     1                                        1   
     58         208        (73      (101      (23         
       Total assets         266                 Total liabilities         (197      69   
(a)  The offsetting swaps that are used to hedge concern loans are included in other current financial assets under Hedge accounting not applied.

 

120                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet include deposits, investments in money market funds and highly liquid investments. To be classified as cash and cash equivalents, an asset must:

    be readily convertible into cash;
    have an insignificant risk of changes in value; and
    have a maturity period of three months or less at acquisition.

Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement also include bank overdrafts and are recorded at amortised cost.

Other financial assets

Other financial assets are first recognised on the trade date. At that point they are classified as:

  (i) held-to-maturity investments;
  (ii) loans and receivables;
  (iii) available-for-sale financial assets; or
  (iv) financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

(i) Held-to-maturity investments

These are assets with set cash flows and fixed maturities which Unilever intends to hold to maturity. They are held at cost plus interest using the effective interest method, less any impairment.

(ii) Loans and receivables

These are assets with an established payment profile and which are not listed on a recognised stock exchange. They are initially recognised at fair value, which is usually the original invoice amount plus any directly related transaction costs. Afterwards loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost, less any impairment.

(iii) Available-for-sale financial assets

Any financial assets not classified as either loans and receivables or financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are designated as available-for-sale. They are initially recognised at fair value, usually the original invoice amount plus any directly related transaction costs. Afterwards they are measured at fair value with changes being recognised in equity. When the investment is sold or impaired, the accumulated gains and losses are moved from equity to the income statement. Interest and dividends from these assets are recognised in the income statement.

(iv) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

These are derivatives and assets that are held for trading. Related transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Unless they form part of a hedging relationship, these assets are held at fair value, with changes being recognised in the income statement.

Impairment of financial assets

Each year the Group assesses whether there is evidence that financial assets are impaired. A significant or prolonged fall in value below the cost of an asset generally indicates that an asset may be impaired. If impaired, financial assets are written down to their estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses on assets classified as loans and receivables are recognised in profit and loss. When a later event causes the impairment losses to decrease, the reduction in impairment loss is also recognised in profit and loss. Impairment losses on assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised by moving the loss accumulated in equity to the income statement. Any subsequent recovery in value of an available-for-sale debt security is recognised within profit and loss. However, any subsequent recovery in value of an equity security is recognised within equity, and is recorded at amortised cost.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

17A. Financial assets

The Group’s treasury function aims to protect the Group’s financial investments, while maximising returns. The Group’s cash resources and other financial assets are shown below.

 

      million       million       million       million       million       million  
Financial assets(a)    Current
2012
    

Non-

current
2012

     Total
2012
     Current
2011
    

Non-

current
2011

     Total
2011
 

Cash and cash equivalents

                 

Cash at bank and in hand

     831                 831         1,139                 1,139   

Short-term deposits with maturity of less than 3 months

     1,495                 1,495         2,243                 2,243   

Other cash equivalents(b)

     139                 139         102                 102   
     2,465                 2,465         3,484                 3,484   

Other financial assets

                 

Held-to-maturity investments

     26         3         29                           

Loans and receivables(c)

     2         1         3         930         2         932   

Available-for-sale financial assets(d)

     183         504         687         307         413         720   

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

                 

Derivatives

     170                 170         208                 208   

Other

     20         27         47         8         63         71   
     401         535         936         1,453         478         1,931   

    

                                                     

Total

     2,866         535         3,401         4,937         478         5,415   
(a)  For the purposes of notes 15C and 17A, financial assets and liabilities exclude trade and other current receivables and liabilities which are covered in notes 13 and 14 respectively.
(b)  Other cash equivalents include investments in money market funds of 20 million (2011: 20 million) and investments in treasury bills of 67 million (2011:niI) for which the risk of changes in value is insignificant.
(c)  Current loans and receivables include short-term deposits with banks with maturities of longer than three months.
(d)  Current available-for-sale financial assets include government securities and A-minus or higher rated money and capital market instruments. Also included are investments in money market funds of 104 million (2011: 116 million) for which the risk of changes in value is insignificant. Non -current available-for-sale financial assets predominantly consist of investments in a number of companies and financial institutions in Europe and the US, including 98 million (2011: 110 million) of assets in a trust to fund benefit obligations in the US (see also note 4B on page 99).

 

Cash and cash equivalents reconciliation to the cash flow statement     million
2012
      million
2011
 

Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet

     2,465         3,484   

Less: bank overdrafts

     (248      (506

 

Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement

     2,217         2,978   

17B. Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counter-party fails to meet its contractual obligations. Additional information in relation to credit risk on trade receivables is given in note 13. These risks are generally managed by local controllers. Credit risk related to the use of treasury instruments is managed on a Group basis. This risk arises from transactions with financial institutions involving cash and cash equivalents, deposits and derivative financial instruments. To reduce this risk, Unilever has concentrated its main activities with a limited number of counter-parties which have secure credit ratings. Individual risk limits are set for each counter-party based on financial position, credit rating and past experience. Credit limits and concentration of exposures are actively monitored by the Group’s treasury department. Netting agreements are also put in place with Unilever’s principal counterparties. In the case of a default, these arrangements would allow Unilever to net assets and liabilities across transactions with that counter-party. To further reduce the Group’s credit exposures on derivative financial instruments, Unilever has collateral agreements with Unilever’s principal counter-parties in relation to derivative financial instruments. Under these arrangements, counter-parties are required to deposit securities and/or cash as a collateral for their obligations in respect of derivative financial instruments. At 31 December 2012 the collateral held by Unilever under such arrangements amounted to 6 million (2011: 88 million), of which 6 million (2011: 43 million) was in cash, and nil (2011: 45 million) was in the form of bond securities. The non-cash collateral has not been recognised as an asset in the Group’s balance sheet.

Further details in relation to the Group’s exposure to credit risk are shown in note 13 and note 16A.

 

122                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

The Group is exposed to the risks of changes in fair value of its financial assets and liabilities. The following table summarises the fair values and carrying amounts of financial instruments.

 

     million      million      million       million  
Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities  

Fair

value
2012

   

Fair

value
2011

   

Carrying

amount

2012

    

Carrying

amount

2011

 

Financial assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,465        3,484        2,465         3,484   

Held-to-maturity investments

    29               29           

Loans and receivables

    3        932        3         932   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    687        720        687         720   

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

        

Derivatives

    170        208        170         208   

Other

    47        71        47         71   
    3,401        5,415        3,401         5,415   

Financial liabilities

        

Preference shares

    (112     (102     (68      (68

Bank loans and overdrafts

    (1,347     (2,737     (1,346      (2,737

Bonds and other loans

    (9,458     (11,605     (8,479      (10,585

Finance lease creditors

    (233     (231     (202      (204

Derivatives

    (126     (124     (126      (124
      (11,276     (14,799     (10,221      (13,718

The fair value of trade receivables and payables is considered to be equal to the carrying amount of these items due to their short-term nature.

Fair value hierarchy

The fair values shown above have been classified into three categories depending on the inputs used in the valuation technique. The categories used are as follows:

  Level 1: quoted prices for identical instruments;
  Level 2: directly or indirectly observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and
  Level 3: inputs which are not based on observable market data.

For assets and liabilities which are carried at fair value, the classification of fair value calculations by category is summarised below:

 

      million       million       million       million       million       million       million       million  
      Level 1
2012
     Level 1
2011
     Level 2
2012
     Level 2
2011
     Level 3
2012
     Level 3
2011
     Total fair
value
2012
     Total fair
value
2011
 

Assets at fair value

                       

Other cash equivalents 17A

                     139         102                         139         102   

Available-for-sale financial assets 17A

     16         236         185         482         486         2         687         720   

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

                       

Derivatives 16C

                     193         266                         193         266   

Other 17A

     27         71                         20                 47         71   

Liabilities at fair value

                       

Bonds and other loans 15C

                     (1,556      (2,330                      (1,556      (2,330

Derivatives 16C

                     (328      (197                      (328      (197

During the reporting period ending 31 December 2012, 275 million of financial assets were transferred from Level 1 to Level 3 (2011: nil) and 197 million of financial assets were transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 (2011: nil) following a review of the valuation inputs. There were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 (2011: nil).

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets is given below:

 

Reconciliation of movements in Level 3 valuations     million
2012
     million
2011
 

1 January

     2        69   

Gains and losses recognised in profit and loss

     (35       

Gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income

     67        (20

Purchases and new issues

              

Sales and settlements

            (47

Transfers into Level 3

     472          

Transfers out of Level 3

 

    

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

31 December

     506        2   

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

18. Financial instruments fair value risk continued

 

Significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair values

The only individually material asset valued using Level 3 techniques is a particular unlisted investment with a carrying value at year end of 197 million. A change in one or more of the inputs to reasonably possible alternative assumptions would not change fair value significantly.

Calculation of fair values

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are defined as being the amounts at which the instruments could be exchanged or liability settled in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties. The following methods and assumptions have been used to estimate the fair values:

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value

  The fair values of quoted investments falling into Level 1 are based on current bid prices.
  The fair values of unquoted available-for-sale financial assets are based on recent trades in liquid markets, observable market rates, discounted cash flow analysis and statistical modelling techniques such as Monte Carlo simulation. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2. If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3.
  Derivatives are valued using valuation techniques with market observable inputs. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counter-parties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, interest rate curves and forward rate curves of the underlying commodities.
  For listed securities where the market is not liquid, and for unlisted securities, valuation techniques are used. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same and discounted cash flow calculations.

Other financial assets and liabilities (fair values for disclosure purposes only)

  Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other current receivables, bank loans and overdrafts, trade payables and other current liabilities have fair values that approximate to their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.
  The fair values of preference shares and listed bonds are based on their market value.
  Non-listed bonds, other loans, bank loans and non-current receivables and payables are based on the net present value of the anticipated future cash flows associated with these instruments using rates currently available for debt on similar terms, credit risk and remaining maturities.
  Fair values for finance lease creditors have been assessed by reference to current market rates for comparable leasing arrangements.

 

LOGO

 

Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date, as a result of a past event, where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the outflow of economic benefit is probable.

 

Provisions   

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Due within one year

     361         393   

Due after one year

     846         908   

Total provisions

     1,207         1,301   

 

     million      million     million      million      million  
Movements during 2012    Restructuring     Legal    

Disputed

indirect taxes

    Other     Total  

1 January 2012

     348        81        654        218        1,301   

Income statement:

          

Charges

     255        24        359        48        686   

Releases

     (70     (6     (190     (9     (275

Utilisation

     (240     (36     (80     (46     (402

Currency translation

 

    

 

(3

 

 

   

 

(2

 

 

   

 

(95

 

 

   

 

(3

 

 

   

 

(103

 

 

31 December 2012

     290        61        648        208        1,207   

The provision for disputed indirect taxes is comprised of a number of small disputed items. The largest elements relate to disputes with Brazilian authorities. Due to the nature of the disputes, the timing of provision utilisation and any cash outflows is uncertain. The majority of disputed items attract an interest charge.

No individual items within the remaining provisions are significant. Unilever expects that the issues relating to these restructuring, legal and other provisions will be substantively resolved within five years.

 

124                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at the lower of fair value at the date of commencement of the lease and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, these assets are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy relating to that specific asset. The corresponding liability is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance costs in the income statement and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Lease payments under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Contingent liabilities are either possible obligations that will probably not require a transfer of economic benefits, or present obligations that may, but probably will not, require a transfer of economic benefits. It is not appropriate to make provisions for contingent liabilities, but there is a chance that they will result in an obligation in the future.

 

     million       million       million      million       million       million  
Long-term finance lease commitments   

Future

minimum

lease

payments

2012

     Finance
cost
2012
     Present
value
2012
    

Future

minimum

lease

payments

2011

    

Finance

cost

2011

    

Present

value

2011

 

Buildings(a)

     324         142         182         321         139         182   

Plant and machinery

     26         6         20         25         3         22   
     350         148         202         346         142         204   

The commitments fall due as follows:

                 

Within 1 year

     28         13         15         28         12         16   

Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years

     119         63         56         98         51         47   

Later than 5 years

     203         72         131         220         79         141   
       350         148         202         346         142         204   
(a)  All leased land is classified as operating leases.

The table below shows the net book value of property, plant and equipment under a number of finance lease agreements.

 

     million     million      million  
Net book value    Buildings    

Plant and

equipment

    Total  

Cost

     198        155        353   

Depreciation

 

    

 

(52

 

 

   

 

(126

 

 

   

 

(178

 

 

31 December 2012

     146        29        175   

Cost

     201        167        368   

Depreciation

 

    

 

(47

 

 

   

 

(133

 

 

   

 

(180

 

 

31 December 2011

     154        34        188   

The Group has sublet part of the leased properties under finance leases. Future minimum sublease payments of 33 million (2011: 38 million) are expected to be received.

 

Long-term operating lease commitments   

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Land and buildings

     1,400         1,199   

Plant and machinery

     547         429   
       1,947         1,628   

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

20. Commitments and contingent liabilities continued

 

     million      million       million       million  
Operating lease and other commitments fall due as follows:   

Operating

leases

2012

    

Operating

leases

2011

    

Other

commit-

ments
2012

    

Other

commit-

ments

2011

 

Within 1 year

     383         381         1,159         1,087   

Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years

     1,015         836         1,009         1,078   

Later than 5 years

     549         411         75         99   
       1,947         1,628         2,243         2,264   

The Group has sublet part of the leased properties under operating leases. Future minimum sublease payments of 50 million (2011: 58 million) are expected to be received.

Other commitments principally comprise commitments under contracts to purchase materials and services. They do not include commitments for capital expenditure, which are reported in note 10 on page 108.

Contingent liabilities arise in respect of litigation against group companies, investigations by competition, regulatory and fiscal authorities and obligations arising under environmental legislation. The estimated total of such contingent liabilities at 31 December 2012 was 236 million (2011: 246 million). The Group does not believe that any of these contingent liabilities will result in a material loss.

Legal proceedings

The Group is involved from time to time in legal and arbitration proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

Ongoing compliance with competition laws is of key importance to Unilever. As the approach to enforcement of competition authorities globally continues to evolve, it is possible that our industry may on occasions be the focus of investigations. It is Unilever’s policy to co-operate fully with competition authorities whenever questions or issues arise. In addition the Group continues to reinforce and enhance our internal competition law compliance programme on an ongoing basis. Where specific issues arise provisions are made and contingent liabilities disclosed to the extent appropriate.

Details of the significant outstanding legal proceedings and ongoing regulatory investigations are as follows:

Tax case in Brazil

During 2004 in Brazil, and in common with many other businesses operating in that country, one of our Brazilian subsidiaries received a notice of infringement from the Federal Revenue Service. The notice alleges that a 2001 reorganisation of our local corporate structure was undertaken without valid business purpose. The dispute is in court and, if upheld, will result in a tax payment relating to years from 2001 to the present day. The 2001 reorganisation was comparable with restructurings done by many companies in Brazil. The Group believes that the likelihood of a successful challenge by the tax authorities is remote, however, there can be no guarantee of success in court.

 

LOGO

 

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition accounting method as at the acquisition date, which is the date at which control is transferred to the Group.

Goodwill is measured at the acquisition date as the fair value of consideration transferred, plus non-controlling interests and the fair value of any previously held equity interests less the net recognised amount (which is generally fair value) of the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed. Consideration transferred does not include amounts related to settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are generally recognised in net profit.

Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, other than those incurred in relation to the issue of debt or equity securities. Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are recognised in net profit.

Changes in ownership that do not result in a change of control are accounted for as equity transactions and therefore do not have any impact on goodwill. The difference between consideration and the non-controlling share of net assets acquired is recognised within equity.

 

126                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

21. Acquisitions and disposals continued

 

2012 acquisitions and disposals

On 30 July 2012 the Group announced a definitive agreement to sell its North America frozen meals business to ConAgra Foods, Inc. for a total cash consideration of US$265 million. The deal was completed on 19 August 2012.

Further to the acquisition in December 2011, the Group acquired the remaining 18% of the outstanding share capital in Concern Kalina.

2011

On 24 September 2010 the Group announced a definitive agreement to sell our consumer tomato products business in Brazil to Cargill for approximately R$600 million. The deal was completed on 1 March 2011.

On 28 September 2010 the Group announced an agreement to buy EVGA’s ice cream brands and distribution network in Greece for an undisclosed sum. The deal was completed on 27 January 2011.

On 23 March 2011 the Group announced a binding agreement to sell the global Sanex business to Colgate-Palmolive for 672 million. The deal was completed on 20 June 2011.

On 23 March 2011 the Group announced a binding agreement to buy the Colombian Laundry business from Colgate-Palmolive for US$215 million. The deal was completed on 29 July 2011.

On 10 May 2011 the Group completed the purchase of 100% of Alberto Culver at a consideration of 2,689 million in cash.

The disposal of Simple Soap in the UK, the Republic of Ireland and the Channel Islands and the Cidal and Wright’s brands worldwide was completed on 30 June 2011.

On 24 August 2011 the Group announced a definitive agreement to sell the Alberto V05 brand in the United States and Puerto Rico from the Alberto Culver portfolio and the Rave brand globally from the Unilever portfolio to private equity firm Brynwood Partners VI L.P. for an undisclosed sum. The deal was completed on 31 August 2011

On 1 December 2011 the Group completed the sale of Culver Specialty Brands division to B&G Foods, Inc. for 240 million.

On 6 December 2011 the Group completed the acquisition of 82% of the outstanding shares of Concern Kalina, one of Russia’s leading local personal care companies.

On 20 December 2011 the Group completed the acquisition of Ingman Ice Cream for an undisclosed sum.

The table below shows the impact of disposals on the Group during the year. The results of disposed businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements up to their date of disposal.

 

Disposals   

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

   

 million

2010

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

     29        1,058        223   

Other non-current assets

     35        81        105   

Current assets

     38        145        151   

Trade creditors and other payables

     (2     (57     (51

Provisions for liabilities and charges

            (12     (17

Net assets sold

     100        1,215        411   

(Gain)/loss on recycling of currency retranslation on disposal

            (61     1   

Profit on sale attributable to Unilever

 

    

 

117

 

  

 

   

 

221

 

  

 

   

 

467

 

  

 

Consideration

 

    

 

217

 

  

 

   

 

1,375

 

  

 

   

 

879

 

  

 

Cash

     229        1,404        891   

Cash balances of businesses sold

            (2     1   

Financial assets, cash deposits and financial liabilities of businesses sold

     (9     (6     (14

Non-cash items and deferred consideration

     (3     (21     1   
   

The following table sets out the effect of acquisitions in 2012, 2011 and 2010 on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair values currently established for all acquisitions made in 2012 are provisional. The goodwill arising on these transactions has been capitalised and is subject to an annual review for impairment (or more frequently if necessary) in accordance with our accounting policies as set out in note 9 on page 106. Any impairment is charged to the income statement as it arises. Detailed information relating to goodwill is given in note 9 on pages 106 and 107.

 

Acquisitions   

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

    

 million

2010

 

Net assets acquired

     10         1,733         1,262   

Goodwill arising in subsidiaries

 

    

 

10

 

  

 

    

 

1,677

 

  

 

    

 

225

 

  

 

Consideration

     20         3,410         1,487   

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

 

LOGO

 

Non-current assets and groups of assets and liabilities which comprise disposal groups are classified as ‘held for sale’ when all of the following criteria are met: a decision has been made to sell; the assets are available for sale immediately; the assets are being actively marketed; and a sale has been agreed or is expected to be concluded within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Immediately prior to classification as held for sale, the assets or groups of assets are remeasured in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Subsequently, assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are valued at the lower of book value or fair value less disposal costs. Assets held for sale are not depreciated.

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Groups held for sale

     

Goodwill and intangibles

     114         9   

Property, plant and equipment

     28           

Inventories

     26           

Trade and other receivables

     11           
     179         9   

Non-current assets held for sale

                 

 

Property, plant and equipment

     13         12   

Liabilities held for sale

                 

 

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

     1           

 

LOGO

 

A related party is a person or entity that is related to the Group. These include both people and entities that have, or are subject to, the influence or control of the Group.

 

The following related party balances existed with associate or joint venture businesses at 31 December:

 

Related party balances     million
2012
      million
2011
 

Trading and other balances due from joint ventures

     116         243   

Trading and other balances due from/(to) associates

               

Joint ventures

Sales by Unilever group companies to Unilever Jerónimo Martins and Pepsi Lipton International were 78 million and 13 million in 2012 (2011: 100 million and 11 million) respectively. Sales from Unilever Jerónimo Martins to Unilever group companies were 49 million in 2012 (2011: 45 million). Balances owed by/(to) Unilever Jerónimo Martins and Pepsi Lipton International at 31 December 2012 were 116 million and 0.4 million (2011: 244 million and 0.7 million) respectively.

Associates

Langholm Capital Partners invests in private European companies with above-average longer-term growth prospects. Since the Langholm I Fund was launched in 2002, Unilever has invested 84 million in Langholm I, with an outstanding commitment at the end of 2012 of 1 million (2011: 2 million). Unilever has received back a total of 130 million in cash from its investment in Langholm I.

Langholm Capital Partners II was launched in 2009. Unilever has invested 31 million in Langholm II, with an outstanding commitment at the end of 2012 of 44 million (2011: 50 million).

 

128                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

This note includes all amounts paid to the Group’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers, whether in relation to their audit of the Group or otherwise.

During the year the Group (including its subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group auditor and its associates:

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

    

 million

2010

 

Fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers(a) for the audit of the consolidated and parent company accounts of Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC

     7         7         7   

Fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers(b) for the audit of accounts of subsidiaries of Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC pursuant to legislation

 

    

 

11

 

  

 

    

 

11

 

  

 

    

 

11

 

  

 

Total statutory audit fees(c)

     18         18         18   

Audit-related assurance services

     2         2         1   

Other taxation advisory services

     1         1         1   

Services relating to corporate finance transactions

                     1   

Other assurance services

                     1   

All other non-audit services

             1         1   
(a)  Of which:
1 million was paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. (2011: 1 million; 2010: 1 million); and
6 million was paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (2011: 6 million; 2010: 6 million).
(b)  Comprises fees paid to the network of separate and independent member firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited for audit work on statutory financial statements and Group reporting returns of subsidiary companies.
(c)  In addition, 1 million of statutory audit fees were payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers in respect of services supplied to associated pension schemes (2011: 1 million; 2010: 1 million).

 

LOGO

 

Where events occurring after the balance sheet date provide evidence of conditions that existed at the end of the reporting period, the impact of these events is adjusted within the financial statements. Otherwise, events after the balance sheet date of a material size or nature are disclosed below.

 

On 3 January 2013 the Group announced that it has signed a definitive agreement to sell its global Skippy business to Hormel Foods for a total cash consideration of approximately US$700 million.

On 23 January 2013 Unilever announced a quarterly dividend with the 2012 fourth quarter results of 0.2430 per NV ordinary share and £0.2039 per PLC ordinary share.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNILEVER GROUP continued

 

LOGO

as at 31 December 2012

The companies listed below and on page 131 are those which, in the opinion of the Directors, principally affect the amount of profit and assets shown in the Unilever Group financial statements. The Directors consider that those companies not listed are not significant in relation to Unilever as a whole.

Full information as required by Articles 379 and 414 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands has been filed by Unilever N.V. with the Commercial Registry in Rotterdam.

Particulars of PLC group companies and other significant holdings as required by the UK Companies Act 2006 will be annexed to the next Annual Return of Unilever PLC.

Unless otherwise indicated, the companies are incorporated and principally operate in the countries under which they are shown.

The aggregate percentage of equity capital directly or indirectly held by NV or PLC is shown in the margin, except where it is 100%. All these percentages are rounded to the nearest whole number.

The percentage of Unilever’s shareholdings held either directly or indirectly by NV and PLC are identified in the tables according to the following code:

 

NV 100%

     a   

PLC 100%

     b   

NV 55%; PLC 45%

     c   

NV 65%; PLC 35%

     d   

NV 3%; PLC 97%

     e   

NV 15%; PLC 85%

     f   

NV 18%; PLC 82%

     g   

NV 64%; PLC 36%

     h   

NV 66%; PLC 34%

     i   

NV 9%; PLC 91%

     J   

Due to the inclusion of certain partnerships in the consolidated group financial statements of Unilever, para 264(b) of the German trade law grants an exemption from the duty to prepare individual statutory financial statements and management reports in accordance with the requirements for limited liability companies and to have these audited and published.

Group companies

 

%         Ownership  
  Argentina   
   

Unilever de Argentina S.A.

     d   
  Australia   
   

Unilever Australia Ltd.

     b   
  Belgium   
   

Unilever Belgium NV/SA

     a   
  Brazil   
   

Unilever Brasil Ltda.

     d   
  Canada   
   

Unilever Canada Inc.

     d   
  Chile   
   

Unilever Chile SA

     d   

 

%         Ownership  
  China   
   

Unilever Services (He Fei) Co Limited

     a   
  France   
99  

Unilever France

     d   
  Germany   
 

Maizena Grundstücksverwaltung GmbH & Co. OHG

     h   
 

Pfanni GmbH & Co. OHG Stavenhagen

     d   
 

Unilever Deutschland GmbH

     d   
 

Unilever Deutschland Holding GmbH

     d   
 

Unilever Deutschland Immobilien Leasing
GmbH & Co. OHG

     i   
   

Unilever Deutschland Produktions GmbH & Co. OHG

     d   
  Greece   
   

Elais Unilever Hellas SA

     a   
  India   
52  

Hindustan Unilever Ltd.

     b   
  Indonesia   
85  

P.T. Unilever Indonesia Tbk

     d   
  Italy   
   

Unilever Italy Holdings Srl

     d   
  Japan   
   

Unilever Japan KK

     a   
  Mexico   
   

Unilever de México S. de R.L. de C.V.

     d   
  The Netherlands   
 

Mixhold B.V.

     d   
 

Unilever Finance International B.V.

     a   
 

Unilever N.V.(a)

  
 

Unilever Nederland B.V.

     a   
   

UNUS Holding B.V.

     c   
  Poland   
   

Unilever Polska S.A.

     b   
  Russia   
   

000 Unilever Rus

     g   
  Singapore   
   

Unilever Asia Private Limited

     a   
  South Africa   
74  

Unilever South Africa (Pty) Limited

     f   
  Spain   
   

Unilever España S.A.

     a   
  Sweden   
   

Unilever Sverige AB

     a   
  Switzerland   
 

Unilever Americas Supply Chain Company AG

     a   
 

Unilever Finance International AG

     a   
 

Unilever Supply Chain Company AG

     a   
   

Unilever Schweiz GmbH

     a   
  Thailand   
   

Unilever Thai Trading Ltd.

     d   
(a)  See ‘Basis of consolidation’ in note 1 on page 90.
 

 

130                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

26. Principal group companies and

      non-current investments continued

 

%         Ownership  
  Turkey   
    Unilever Sanayi ve Ticaret Türk A.S,.      d   
  United Kingdom   
  Unilever UK Ltd.      j   
  Unilever PLC(a)   
  Unilever UK Holdings Ltd.      b   
    Unilever UK & CN Holdings Ltd.      e   
  United States of America   
  Alberto – Culver USA, Inc.      c   
  Conopco, Inc.      c   
  Unilever Capital Corporation      c   
    Unilever United States, Inc.      c   
(a)  See ‘Basis of consolidation’ in note 1 on page 90.

Joint ventures

%         Ownership  
  Portugal   
55   Unilever Jerónimo Martins, Lda      b   
  United States of America   
50   Pepsi/Lipton Partnership      c   

Associates

%         Ownership  
  United Kingdom   
40   Langholm Capital Partners L.P.      b   

In addition, we have revenues either from our own operations or otherwise in the following locations: Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua, Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Colombia, Comoros, Congo, Costa Rica, Côte d’lvoire, Croatia, Cuba, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Democratic Republic of Congo, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Ghana, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Israel, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lao People’s Democratic Republic, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macao, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Micronesia (federated States Of), Moldova (Republic of), Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Myanmar, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Palestine, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Portugal, Qatar, Romania, Rwanda, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Samoa, San Marino, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Korea, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Suriname, Swaziland, Syria, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Timor-Leste, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zambia and Zimbabwe.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                131


Table of Contents

 

COMPANY ACCOUNTS AUDITOR’S REPORT – UNILEVER N.V.

 

 

LOGO

To: the General Meeting of Shareholders of

Unilever N.V.

Report on the company accounts

We have audited the accompanying company accounts 2012 as set out on pages 133 to 136 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 of Unilever N.V., Rotterdam, which comprise the balance sheet as at 31 December 2012, the profit and loss account for the year then ended and the notes, comprising a summary of accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Directors’ responsibility

The Directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these company accounts in accordance with United Kingdom accounting standards and with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and for the preparation of the Report of the Directors in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Furthermore, the Directors are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the company accounts that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these company accounts based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with Dutch law, including the Dutch Standards on Auditing. This requires that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the company accounts are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the company accounts. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the company accounts, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the company’s preparation and fair presentation of the company accounts in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the Directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the company accounts.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion with respect to the company accounts

In our opinion, the company accounts give a true and fair view of the financial position of Unilever N.V. as at 31 December 2012, and of its result for the year then ended in accordance with United Kingdom accounting standards and with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Separate report on consolidated financial statements

We have reported separately on the consolidated financial statements of Unilever Group for the year ended 31 December 2012.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

Pursuant to the legal requirement under Section 2: 393 sub 5 at e and f of the Dutch Civil Code, we have no deficiencies to report as a result of our examination whether the Report of the Directors, to the extent we can assess, has been prepared in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of this Code, and whether the information as required under Section 2: 392 sub 1 at b-h has been annexed. Further we report that the Report of the Directors, to the extent we can assess, is consistent with the company accounts as required by Section 2: 391 sub 4 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Amsterdam, 5 March 2013

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.

R A J Swaak RA

 

 

 

132                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

COMPANY ACCOUNTS UNILEVER N.V.

 

 

LOGO

(after proposed appropriation of profit)

 

     

 million

2012

   

million

2011

 
Fixed assets     

Intangible assets

     1,010          

Fixed investments

 

    

 

28,400

 

  

 

   

 

28,426

 

  

 

Total non-current assets      29,410        28,426   

Debtors due within one year

     4,798        8,193   

Deferred taxation

     20        33   

Cash at bank and in hand

     3        1   
Total current assets      4,821        8,227   

Creditors due within one year

 

    

 

(25,044

 

 

   

 

(23,391

 

 

Net current assets/(Iiabilities)      (20,223     (15,164
Total assets less current liabilities      9,187        13,262   
Creditors due after more than one year      1,148        5,419   
Provisions for liabilities and charges (excluding pensions and similar obligations)      74        39   
Net pension liability      112        92   

Capital and reserves

 

    

 

7,853

 

  

 

   

 

7,712

 

  

 

Called up share capital

     275        275   

Share premium account

     20        20   

Legal reserves

     16        16   

Other reserves

     (3,330     (3,450

Profit retained

     10,872        10,851   
Total capital employed      9,187        13,262   

 

LOGO

 

    
     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

 

Income from fixed investments after taxation

     1,508        1,327   

Other income and expenses

 

    

 

(22

 

 

   

 

71

 

  

 

Profit for the year      1,486        1,398   

For the information required by Article 392 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, refer to pages 132 and 137. Pages 134 to 136 are part of the notes to the Unilever N.V. company accounts.

The company accounts of Unilever N.V. are included in the consolidated accounts of the Unilever Group. Therefore, and in accordance with Article 402 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, the profit and loss account only reflects the income from fixed investments after taxation and other income and expenses after taxes. The company accounts of Unilever N.V. do not contain a cash flow statement as this is not required by Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                133


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS UNILEVER N.V.

 

 

Accounting information and policies

Basis of preparation

The company accounts of Unilever N.V. comply in all material respects with legislation in the Netherlands. As allowed by Article 362.1 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, the company accounts are prepared in accordance with United Kingdom accounting standards, unless such standards conflict with the Civil Code in the Netherlands which would in such case prevail.

The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention unless otherwise indicated, in accordance with the accounting policies set out below which have been consistently applied.

Accounting policies

The principal accounting policies are as follows:

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are amortised in the profit and loss account over their expected useful lives of up to a maximum of 20 years. These assets are held at cost less accumulated amortisation. They are subject to review for impairment in accordance with United Kingdom Financial Reporting Standard 11 ‘Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill’ (FRS 11). Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss account as it arises.

Fixed investments

Shares in group companies are stated at cost less any amounts written off to reflect a permanent impairment. Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss account as it arises. In accordance with Article 385.5 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, Unilever N.V. shares held by Unilever N.V. subsidiaries are deducted from the carrying value of those subsidiaries. This differs from the accounting treatment under UK GAAP, which would require these amounts to be included within fixed investments.

Financial instruments

NV accounting policies under United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles (UK GAAP) namely FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, FRS 26 ‘Financial instruments: Measurement’ and FRS 29 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ are the same as the Unilever Group’s accounting policies under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) namely IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’. The policies are set out under the heading ‘Capital and funding’ in note 15 to the consolidated accounts on pages 112 to 115. NV is taking the exemption for not providing all the financial instruments disclosures, because IFRS 7 disclosures are given in note 15 to note 18 to the consolidated accounts on pages 112 to 124.

Deferred taxation

Full provision is made for deferred taxation on all significant timing differences arising from the recognition of items for taxation purposes in different periods from those in which they are included in NV accounts. Full provision is made at the rates of tax prevailing at the year end unless future rates have been enacted or substantively enacted. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been discounted.

Own shares held

Own shares held by NV are accounted for in accordance with Dutch law and UK GAAP, namely FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. All differences between the purchase price of the shares held to satisfy options granted and the proceeds received for the shares, whether on exercise or lapse, are charged to other

reserves. In respect to option plans, disclosures are given in note 4C to the consolidated accounts on pages 101 to 102.

Retirement benefits

Unilever N.V. has accounted for pensions and similar benefits under the United Kingdom Financial Reporting Standard 17 ‘Retirement benefits’ (FRS 17). The operating and financing costs of defined benefit plans are recognised separately in the profit and loss account; service costs are systematically spread over the service lives of employees, and financing costs are recognised in the periods in which they arise. Variations from expected costs, arising from the experience of the plans or changes in actuarial assumptions, are recognised immediately in equity. The costs of individual events such as past service benefit enhancements, settlements and curtailments are recognised immediately in the profit and loss account. The liabilities and, where applicable, the assets of defined benefit plans are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet. The charges to the profit and loss account for defined contribution plans are NV contributions payable and the assets of such plans are not included in NV’s balance sheet.

Dividends

Under Financial Reporting Standard 21 ‘Events after the Balance Sheet Date’ (FRS 21), proposed dividends do not meet the definition of a liability until such time as they have been approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Therefore, we do not recognise a liability in any period for dividends that have been proposed but will not be approved until after the balance sheet date. This holds for external dividends as well as intra-group dividends paid to the parent company.

Taxation

Unilever N.V. together with certain of its subsidiaries, is part of a tax grouping for Dutch corporate income tax purposes, Unilever N.V. is the head of the fiscal unity. The members of the fiscal entity are jointly and severally liable for any taxes payable by the Dutch tax grouping.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date, as a result of a past event, where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the outflow of economic benefit is probable.

Intangible assets

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Intangible assets(a)

     1,010           

 

(a)  The increase in intangible assets relates to an internal transfer of the economic ownership of trademarks rights amounting to 1,010 million (after deduction of the 2012 depreciation) of which 465 million has been transferred at book value.

Fixed investments

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

 

1 January

     28,426        27,294   

Additions

            1,178   

Decreases(b)

 

    

 

(26

 

 

   

 

(46

 

 

31 December

     28,400        28,426   

 

(b)  The decrease relates to the divestment of shares in a group company.
 

 

 

134                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Debtors

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Loans to group companies(c)

     2,894         4,436   

Other amounts owed by group companies(c)

     1,830         3,628   

Taxation

             62   

Other

     74         67   
       4,798         8,193   
(c)  Amounts owed by group companies include balances with several group companies which are interest bearing at market interest rates and are unsecured and repayable on demand if this is the case.

Cash at bank and in hand

There was no cash at bank and in hand for which payment notice was required at either 31 December 2012 or 31 December 2011.

Creditors

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Due within one year:

     

Other amounts owed to group companies(d)

     21,709         19,804   

Loans from group companies(d)

     1,904         1,346   

Bonds and other loans

     1,250         2,087   

Taxation and social security

     21         16   

Accruals and deferred income

             34   

Other

     160         104   
     25,044         23,391   

Due after more than one year:

     

Bonds and other loans

     1,075         2,251   

Loans from group companies(d)

             3,089   

Accruals and deferred income

     5         11   

Preference shares

     68         68   
       1,148         5,419   
(d)  Amounts owed to group companies include balances with several group companies which are interest bearing at market interest rates and are unsecured and repayable on demand if this is the case.

Creditors due after five years amount to 68 million (2011: 68 million) (Article 375.2 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands).

Capital and reserves

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Company accounts Unilever N.V.

     7,853         7,712   

Unilever Group: shareholders’ equity

     15,159         14,293   

The equity of Unilever Group 15,159 million (2011: 14,293 million) includes the equity of the parent Unilever N.V. 7,853 million (2011: 7,712 million), the equity of parent Unilever PLC £1,996 million (2011: £1,934 million). The remaining difference arises from the recognition in the NV accounts of investments in subsidiaries at cost less any amounts written off to reflect a permanent impairment, intra-group balances and transaction are not eliminated and other consolidation procedures are not performed.

 

Ordinary share capital

The called up share capital amounting to 275 million consists of 1,714,727,700 NV ordinary shares and 2,400 NV ordinary special shares. These special shares numbered 1 to 2,400 are held by a subsidiary of NV and a subsidiary of PLC, each holding 50%. Further details are given in note 15 to the consolidated accounts on page 113. 158,302,834 (2011: 165,040,077) of the ordinary shares are held by Unilever N.V. (see disclosure ‘Other reserves’) and 47,616 (2011: 396,941) 0.16 ordinary shares are held by other group companies.

Share premium account

The share premium shown in the balance sheet is not available for the issue of bonus shares or for repayment without incurring withholding tax payable by NV. This is despite the change in tax law in the Netherlands, as a result of which dividends received from 2001 onwards by individual shareholders who are resident in the Netherlands are no longer taxed.

Legal reserve

In 2006 the NV ordinary shares were split in the ratio 3 to 1 and at the same time the share capital, previously denominated in Dutch guilders, was converted into euros. Due to rounding the new nominal value per share differs from the value expressed in Dutch guilders. As a result, the reported share capital issued at 31 December 2006 was 16 million lower than in 2005.

Other reserves

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

 

1 January

     (3,450     (3,521

Change during the year

     120        71   

31 December

     (3,330     (3,450

The own ordinary shares held by NV amount to 158,302,834 (2011: 165,040,077) and are included in the other reserves.

Profit retained

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

 

1 January

     10,851        10,790   

Profit for the year

     1,486        1,398   

Dividends

     (1,482     (1,368

Realised profit/(loss) on shares/certificates held to meet employee share options

     43        36   

Other charges

     (26     (5

31 December

     10,872        10,851   

Provisions for liabilities and charges

(excluding pensions and similar obligations)

 

     

 million

2012

      million
2011
 

Deferred taxation

     55           

Other provisions

     19         39   
     74         39   

Of which due within one year

     8         13   
 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS UNILEVER N.V. continued

 

 

Net pension liability

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Funded retirement (benefit)/liability

     2         (4

Unfunded retirement liability

     110         96   
       112         92   

Contingent liabilities

NV has issued joint and several liability undertakings, as defined in Article 403 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, for almost all Dutch group companies. These written undertakings have been filed with the office of the Company Registry in whose area of jurisdiction the group company concerned has its registered office.

Contingent liabilities are not expected to give rise to any material loss. They include guarantees given for group companies and the fair value of such guarantees was not significant in either 2012 or 2011. The guarantees issued to other companies were immaterial.

Remuneration of the auditors

For details of the remuneration of the auditors please refer to note 24 on page 129.

Profit for the year

 

     

 million

2012

    

 million

2011

 

Company accounts Unilever N.V.

     1,486         1,398   

Unilever Group excluding non-controlling interest

     4,480         4,252   

The net profit of Unilever Group of 4,480 million (2011: 4,252 million) includes the net profit of parent Unilever N.V. 1,486 million (2011: 1,398 million) and the net profit of parent Unilever PLC £1,028 million (2011: £1,076 million). The remaining difference arises from the recognition in NV accounts of investments in subsidiaries at cost less any amounts written off to reflect a permanent impairment, intra-group balances and transactions are not eliminated and other consolidated procedures are not performed.

Directors’ remuneration

Information about the remuneration of Directors is given in the tables noted as audited in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 81, incorporated and repeated here by reference.

Information on key management compensation is provided in note 4A to the consolidated group financial statements on page 95.

Employee information

During 2012 13 employees were employed by NV, of whom 12 worked abroad.

The Board of Directors

5 March 2013

 

 

136                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

FURTHER STATUTORY AND OTHER INFORMATION UNILEVER N.V.

 

 

The rules for profit appropriation in the

Articles of Association

(summary of Article 38)

The profit for the year is applied firstly to the reserves required by law or by the Equalisation Agreement, secondly to cover losses of previous years, if any, and thirdly to the reserves deemed necessary by the Board of Directors. Dividends due to the holders of the Cumulative Preference Shares, including any arrears in such dividends, are then paid; if the profit is insufficient for this purpose, the amount available is distributed to them in proportion to the dividend percentages of their shares. Any profit remaining thereafter shall be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the nominal value of their respective holdings of ordinary shares. The General Meeting can only decide to make distributions from reserves on the basis of a proposal by the Board and in compliance with the law and the Equalisation Agreement.

Proposed profit appropriation

 

     

 million

2012

   

 million

2011

 

Profit for the year (available for distribution)

     1,486        1,398   

Dividend

 

    

 

(1,134

 

 

   

 

(1,047

 

 

To profit retained

     352        351   

Corporate Centre

Unilever N.V.

Weena 455

PO Box 760

3000 DK Rotterdam

The Netherlands

 

Post balance sheet event

On 23 January 2013 the Directors announced a dividend of 0.243 per Unilever N.V. ordinary share. The dividend is payable from 13 March 2013 to shareholders registered at close of business on 8 February 2013.

Special controlling rights under the

Articles of Association

See note 15 to the consolidated accounts on pages 112 to 115.

Auditors

A resolution will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 15 May 2013 for the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. as auditors of Unilever N.V. The present appointment will end at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                137


Table of Contents

 

COMPANY ACCOUNTS AUDITOR’S REPORT – UNILEVER PLC

 

 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Unilever PLC

We have audited the parent company financial statements of Unilever PLC for the year ended 31 December 2012 which comprise the balance sheet and the related notes on pages 139 to 141. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditors

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities set out on page 83, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the parent company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the parent company financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the parent company financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report and Accounts 2012 to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Opinion on financial statements

In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

  give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2012;
  have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006.

 

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the UK Companies Act 2006

In our opinion:

  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
  the information given in the Directors’ Report set out on pages 142 and 143 for the financial year for which the parent company financial statements are prepared is consistent with the parent company financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the UK Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
  the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Other matters

We have reported separately on the group financial statements of the Unilever Group for the year ended 31 December 2012.

John Baker

(Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

London, United Kingdom

5 March 2013

 

 

 

138                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

COMPANY ACCOUNTS UNILEVER PLC

 

 

 

LOGO

 

     

£ million

2012

   

£ million

2011

 
Fixed assets     

Intangible assets

     166        59   

Fixed investments

     5,979        5,979   
     6,145        6,038   
Current assets     
Debtors due within one year      256        428   

Creditors due within one year

 

    

 

(3,651

 

 

   

 

(3,778

 

 

Net current assets/(liabilities)      (3,395     (3,350
Total assets less current liabilities      2,750        2,688   
Creditors due after more than one year      746        745   
Provision for liabilities and charges (excluding pensions and similar obligations)      8        9   
Capital and reserves      1,996        1,934   
    

Called up share capital

     41        41   

Share premium account

     94        94   

Capital redemption reserve

     11        11   

Other reserves

     (381     (405

Profit retained

     2,231        2,193   
Total capital employed      2,750        2,688   

The financial statements on pages 139 to 141 were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 March 2013 and signed on its behalf by M Treschow and P Polman.

As permitted by Section 408 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006, an entity profit and loss account is not included as part of the published company accounts for PLC. Under the terms of Financial Reporting Standard 1 (revised 1996) ‘Cash Flow Statements’ (FRS 1) a cash flow statement is not included, as the cash flows are included in the consolidated cash flow statement of the Unilever Group.

On behalf of the Board of Directors

M Treschow

Chairman

P Polman

Chief Executive Officer

5 March 2013

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                139


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS UNILEVER PLC

 

 

Accounting information and policies

Basis of preparation

The accounts have been prepared on the going concern basis and in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards and the UK Companies Act 2006.

The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention except for the revaluation of financial assets classified as ‘available-for-sale investments’ or ‘fair value through profit or loss’, and ‘derivative financial instruments’ in accordance with the accounting policies set out below which have been consistently applied.

Accounting policies

The principal accounting policies are as follows:

Intangible assets

Intangible assets comprise trademarks purchased after 1 January 1998 and are amortised in the profit and loss account over their expected useful lives of up to a maximum of 20 years. These assets are held at cost less accumulated amortisation. They are subject to review for impairment in accordance with United Kingdom Financial Reporting Standard 11 ‘Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill’ (FRS 11). Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss account as it arises.

Fixed investments

Shares in group companies are stated at cost less any amounts written off to reflect a permanent impairment. Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss account as it arises.

Financial instruments

The company’s accounting policies under United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles (UK GAAP), namely FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, FRS 26 ‘Financial Instruments: Measurement’ and FRS 29 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, are the same as the Unilever Group’s accounting policies under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) namely IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and FRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’. The policies are set out under the heading ‘Capital and funding’ in note 15 to the consolidated accounts on pages 112 and 115. PLC is taking the exemption for financial instruments disclosures, because FRS 7 disclosures are given in notes 15 to 18 to the consolidated accounts on pages 112 to 124.

Deferred taxation

Full provision is made for deferred taxation on all significant timing differences arising from the recognition of items for taxation purposes in different periods from those in which they are included in the company’s accounts. Full provision is made at the rates of tax prevailing at the year end unless future rates have been enacted or substantively enacted. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been discounted.

Shares held by employee share trusts

Shares held to satisfy options are accounted for in accordance with UK GAAP, namely FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, FRS 20 ‘Share Based Payments’ and Urgent Issues Task Force abstract 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP Trusts’ (UITF 38). All differences between the purchase price of the shares held to satisfy options granted and the proceeds received for the shares, whether on exercise or lapse, are charged to other reserves.

Dividends

Under FRS 21 ‘Events after the Balance Sheet Date’, proposed dividends do not meet the definition of a liability until such time as they have been approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Therefore, we do not recognise a liability in any period for dividends that have been proposed but will not be approved until after the balance sheet date. This holds for external dividends as well as intra-group dividends paid to the parent company.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date, as a result of a past event, where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the outflow of economic benefit is probable.

 

 

 

140                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Intangible assets

 

      £ million
2012
    

£ million

2011

 

Intangible assets(a)

     166         59   
(a)  The increase in the intangible assets mainly relates to an internal transfer of the economic ownership of trademark rights amounting to £105 million (after deduction of the 2012 depreciation).

Fixed investments

 

     

£ million

2012

    

£ million

2011

 

Shares in group companies(b)

     5,979         5,979   
(b)  Fixed asset investments comprise equity shares of the associated company Hindustan Unilever Limited, with a cost of £60 million (2011: £60 million). These are listed on the Bombay Stock Exchange and had a market value of £4,721 million (2011: £3,880 million) at 31 December 2012. The carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

Debtors

 

     

£ million

2012

    

£ million

2011

 

Due within one year:

     

Amounts owed by group companies(c)

     240         418   

Taxation and social security

     15         7   

Other

     1         3   
       256         428   
(c)  Amounts owed by group companies include balances with several group companies which are interest bearing at market interest rates and are unsecured and repayable on demand if this is the case.

Creditors

 

     

£ million

2012

    

£ million

2011

 

Due within one year:

     

Amounts owed to group companies(d)

     3,638         3,764   

Accruals and deferred income

     11         11   

Other

     2         3   
     3,651         3,778   

Due after more than one year:

     

Bonds and other loans(e)

     746         745   
(d)  Amounts owed to group companies include balances with several group companies which are interest bearing at market interest rates and are unsecured and repayable on demand if this is the case.
(e)  In 2009 Unilever PLC issued the following senior notes:
  on 19 March £350 million at 4.0% maturing December 2014 (year-end value at amortised cost £348 million); and
  on 17 June £400 million at 4.75% maturing June 2017 (year-end value amortised cost £398 million).

Provisions for liabilities and charges

(excluding pensions and similar obligations)

 

     

£ million

2012

    

£ million

2011

 

Deferred taxation

     7         8   

Other provisions

     1         1   
     8         9   

Of which due within one year

     1         1   

Ordinary share capital

The called up share capital amounting to £41 million (2011: £41 million) consists of 1,310,156,361 (2011: 1,310,156,361) PLC ordinary shares and 100,000 (2011: 100,000) PLC deferred stock. The deferred stock of PLC are held as to one half of each class by N.V. Elma – a subsidiary of NV – and one half by United Holdings Ltd – a subsidiary of PLC. Further details are given in note 15 to the consolidated accounts on pages 112 to 115.

Other reserves

The own ordinary shares held by PLC amount to 27,902,850 (2011: 29,739,105) and are included in Other reserves.

 

     

£ million

2012

   

£ million

2011

 

1 January

     (405     (428

Movements in shares

 

    

 

24

 

  

 

   

 

23

 

  

 

31 December

     (381     (405

Profit retained

 

     

£ million

2012

   

£ million

2011

 

1 January

     2,193        2,090   

Profit for the year

     1,028        1,076   

Other movements

            6   

Dividends(f)

    

 

(990

 

 

   

 

(979

 

 

31 December

     2,231        2,193   
(f)  Further details are given in note 8 to the consolidated accounts on page 105.

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are not expected to give rise to any material loss. They include guarantees given for group companies and the fair value of such guarantees was not significant in either 2012 or 2011. The guarantees issued to other companies were immaterial.

Remuneration of auditors

The parent company accounts of Unilever PLC are required to comply with The Companies (Disclosure of Auditor Remuneration) Regulations 2005. Auditor’s remuneration in respect of Unilever PLC is included within the disclosures in note 24 on page 129.

Profit appropriation

 

     

£ million

2012

   

£ million

2011

 

Profit for the year (available for distribution)

     1,028        1,076   

Dividends(g)

    

 

(749

 

 

   

 

(752

 

 

To profit retained

     279        324   
(g) The dividend to be paid in March 2013 (see post balance sheet event) is not included in the 2012 dividend amount.

Post balance sheet event

On 23 January 2013 the Directors announced a dividend of £0.2039 per Unilever PLC ordinary share. The dividend is payable from 13 March 2013 to shareholders registered at close of business on 8 February 2013.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                141


Table of Contents

 

FURTHER STATUTORY AND OTHER INFORMATION UNILEVER PLC

 

 

LOGO

For the purposes of the UK Companies Act 2006, the Directors’ Report of Unilever PLC for the year ended 31 December 2012 comprises this and the following page and the information contained in the Report of the Directors on pages 2 to 81 which includes the company’s position on environment and corporate responsibility matters, Dividends on page 105, Principal group companies and non-current investments on pages 130 and 131, and Treasury risk management on pages 116 to 120. The information required to be given pursuant to Section 992 of the UK Companies Act 2006 is covered elsewhere in this Annual Report.

The Directors’ Report has been drawn up and presented in accordance with and in reliance upon English company law and liabilities of the Directors in connection with that report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions provided by such law.

Under the UK Companies Act 2006, a safe harbour limits the liability of Directors in respect of statements in and omissions from the Directors’ Report. Under English Law the Directors would be liable to Unilever (but not to any third party) if the Directors’ Report contained errors as a result of recklessness or knowing misstatement or dishonest concealment of a material fact, but would not otherwise be liable.

Business review

The UK Companies Act 2006 requires Unilever PLC to set out in this report a fair review of the business of the Group during the financial year ended 31 December 2012 including a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group and an analysis of the position of the Group’s business at the end of the financial year, known as a ‘Business review’.

The information that fulfils the current Business review requirements can be found on the following pages of this Annual Report which are incorporated into this report by reference:

  a description of the outlook of the Group and the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group – see pages 36 to 41;
  the development and performance of the Group’s business during the year – see pages 28 to 35;
  the position of the Group’s business at the end of the year – see pages 32 and 88;
  key performance indicators – see pages 6, 29 to 31, 34 and 35;
  other key indicators – see page 6;
  main trends and factors likely to affect the future development, performance and position of the Group – see page 36;
  environmental matters and policy, including the impact of the Group’s business on the environment – see pages 6 and 8 to 27;
  employee matters and policy – see pages 24 to 27 and also below;
  social and community matters and policy – see pages 6 and 8 to 27;
  a statement that the Directors do not believe that there are any contracts or other arrangements which are essential to the business of the Group is given on page 52; and
  an explanation of the business model and the Group’s Strategy for delivering its objectives – see pages 8 and 9.

 

Employee involvement and communication

Unilever’s UK companies maintain formal processes to inform, consult and involve employees and their representatives. We recognise collective bargaining on a number of sites and engage with employees via the Sourcing Unit Forum including officer representation from the three recognised trade unions. Our sites use tools such as Total Productive Maintenance which rely heavily on employee involvement, contribution and commitment.

A National Consultative Council covering employees and management representatives exists to provide a forum for discussing issues relating to the United Kingdom. A European Works Council, embracing employee and management representatives from countries within Europe, has been in existence for several years and provides a forum for discussing issues that extend across national boundaries.

The company carries out regular and wide-ranging monitoring surveys providing valuable insight into employee views, attitudes and levels of engagement.

The Directors’ Reports of the United Kingdom operating companies contain more details about how they have communicated with their employees during 2012.

Equal opportunities and diversity

Under the umbrella of our Code of Business Principles, Unilever aims to ensure that applications for employment from people with disabilities, and other under-represented groups, are given full and fair consideration and that such people are given the same training, development and prospects as other employees. Every effort is also made to retrain and support employees who become disabled while working within the Group.

Unilever continues to review ways in which greater diversity can be achieved in recruitment and selection. We have put in place policies which promote the achievement of diversity in our business and we review these regularly. For example, Unilever UK provides policies on home working, flexible working, maternity and paternity leave, child care provision and career breaks, which help us to meet the objective of greater employee diversity.

Charitable and other contributions

Unilever collates the cost of its community involvement activities using the London Benchmarking Group model. The model recommends the separation of charitable donations, community investment, commercial initiatives in the community and management costs relating to the programme of activity.

During 2012 Unilever PLC made a total contribution of £0.6 million towards community investment.

No donation or contribution was made or expenditure incurred for political purposes.

 

 

 

142                Financial statements   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Supplier payment policies

Individual operating companies are responsible for agreeing the terms and conditions under which business transactions with their suppliers are conducted. The Directors’ Reports of the United Kingdom operating companies give information about their supplier payment policies as required by the UK Companies Act 2006. PLC, as a holding company, does not itself make any relevant payments in this respect.

Auditors and disclosure of information to auditors

A resolution will be proposed at the AGM on 15 May 2013 for the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of PLC. The present appointment will end at the conclusion of the AGM.

To the best of each of the Directors’ knowledge and belief, and having made appropriate enquiries of other officers of the Unilever Group, all information relevant to enabling the auditors to provide their opinions on PLC’s consolidated and parent company accounts has been provided. Each of the Directors has taken all reasonable steps to ensure their awareness of any relevant audit information and to establish that Unilever PLC’s auditors are aware of any such information.

Authority to purchase own shares

At the AGM of PLC held on 9 May 2012, authority was given to make market purchases of PLC ordinary shares of 31/9p each, to a maximum of 128 million shares. This authority will expire at the AGM on 15 May 2013, and a resolution will be proposed to renew the authority.

Details of shares purchased by an employee share trust and Unilever Group companies to satisfy options granted under PLC’s employee share schemes are given on page 55 and in note 4 to the consolidated accounts on pages 101 and 102.

This Directors’ Report of Unilever PLC has been approved by the Board and signed on their behalf by Tonia Lovell – Group Secretary.

 

LOGO

UK Capital Gains Tax

The market value of PLC 31/9p ordinary shares at 31 March 1982 would have been 76.84p per share. Since 1982, PLC ordinary shares have been sub-divided on two occasions and consolidated on two occasions. First, with effect on 26 June 1987, the 25p shares were split into five shares of 5p each. Secondly, with effect on 13 October 1997, the 5p shares were split into four shares of 1.25p each. Thirdly, with effect on 10 May 1999, the shares were consolidated by replacing every 112 shares of 1.25p each with 100 shares of 1.4p each. Lastly, with effect on 22 May 2006, the shares were consolidated by replacing every 20 shares of 1.4p each with nine shares of 31/9p each.

 

Corporate Centre

Unilever PLC

Unilever House

100 Victoria Embankment

London EC4Y 0DY

 

Unilever PLC Registered Office

Port Sunlight

Wirral

Merseyside CH62 4ZD

Registered number: 41424

 
 
 
 

Unilever PLC Registrars

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZY

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Financial statements                143


Table of Contents

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

 

 

LOGO

Annual General Meetings

 

      Date   

Voting Record

date

  

Voting &  

Registration date  

NV    9.30am 15 May 2013    17 April 2013    5.30pm   8 May 2013  
PLC    3.00pm 15 May 2013    10 May 2013    3.00pm 13 May 2013  
Announcements of results                  
First Quarter    25 April 2013    Third Quarter    24 October 2013  
Second Quarter    25 July 2013    Fourth Quarter    23 January 2014  

Quarterly Dividends

Dates listed below are applicable to all four Unilever listings (NV ordinary shares, PLC ordinary shares, NV New York shares and PLC ADRs).

 

      Announced      Ex-dividend date      Record date      Payment date  

Quarterly Dividend announced with the Q4 2012 results

     23 January 2013         6 February 2013         8 February 2013         13 March 2013   

Quarterly Dividend announced with the Q1 2013 results

     25 April 2013         8 May 2013         10 May 2013         2 June 2013   

Quarterly Dividend announced with the Q2 2013 results

     25 July 2013         7 August 2013         9 August 2013         11 September 2013   

Quarterly Dividend announced with the Q3 2013 results

     24 October 2013         6 November 2013         8 November 2013         11 December 2013   

 

Preferential Dividends – NV

 

  

      Announced      Ex-dividend date      Record date      Payment date  

6% and 7%

     6 September 2013         9 September 2013         11 September 2013         1 October 2013   

 

 

LOGO

 

Rotterdam    London
Unilever N.V.    Unilever PLC
Investor Relations Department    Investor Relations Department
Weena 455, PO Box 760    Unilever House
3000 DK Rotterdam    100 Victoria Embankment
The Netherlands    London EC4Y 0DY
   United Kingdom
Telephone  +44 (0)20 7822 6830    Telephone  +44 (0)20 7822 6830
Telefax       +44 (0)20 7822 5754    Telefax       +44 (0)20 7822 5754

Any queries can also be sent to us electronically via www.unilever.com/resource/contactus.aspx.

 

 

144                Shareholder information   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Shareholders are encouraged to visit our website www.unilever.com which has a wealth of information about Unilever. Any information on or linked from the website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report and Accounts.

There is a section designed specifically for investors at www.unilever.com/investorrelations. It includes detailed coverage of the Unilever share price, our quarterly and annual results, performance charts, financial news and investor relations speeches and presentations. It also includes conference and investor/analyst presentations.

You can also view this year’s Annual Report and Accounts, and prior years’ Annual Review and Annual Report and Accounts documents at www.unilever.com/investorrelations.

PLC shareholders can elect to receive their shareholder communications such as the Annual Report and Accounts and other shareholder documents electronically by registering at www.unilever.com/shareholderservices.

Shareholders are also able to view documents on our website.

 

LOGO

The Netherlands

ANT Trust & Corporate Services N.V.

Claude Debussylaan 24

1082 MD Amsterdam

Telephone   +31 (0)20 522 2555

Telefax        +31 (0)20 522 2500

Website       www.ant-trust.com

Email           registers@ant-trust.nl

UK

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZY

 

Telephone    +44 (0)870 600 3977
Telefax    +44 (0)870 703 6119
Website    www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus
Email    web.queries@computershare.co.uk

USA

Citibank Shareholder Services

PO Box 43077

Providence, Rl 02940-3077

 

Toll free phone (inside US)   888 502 6356
Toll phone (outside US)   +1 781 575 4555
Website   www.citi.com/dr
Email   citibank@shareholders-online.com

 

LOGO

Copies of the following publications can be accessed directly or ordered through www.unilever.com/investorrelations or www.unilever.nl/onsbedrijf/beleggers.

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Available in English with figures in euros. It forms the basis for the Form 20-F that is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, which is also available free of charge at www.sec.gov.

Quarterly Results Announcements

Available in English with figures in euros.

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   Shareholder information                145


Table of Contents

 

NOTES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

146   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

 

NOTES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012   147


Table of Contents

 

INDEX

 

 

Accounting policies

     6, 90-91, 134, 140   

Acquisitions

     29, 126-127   

Advertising and promotion

     21, 94   

Americas, The

     7, 31, 93, 95, 107   

Annual General Meetings

     45, 144   

Asia/AMET/RUB

     7, 31, 93, 95, 107   

Associates

     86, 89, 92-93, 109, 128, 131   

Audit Committee

     50, 56-57   

Auditors

     57, 84-85, 129, 132, 137, 138, 141, 143   

Balance sheet

     32, 88, 133, 139   

Biographies

     42-43   

Board committees

     50   

Board remuneration

     62-81   

Boards

     2, 44-47   

Brands

     9, 12-15   

Capital expenditure

     107-108   

Cash

     121-122   

Cash flow

     33, 89   

Categories

     30, 92   

Cautionary statement

     Inside back cover   

Chairman

     2-3, 42, 44, 49   

Chief Executive Officer

     4-5, 42, 49   

Commitments

     32, 125-126   

Company accounts, statutory and other information

     132-143   

Compensation and Management Resources Committee

     53, 62-81   

Comprehensive income

     87, 104   

Contingent liabilities

     125-126, 136, 141   

Core earnings per share

     29, 35, 105   

Core operating margin

     6, 28-31, 35   

Core operating profit

     29, 35, 92-93   

Corporate governance

     44-55   

Corporate responsibility

     58-59   

Corporate Responsibility Committee

     50, 58-59   

Deferred tax

     103-104, 134, 140   

Depreciation

     94, 107-108   

Directors’ responsibilities

     83   

Disposals

     126-127   

Diversity

     25, 44, 142   

Dividends

     105, 134, 140,144   

Earnings per share

     29, 86, 105   

Employees

     7, 24-27, 95, 142   

Equalisation Agreement

     52   

Equity

     114   

Europe

     7, 31, 93, 95, 107   

Exchange rates

     90   

Executive Directors

     42, 45, 49-50, 64-68, 77-80   

Finance and liquidity

     32, 116-118   

Finance costs and income

     102   

Financial assets

     121-122   

Financial calendar

     144   

Financial instruments

     116-124   

Financial liabilities

     112, 115   

Financial review

     28-35   

Foods

     7, 30, 92   

Free cash flow

     6, 28-29, 34-35   

Geographies

     7, 31, 93, 95, 107   

Goodwill

     106-107   

 

Gross profit

     94   

Group structure

     3, 90   

Home Care

     7, 30, 92   

Impairment

     92, 94, 106-107   

Income statement

     29, 86   

Innovation

     9, 12-15   

Intangible assets

     106-107, 134, 140-141   

International Financial Reporting Standards

     6, 90   

Inventories

     110   

Joint ventures

     92-93, 109, 128, 131   

Key management

     95   

Key performance indicators

     6, 28-31, 34-35   

Leases

     32, 125-126   

Legal proceedings

     126   

Market capitalisation

     33   

Net debt

     35   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

     50, 60-61   

Non-core items

     92-93, 94   

Non-Executive Directors

     42, 45, 49, 68-69, 75, 80-81   

Non-GAAP measures

     34-35   

Off-balance sheet arrangements

     32   

Operating costs

     94   

Operating profit

     29, 92-94   

Outlook

     36   

Payables

     111   

Pensions and similar obligations

     95-100   

Personal Care

     7, 30, 92   

Post balance sheet events

     129, 137, 141   

Preference shares and dividends

     102, 144   

Principal group companies

     130-131   

Property, plant and equipment

     107-108   

Provisions

     124   

Receivables

     110-111   

Refreshment

     7, 30, 92   

Related-party transactions

     128   

Research and development

     12-15, 94, 106   

Reserves

     114, 135, 141   

Restructuring

     124   

Revenue recognition

     92   

Risk management and control

     41, 53-54, 56-57   

Risks – principal risks

     36-40   

Segment information

     30-31, 92-93   

Share-based payments

     101-102   

Share capital

     51-52, 54-55, 113, 135, 141   

Shareholders

     51-52, 54-55   

Share registration

     145   

Staff costs

     95   

Strategy

     8   

Taxation

     102-104, 134, 140   

Total shareholder return

     75   

Treasury

     33, 112-124   

Turnover

     92-93   

Underlying volume growth

     6-7, 28-31, 34-35   

Underlying sales growth

     6-7, 28, 31, 34-35   

Unilever Leadership Executive

     5, 43   

Voting

     51   

Website

     145   
 

 

148   Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012


Table of Contents

 

Cautionary statement

This document may contain forward-looking statements, including ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as ‘will’, ‘aim’, ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘looks’, ‘believes’, ‘vision’, or the negative of these terms and other similar expressions of future performance or results, and their negatives, are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon current expectations and assumptions regarding anticipated developments and other factors affecting the Group. They are not historical facts, nor are they guarantees of future performance.

Because these forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Among other risks and uncertainties, the material or principal factors which cause actual results to differ materially are: Unilever’s global brands not meeting consumer preferences; increasing competitive pressures; Unilever’s investment choices in its portfolio management; inability to find sustainable solutions to support long-term growth; customer relationships; the recruitment and retention of talented employees; disruptions in our supply chain; the cost of raw materials and commodities; secure and reliable IT infrastructure; successful execution of acquisitions, divestitures and business transformation projects; economic and political risks and natural disasters; the debt crisis in Europe; financial risks; failure to meet high product safety and ethical standards; and managing regulatory, tax and legal matters. Further details of potential risks and uncertainties affecting the Group are described in the Group’s filings with the London Stock Exchange. Euronext Amsterdam and the US Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2012 and the Annual Report and Accounts 2012. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this announcement. Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in the Group’s expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

This document is not prepared in accordance with US GAAP and should not therefore be relied upon by readers as such. The Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for 2012 is separately filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission and is available on our corporate website www.unilever.com. Any information on or linked from our or third-party websites is not incorporated by reference into this document or the Annual Report on Form 20-F. In addition, a printed copy of the Annual Report on Form 20-F is available, free of charge, upon request to Unilever PLC, Investor Relations Department, Unilever House, 100 Victoria Embankment, London EC4Y 0DY, United Kingdom.

Designed and produced by Unilever Communications in conjunction with Addison at www.addison.co.uk.

Photography by Oliver Edwards, Igor Emmerich, Philip Gatward, Michael Heffernan, Chris Moyse, Rian Ardi Wakito,

Martin Wanyoike, The Pack Shot Company and from the Unilever image library.

Printed at Pureprint Group, ISO 14001. FSC® certified and CarbonNeutral®.

This document forms part of the Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2012 suite of documents and is printed on Amadeus 100% Recycled Silk. This has been exclusively supplied by Denmaur Independent Papers which has offset the carbon produced by the production and delivery of this paper to the printer.

The paper contains 100% recycled content, of which 100% is de-inked post-consumer waste. All of the pulp is bleached using an elemental chlorine free process (ECF). Printed in the UK by Pureprint using its alcofree® and pureprint® environmental printing technology, and vegetable inks were used throughout. Pureprint is a CarbonNeutral® company. Both manufacturing mill and the printer are registered to the Environmental Management System ISO 14001 and are Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) chain-of-custody certified.

If you have finished with this document and no longer wish to retain it, please pass it on to other interested readers or dispose of it in your recycled paper waste. Thank you.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents
   

 

 

UNILEVER N.V.

    Weena 455, PO Box 760
    3000 DK Rotterdam
    The Netherlands
    T +31 (0)10 217 4000
    F +31 (0)10 217 4798
    Commercial Register Rotterdam
    Number: 24051830
    UNILEVER PLC
    Unilever House
    100 Victoria Embankment
    London EC4Y 0DY
    United Kingdom
    T +44 (0)20 7822 5252
    F +44 (0)20 7822 5951
    UNILEVER PLC REGISTERED OFFICE
    Unilever PLC
    Port Sunlight
    Wirral
    Merseyside CH62 4ZD
    United Kingdom

For further information on our

social, economic and environmental

performance, please visit our website

 

Registered in England and Wales

Company Number: 41424

     

 

 

 

WWW.UNILEVER.COM

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

UNILEVER N.V.

/s/ T. E. LOVELL

By T. E. LOVELL,

Group Secretary

Date: 8 March 2013